eS len errata eer arin ae fs a ree i a ae on a ate ALPE AO SR a ea et er po ea pan pacer er gene ba diae OOO . nto ee ee ° anette a Sacer tic nets P OT AOC A Se at te Serene ee ates SE aa . pa a oo ee ae A aghijear eae re gre creme tn ee gees Seacrest ere = — i I ne an Oe naar oon tageete Tati Ont : - aenrer ~ meses ie ts = Spee ~ ere fag a ee pee eS ~~ eich a 2 ee eer tare aver rene ee a Patni tenet eetn 6 mal - — ee SS eee £Neg meet es - ele a ene rae ik ul al O, Re ic Ir % 9 TON Ca ngs 2, SS $ a. i, St dae Aarts, “4s, ITV TO Vinton te” a Pe is fe if pith ian = —— ' EN Nd 4, ph Sp a ty ee it PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON VOLUME 63 OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1961 ULONOLOTY SE TEStACNt we co le SSN ene tO err aad a R. E. SNopGRASS TE TERNAL NG oe EE ESE I FS pO he 0 BDA SEC nN eo ie Ra J. F. G. CLARKE EES! OUAG eee aE eae 1G eae a aa eae ese Le ee Ss WE STE tw H. H. SHEPARD EU COLVIVG SCOT OLA Yrs sore a An SEN rove MEAS oat Tel ae ee ee ERNESTINE B. THURMAN COMES PONGUIG ISECrELary! «06s. ) sil eee ie. sl AR IE La PauL WOKE LE REDS VID aE ES EI al an fea OL eal COPS Van Ce eee ese Beelaree a PRICE PIQUETT DVESADIE, LS EECA SUIS ee Dea ee ae he AM ae PeaNut tl RicHArD H. FooTr OTST OCLC T ry ee eS hh on, = pina Ay ee SN AN) A ce ON ey al Ee ee ee ee ea OO NGI ED wroaram Committee. Charmane Ne THomMAs McINTYRE » Membership Committee Chairman W. S. Murray A, Representing the Society as a Vice President of the Washington Academy of Sciences: 232 W. E. BIcKLEY PUBLISHED BY THE SOCIETY WASHINGTON, D. C. 1961 ai TABLE OF CONTENTS, VOLUME 63 ALTMAN, R. M.: Talk i iA ag as EER EY FAN SR, A a 994 ANDERSON, L. D. and C. 8S. Papp: The larger elm leaf bettle, Monocesta coryli (Say) (Coleoptera: Pe cbadliticy Rat Mea eT Mra: ETSY oo} 203 AI THON WD AWinsy. Pal Dy jute oe a SO ee vhf ANDERSON, W. H.: Talk by....... ies ag ANE DRIMIAEME raat oe. MOE Dee MI hh Big 76 JN TEES TONS 7a 8 Ip Beate Bee ea] yd em eee OM a ae Rs hectare SESS vt ca 311 ArtHur, D. R. and C. M. CLirrorp: Jxodes bakeri, a new species of tick from Myaissland: (Acarina’s “xodidae) risotto Te ee 272 BaILey, S. F.: A review of th e genus Kurtomathrips with the description of a new species... Chysanopteray;) “bhripidae) ea ee oe 257 SEATON WV a Hie SIN O Gey coy ven So eee 0 ey ote oa eee 9 310 BisHopp, F. C.: Injury to man by earwigs (Dermaptera) — 114 Dua KEOORIS He: “AX note.on the Monroscolleetion {24 2.) eee 207 Bowart, R. M. and A. S. MENKrE: A review of the genus Pa Bias s in North America (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae) RUA Hl sel LS, 179 Cuirrorp, C. M.: See ARTHUR, D. R. CuiFrorp, C. M. and GLEN M. Konus: A new distribution and host record for Ixodes muris Bishopp and Smith, 1937 (Acarina: Ixodidae) 210 COMMITTEES: Appointments for 1961 _. eT ce Se Es 2 142 Cook, D. R.: New species of Bandakia, Wettina, and Athienemannia from Michrean | (Aé¢arina =) FHydracarimay yy (8 ote las Si) ea Cy CRABILL, R. E., Jr.: Concerning the identities of Nannocrix and sagen with pertinent morhological notes (Chilopoda: Sogonidae) ~~ 125 CURRIN ctwerb ce, Ob ibmany? Of iui hy ae Ue ji he tS Oe ae eee 137 Davis, R.: A mite, Allothrombium mitchelli, new to science predator on the balsam woolly aphid (Acarina; Trombidiidae) 0. 269 DONNELLY, T. W.: The Odonata of Washington, D. C., and vicinity — 1 —: Aeschna persephone, new species of dragonfly from Arizona, with notes on Aeschna arida Kennedy (Odonata: Aeschnidae) 193 EpmuNpbs, G. F., Jr.: A key to the genera of known nymphs of the Olreoneuridae,’.((Epheméropterdy)! 22 2. ts A 255 ELKINS, J. C.: A new species of Acanthischium Amyot and Serville, with a key to the species (Hemiptera: Reduviidae) — VER 0) Emerson, K. C.: Designation of a leetotype for Amyrsidea mcooneine (Overgaard, 1943) (Mallophaga: Menoponidae) — 66 —— —: The Vernon L. Kellogg type material in the United States Nataon a los Mise um: 22a" eee Se et le oR 247 FAIRCHILD, G. B. and R. H. Harwoop: Phlebotomus sandflies from animal burrows in eastern Washington (Diptera: Psychodidae) — 239 Farrcuinp, G. B. and M. Hertic: Three new species of Phlebotomus from Mexico and Nicaragua (Diptera: Psychodidae) ....._ 4 eee 22 Footr, B. A.: A new species of Antichaeta Haliday, with notes on other Species, of the genus (Diptera: Sciomyzidae) 2. Yo eee 161 Foorr, R. H.: Hurostina Curran, a new synonym (Diptera: Tephritidae) —- 28 RCIDEONE Ss ACCES DSK. Diy to a ee io Seam ede Harpy, D. E.: Notes and Aeniaiptaona oe SEEN 8 Wnaneen (Diptera) “is, oe 81 Harwoop, R. F.: See Faircuinp, G. B. PPE PIT Ae Mies Dare bipoay Ne La rac ee er 224 Hertic, M.: See Faircuinp, G. B, ei me Hicerns, H. G. and S. B. Mutaix: Additional distribution records of North American rake-legged mites (Acarina: Caeculidae) — 209 Horrman, R. L.: A new genus and subfamily of the diploped family Nemasomatidae fromthe Pacifie Northwest: 2222222 58 Husert, A. A. and W. W. WirtH: Key to the Culicoides of Okinawa and the description of two new species (Diptera: Ceratopogonidae) 285 Jounson, P. T. and J. N. Layne: A new species of Polygenis Jordan from Florida, with remarks on its host relationships and zoogeographic significance (Siphonaptera: Rhopalopsyllidae) 2. 115 TOE RAS, Fae Oe TILE TS Mo AM a asa eer Varaean MeN eee ee! ce ise, QA MSIY al ema ae ilcweee PELE 76 KELLEN, W. R.: A new species of Gugvie from the South Pacific (Hemiptera: Cryptostemmatidae) Seb. Ae Bu Ts yoldhow AS Meer A fl Kevan, D. K. McE.: Spurious eee ‘ots des genus eireaenonial Medios Saville, 1839, in the Americas (Orthoptera; Pyrgomorphidae) — 13 KOHLS, GLEN M.: See CLirrorp, C. M PERNT OTN eee ive eee loa ke SE ya se toe Pa ANE es 2 SE WET a ee sere Pd cee de © rE 141 NPPARNRCH MORI Rte ests Peale yep oes CE ke Se a ee ee ee 76 LAYNE, J. N.: See JOHNSON, P. T. LINSLEY, E. G.: A new species of Jsthmiade from Barro Colorado Island, @anal Zone. (Colepotera: ‘Cerambycidae) (22 2 ee eo Macueop, E. G. and P. E. Sprrgter: Notes on the larval habitat and develop- mental peculiarities of Nallachius americanus (McLachlan) — 281 MALDONADO-CAPRILES, J.: Studies on Idiocerinae leafhoppers: I.Jdiocerinus Baker, 1915, synonym of Balocha Distant, 1908, and notes on the species of Balocha (Homoptera: Cicadellidae) Ta Perna tM LEY ty ees 1010) IENUNP RAW. ANI OIt Ua y: Oo w tk Ee er ay Se Oe ies ae ee 68 SOND) 2G olin ss “Meailiks [piyt cele See eit hae Whee) in ee Tee ed Ne ec ae ot Mepurr, J. T.: A new record of parasitism of Lygus lineolaris (P. de B.) CEemipterayiebyes deachimuderen © (ID bers) ioe se oe lee ae ie ae eee 101 MENKE, A. S.: See Bowart, R. M. Muutalxk, S. B.: See Higeins, H. G. Papp, C. S.: See ANDERSON, L. D. Pirercr, W. D.: The, growing importance of paleoentomology —_--.----..... 211 PipKIN, SARAH B.: Taxonomic relationships within the Drosophila victoria species group, subgenus Pholadoris (Diptera: Drosophilidae) ~~ ~~~ 145 PRITCHARD, A. E.: Lasioptera ee a new gall midge on grass (Diptera: eer owiyvallse)) wean ier a! uy els SAN AE Dae SOND Rh eRe OA, Mees UIA A a Ser ica 55 Phaenobremia doutti, a new gall midge predator of aphids in Crainonnis, mi alOinyiher acs. (GeCCLOmay INCLae))! 5 ean Wo ose Se eRe SLE OD coe 100 LETIDISTECY ANDRO a NYE CO) ev heb Ee ey ait 0 eMac ustetes vinien Ou Men UMaA SUL SMM Soak tare anlantse ers owe ae 8s os 67 Reports: Summary reports of society officers, 1961 — rae 74 Russet, L. M.: Notes on Amphorophora reticulata Ape. ‘Combate ENV GLE UTENSILS AREA RO Se ir eal TR tl A RE URINE AR eA kN A ph Sl 124 Salter, R. I.: The identity of Lygaeus sidae Fabricius, type species of the fons Niestirea. (Ekemiptena:s \Coreldae)i i228 so ao a a eee 293 SO ASSLT A Rd Be Ua Os a cet nee ence MF te ate IED Bb cet Webs saa eC 2 310 BAPSERNGROMID ER RNTEAIN | EE, VAC Tey eb ya uk SO ee ip ee re ia SepMAN, Y. S.: Male genitalia in the sub-family Cheilosiinae, genus Brach- POV GwEMipterd Oy TU ae))) ate h ee eA) ee ae ee BN ee. 53 SHENEFELT, R. D.: An undescribed species of Meteorus from Wisconsin —__— 276 Smirn, M. R.: Another ant genus host of the parasitic fungus Laboulbenia Hobmencdymenoptera: Kormicidae)) 3.00 onsen ee eee 58 iv SOMMERMAN, Katruryn M.: Prosimuliwm doveri, a new species from Alaska, with keys to related species (Diptera: Simuliidae) SPIEGLER, P. E.: See MAcueEop, E. G. RS SUESENT EIVAUENER Porc Loca SOLER, Be eToys bs eS Pea acdsee a apa Stone, A.: A synoptic catalog of the mosquitoes of the world, Supplement - MUDaipterar Culicids) tases ew a es etl ae rahe AE : A correction in mosquito nomenclature (Diptera: Culicidae) —_. Topp, E. L.: A new gelastocorid record for Cuba (Hemiptera) ——_———: Distributional and synonymical notes for some species of iulepidotus Hbn, (uepidoptera: Noctuidae) (2 eee : Lectotype selection for and a synonym of Aleptinoides ochrea B: and. MeD.(uepidoptera.: (Noctuidae) i205. ee — —:; A’note on the systematic placement of Boalda gyona Schaus (Gheprdoptera:* Noetuidae ix 2 ee a eee Townes, H.: Annotated list of the types of Nearctic ichneumonids in Euro- pean, museums: .CHymenoptera) | <4.) Shee ee eee Some ichneumonid types in European museum that were de- seribed from no locality or from incorrect localities (Hymenoptera) — : Some species described as ichneumonids but belonging to other ipabanl ular, C18 Eyyaet(eyatay onstente}) uments Mek Le eae ee VISHNIAC, RomAN: Talk by BO cre rstocks. Way: rie Se WO ae oe nee ee ee re WADE wel eisess CO Diba yn OL eset. iL er Da NS ae eae oi a Ns ee WaLkiey, L. M.: Taxonomic note on Methophthalmus alone (Sharp ) (Coleoptera: duathridiidae) \\ 2 2 ee ee ee NEATH Sei oie os Leal ee Rasps eek a ale ee ee Weser, Neat A.: Use of poison by the ant, Tapinoma nigerrimum (Hymen- ON tera: ) MOrmicidae)s) wes Nr AEs se ee ee WELD, L. H.: New synonymy in Cynipoidea (Hymenoptera) -—...__ WiuuiAMs, F. X.: A new species of wasp of the genus Dolichurus from southern Mexico (Hymenoptera: Ampulicidae) Wirth, W. W.: See Husert, A. A. 225 1. 63 MARCH, 1961 No. 1 IS, 70673 sets PROCEEDINGS of the NTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY « WASHINGTON U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM WASHINGTON 25, D. C. PUBLISHED QUARTERLY CONTENTS DONNELLY, T. W.—The Odonata of Washington, D. C., and Vicinity 1 ELKINS, J. C.—A New Species of Acanthischium Amyot and Serville, with a Key to the Species (Hemiptera: Reduviidae) _....-- 20 EMERSON, K. C.—Designation of a Lectotype for Amyrsidea megalosoma (Overgaard, 1943) (Mallophaga: Menoponidae) _..-_»__»________ 66 FAIRCHILD, G. B. and M. HERTIG—Three New Species of Phlebotomus from Mexico and Nicaragua (Diptera: Psychodidae) 22 FOOTE, R. H.—Eurostina Curran, a New Synonym (Diptera: Tephritidae) 28 HOFFMAN, R. L.—A New Genus and Subfamily of the Diplopod Family Nemasomatidae from the Pacific Northwest —-_----_»_______ 58 KELLEN, W. R.—A New Species of Ogeria from the South Pacific BEREICH: GP VILOnte MIN athe) ago a 17 KEVAN, D. K. McE.—Spurious Records of the Genus Pyrgomorpha Audinet-Seville, 1839, in the Americas (Orthoptera: Pyrgomorphidae) 13 LINSLEY, E. G.—A New Species of Isthmiade from Barro Colorado Island, Canal Zone (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) 65 (Continued on back cover) ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON ORGANIZED MARCH 12, 1884 OFFICERS FOR 1961 J. F. G. Cuarke, President ape of Insects Ss. National ge ‘ashington 25, D. OC. E. H. Slat 4a President-Elect a Per eteiint of Agriculture Washington 25, D. O. ERNESTINE B. THURMAN, Recording Secretary be te of Research Grants ational Institutes of Health Bethesda 14, Maryland PavuL Worn, Corresponding Secretary 7218 Beacon Terrace Bethesda, Maryland Research Division, ARS, USDA eS aiconls Research Laboratories ARO, Beltsville, Maryland gg etek PIQUETTR, Treasur ee ) 9 3 / 0 ff E ! w : j | 3 // I oO /} et / / } | inusitatus 24 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 1, MARCH, 1961 secured by a crack in the coverslip and mounted dorsoventrally, apparently broadly subtriangular. Second sternite narrowed in middle and with a broad oval un- sclerotized median fenestra. Third sternite as wide as long, widest posteriorly, without fenestra. Legs moderately long, the femora, tibiae and basitarsi of slide 3077 measuring, in millimeters, as follows: fore legs, 0.85, 0.9 and 0.55; mid legs, 0.9, 1.1 and 0.65; hind legs, 1.0, 1.4 and 0.75. Types.—Holotype male, slide 3062, Ocosocoautla, 60 K.W. of Tuxtla Guttierrez, Chiapas, Mexico, 8 April 1951, in holes and but- tresses of oak trees, Fairchild and Hartmann colls. Allotype female, slide 3077, same data as holotype. Paratype male, slide 3063, same data as holotype. This species seems to be closely related to P. delpozot Vargas and Diaz Najera (1953), but differs strikingly in the structure of the parameres of the male. We are unable to visualize any distortion of this structure in our species which would give an appearance similar to that illustrated for delpozoi, and both of our specimens are iden- tical in this respect. Our single female, unfortunately partially ob- secured by a crack in the coverslip, does not seem to differ appreciably from the description and figures of delpozov. The name signifies un- usual or strange. Phlebotomus vargasi, n. sp. (Figs. 7, 8, 10, 11-13) Male-—Wing length 3.3 mm., venation as figured. Whole insect pale, the mesonotum hardly darker than pleura. Abdominal setae erect, sparse, except for denser bands on hind margins of tergites. Upper anepisternal setae 11, lower mesanepisternals 4. Head and appendages as figured. Antennal segments very long, the ascoids short, simple, as figured, paired on all but shortened terminal segment. Palpal formula 1-4-2-3-5, the fifth segment about equal to second and third together. Pharynx slender, with an irregular network of fine ridges at apex. Cibarium unarmed, the pigment patch strong, pear-shaped; no chitinous arch. Genitalia as figured, with six major spines on both styles. Genital pump as figured, the filaments a little over 9 times as long as pump. Second sternite as figured, over twice as long as wide, straight sided, without clear areas. Legs exceedingly long, the femora, tibiae and basitarsi of slide 4913 measuring, in millimeters, as follows: fore leg, 1.45, 2.15 and 1.5; mid legs missing; hind leg, 1.4, 2.8 and 1.75. Type.—Holotype male, slide 4913, Cafon de Lobos, between Cuer- navaca and Yautepec, 4100 ft. elev., Morelos, Mexico, 20 Sept. 1955, in small cave, P. Galindo and H. Trapido colls. Type to be deposited in U.S.N.M. We take pleasure in naming this unique and remarkable species in honor of Dr. Luis Vargas, who has done so much to advance the knowledge of medically important insects in Mexico. Phlebotomus vargasi, n. sp.: Figs. 7 and 8, male genitalia and genital pump of holotype; fig. 10, wing of holotype. P. nicaraguensis, n. sp.: Fig. 9, wing of holotype. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 1, MARCH, 1961 0.05mm. Saas, ——, *“uluI ¢Q*9 7) a i) i=] v J ob is) ui a 3) el g 0.3 mm. ———___. 26 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 1, MARCH, 1961 The relationships of this species appear to be with the vexator eroup (Fairchild and Hertig 1957) though the six-spined style is found in only one other unrelated American Phlebotomus, P. alpha- beticus Fons. The very dense basal tuft, long style and very long genital filaments are somewhat like members of the brumpt: group, but the small eyes, short lateral lobes, and narrow wings do not agree. Dr. O. Theodor has recently pointed out (in ltt.) a character ap- parently peculiar to members of the brumpti group. In all of these species we have examined, the upper anepisternal (or post-spiracular ) setae extend quite far ventrally on the anterior margin of the anepisternum, while in all other American Phlebotomus, including the present species, they are limited to the dorsal margin of the sclerite. Of described species, vargasi in general aspect resembles P. oppidanus Dampf, but is abundantly distinct, having, aside from the six-spined style, a dense basal tuft on coxite, shorter parameres and lateral lobes, longer genital filaments, and a much longer pro- boscis. If our single specimen should prove to be an aberrant one, with an extra spine on style, the species will key out to osornoi Rist. and Van Ty and noguchw Shann. in our key (1957). It can be sepa- rated from both these species by the much longer genital filaments, the character of the basal tuft on coxite, stouter parameres and rel- atively much longer third antennal segment. The wing is narrow as in noguchn, but alpha is pr oportionally much longer in ‘that species. Phlebotomus (Psychodopygus) nicaraguensis, n. sp. (Figs. 9, 14-16) Male—Wing length 1.7 mm., venation as figured. Mesonotum, abdominal tergites, fore coxae and legs very lightly infuscated, remainder of insect pale. Abdominal setae all recumbent, slender, not scale-like. Upper anepisternal setae 17, lower mesanepisternals 1. There are also much smaller scattered setae on the pleura. Head pale, the eyes large, as in other members of this group. Palpal formula 1-4-5-2-3, as figured. Antennae missing. Pharynx and cibarium as in panamensis. Genitalia as figured, the pump similar to related species, the fila- ments about twice length of pump. Legs rather short, lacking tarsi on fore and hind legs, the femora, tibiae and basitarsi measuring, in millimeters, as follows: fore leg, 0.75 and 1.2; mid leg, 0.7, 1.35 and 0.8; hind leg, 0.8 and 1.6. Second sternite roughly oblong without median clear fenestrae, as in other members of the group. Female unknown. Type.—Holotype male, slide 4321, Villa Somoza, Nicaragua, 15 June 1953, Galindo and Trapido colls. This species will key out to hirsutus Mang. and colasbelcourt F. and A. in our key (Fairchild and Hertig 1951). It differs from the former in having’ the most basal spine of the style basad of the middle Phlebotomus vargasi, n. sp., holotype: Fig. 11, first three sternites; fig. 12. antennal segment V; fig. 13, head and appendages. P. nicaraguensis, n. sp., holotype: Fig. 14, male genitalia, inner aspect; fig. 15, palpus; fig. 16, paramere, outer aspect, the main hair tuft only indicated (genitalia to same scale as vargasi). ~] to PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 1, MARCH, 1961 N ) s vargasi 28 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 1, MARCH, 1961 of the style, in having the dense setae of the paramere not blade- like, and the ventral tuft of more numerous setae. From colasbelcourt it differs in having a straight outer arm on the paramere and in longer lateral lobes. From both species it differs in possessing: a long, strong seta inserted on a prominent tubercle dorso-basally on the paramere, in having a much weaker terminal spine on the arm of the paramere, and in having the fourth and fifth palpal segments to- gether exceeding the length of the third seegment. A male and several females of P. panamensis Shann. were taken at the same locality. REFERENCES Fairchild, G. B., and Hertig, M., 1951. Notes on the Phlebotomus of Panama. VII. The subgenus Shannonomyina Pratt. Ann. Ent. Soe America, 44(3): 399-421, Plates 1-7. —, 1957. Notes on the Phlebotomus of Panama. XIII. The Vexator Group, with Descriptions of New Species from Panama and California. Ann. Ent. Soc. America, 50 (4) :325-334, Plates 1-3. Vargas, L. and Diaz Najera, A., 1953. Nuevas Especies de Flebotomos de Mexico. Rev. Inst. Salub. Enf. Trop., Mexico, 13(1):41-52, Plates 1-6. EUROSTINA CURRAN, A NEW SYNONYM (DipTERA, TEPHRITIDAE ) The genus Eurostina was deseribed by Curran in 1932 (Amer. Mus. Novit., No. 556:4) with Trypeta latifrons Loew, 1862, as the origin- ally designated type-species. Later (The Families and Genera of North American Diptera, 1934: 293) he stated, ‘‘. . . the species [latifrons] is a true Ewrosta and does not possess the generic charac- ters of Hurostina. The type of the genus should be known as Huros- tina confusa, Slosson Collection, Delaware Water Gap.”’ Through the courtesy of Dr. Willis Gertsch, American Museum of Natural History, I have examined the specimen named confusa by Curran in 1934. It agrees in all important characters with the Loew holotype of latifrons in the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass., and must be considered conspecific. Curran (1932, ibid.) states that confusa represents a new genus because its dorsocentral bristles are much closer to the suture than are those of solidaginis Loew, the type-species of Hurosta. I am con- vineed that the types of confusa and latifrons are true Ewrosta in having a very wide frons, two pairs of lower fronto-orbital bristles, one pair of scutellars, a very broad, dark wing with typical venation, and the large size and heavy, full-bodied appearance of all Huwrosta species. Contrary to Curran’s observations, I conclude that the posi- tion of the dorsocentrals is not of generic significance in this case. I therefore place Eurostina Curran, 1932, as a straight synonym of Eurosta Loew. RicHarp H. Foorr. Entomology Research Division, ARS, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 1, MARCH, 1961 29 A SYNOPTIC CATALOG OF THE MOSQUITOES OF THE WORLD, SUPPLEMENT I (DiprERA: CULICIDAE)1 ALAN Stonr, Entomology Research Division, ARS, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C. This paper is a supplement to the Synoptic Catalog of the Mosquitoes of the World by Stone, Knight, and Starcke (1959). Two classes of entries oecur in this supplement. The first comprises corrections of errors in the original catalog—these are marked by a dagger (+). The second contains entries derived from information published or available since 1958 and includes two new names of the genus group, 70 new names of the species group, and new references and additions or corrections to distributional data or type information. I have followed the order of the original catalog and have not separated corrigenda from addenda. The number to the left indicates the page of the original catalog. Notations in parentheses to “see pages” refer to these page numbers. This treatment is considered to be the most usable since the original catalog can be annotated by supplement number and page if the change is too extensive to mark directly. I am particularly indebted to J. N. Belkin, H. I. Coher, E. Del Ponte, G. B. Fairchild, P. Fauran, E. N. Marks, and P. F. Mattingly for pointing out errors in the catalog. Introduction Page 1. Number of valid genera and subgenera: Change from 110 to 111 tf, Number of valid species: Change from 2,426 to 2,428 t. This last fig- ure includes nomina dubia. Total names of the species group: Change from 4,067 to 4,070 +. With the additions and corrections in this supplement these numbers become respectively 111, 2,490, and 4,139. Acknowledgments 8. The name of J. Callot was unfortunately omitted from the original list of those to whom thanks were due ft. Catalog of the Family Culicidae 9. Biology.—1960, Nielsen and Haeger, 71-95 (swarming and mating). General.—1960, Christophers, 1-739 (biol., anat., Aedes aegypti). General Taxonomy.—1959, Foote and Cook: Change “1-159” to “1- 1S? te Australian Region.—1960, Iyengar, 1-102 (South Pacific). Nearctic Region.—1960, King, Bradley, Smith, and McDuffie, 1-188 (southeastern U. S., keys). Oriental Region.—1959, Thurman, 1-182 (northern Thailand). Palaearctic Region.—1958, Kramar, 1-286 (Czechoslovakia); 1959, Senevet and Andarelli, 1-383 (Mediterranean); 1960, Abdel-Malek, 111-128 (Syria, L. key). 1Reprints are for sale by the Thomas Say Foundation, Entomological Society of America, 4603 Calvert St., College Park, Maryland. 30 Ad; 29 dl. 37. 39. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 1, MARCH, 1961 Genus BIRONELLA Theobald Subgenus BRUGELLA Edwards Bironella, subgenus Brugella.—Change “287” to “288” ft. Genus ANOPHELES Meigen Important references: 1959, Hara, 107-119 (key, 2 terminalia, Japan); 1959, Guy, 1-255 (keys, Morocco); 1959, Vargas, 367-386 (keys, New World); 1960, Otsuru and Ohmori, 33-65 (keys, Japan). Subgenus ANOPHELES Meigen Important reference: 1959 Ohmori, 210-225 (key, pupae, Japan). algeriensis Theobald.—Hungary. annulipalpis Lynch Arribélzaga—Change “MLP” to “NE.” claviger (Meigen).—Tadzhik §.S.R., Hungary. Insert after line 3.—bifurcatus of authors, not Meigen. (This misiden- tification has been used so commonly that it should have been included here and in the index) t. evandroi Lima.—Argentina. hyrcanus (Pallas).—Hungary. indiensis Theobald.—Change “annularis” to “sinensis” t. koreicus Yamada and Watanabe.—Ohmori, 1959, 222 (P*). lesteri Baisas and Hu.—Ohmori, 1959, 222 (P*). lindesayi japonicus Yamada.—Ohmori, 1959, 222 (P*). manalangi Mendoza.——Philippines. 1940 Mon. Bull. Bur. Hlth. Philipp., Manila 20(11) :368 é*, 2@*, L*) [on p. 364 the legends for figures 1 and 2 should be reversed, and on p. 366 the legends for figure 1 should be transposed with that of 2 and that of 3 with that of 4]. Type-loe: J. Panganiban, Camarines Norte, Philippine Islands (LU) tf. minor Lima.—Argentina. omorii Sakakibara.—Japan. 1959. End. Dis. Bull. Nagasaki Univ. 1: 288 (4*, 2*, L*, P*). Type-loe: Mt. Tochu, Misakubo City, Iwatagun, Sizuoka Prefecture, Japan (RIE). guttulatus Harris. This is a nomen nudum and should have been on p. 288 with no type-locality t. sacharovi.—Change “Favre” to ‘“Favr’” ft. sinensis Wiedemann.—Ohmori, 1959, 221 (P*). sineroides Yamada.—Ohmori, 1959, 222 (P*). vanus Walker.—Change “1860” to “1859” f. yatsushiroensis Miyazaki.—Ohmorl, 1959, 222 (P*). Subgenus NYSSORHYNCHUS Blanchard albimanus Wiedemann.—Change “1821” to “1820” t. albitarsis Lynch Arribélzaga—Change “LU” to “NE.” Subgenus CELLIA Theobald annularis Van der Wulp.—Hara, 1959, 110 (¢?*). balabacensis Baisas.—Add Formosa tft. brohieri Edwards.—Insert “theileri var.” after “?” in first line ft. septentrionalis Evans.—Insert “theileri var.’ after “L” in first line f. Page 41. 42. 43. 44, 56. 58. 59. 60. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., vOu. 63, NO. 1, MARCH, 1961 31 brucei Service.—Nigeria. NOGOSMerocwkhe Hint. Soce luondss(byi cos Gan(to so lune P). Type-loe: Lokoja, N. Nigeria (BM). dthali Patton—French West Africa (Mauretania), Morocco. farauti Laveran.—Change “D’Entrecasteau” to “D’Entrecasteaux” ft. flavicosta Edwards.—Hanney, 1959, 169 (¢*, 2*, L. P*, biol.). Serv- ice, 1960b, 89 (2, ey epee taxon) funestus Giles—Service, 1960a, 77 (6*, 2*, E*, taxon.). garnhami basilewskyi Leleup. ‘Change LU” to “CMT.” Leleup, 1960, AAG (vOsrepeee is hancocki Edwards var. gilroyi Service.—Nigeria. 1960. Proc. R. Ent. Soc. London (B) 29: 87 (é4*, 2%, L*, P). Type-loc: Itchi, near Enurgu, E. ook (BM). leucosphyrus Donitz—Delete “Ceylon, India, Burma, Formosa” t ludlowae (Theobald).—Hara, 1959, 111 (2*). maculatus Theobald—Hara, 1959, 111 (9@*). maliensis Bailly-Choumara and Adam. —QGuinea. 1959. C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris 248: 3742 (6, 2, L). Type- loc. Mali, Fouta-Djalon, Guinea (IERT). Bailly-Chou- mara and Adam A960" IO (d=. 9 *- 1" PR): minimus Theobald.—Hara, 1959, 110 (@*). natalensis var. multicinctus Edwards.—Cameroun. rhodesiensis Theobald.—Cameroun. ssp. rupicolus Lewis—Algeria. Senevet, Clastrier, and Andarelli, 1959, Shee (ieee sergentii macmahoni Evans.—Algeria. splendidus Koizumi.—Hara, 1959, 111 (2*). Squamosus var. cydippis De Meillon—Cameroun. subpictus Grassi—Hara, 1959, 111 (9*).. var. malayensis Hacker.—Reid, 1959, 101 (L). sundaicus (Rodenwaldt).—Reid, 1959, 101 (L). tessellatus Theobald—Hara, 1959, 112 (@*). vanthieli Laarman.—Laarman, 1959, 147 (6*, 9*, L*, P*). Genus TOXORHYNCHITES Theobald Subgenus ANKYLORHYNCHUS Lutz Ankylorhynchus Lutz—The type of this subgenus should be consid- ered as Megarhinus purpureus Theobald (= Culex viola- ceus of authors, not Wiedemann) t+. Although this is basing a genus in a misidentified species, it seems preferable to equating Ankylorhynchus with Lynchiella Lahille (which involves a problem of dating) and proposing a new name for the genus actually described by Lutz. Action by the 1.C.Z.N. should be requested. trichopygus (Wiedemann).—French Guiana. Subgenus LYNCHIELLA Lahille haemorrhoidalis separatus (Lynch Arribdlzaga).—Change “MLP to CON.” haemorrhoidalis superbus (Dyar and Knab.)—French Guiana. violaceus (Wiedemann).—Change “1821” to “1820.” 62. 64. o> aS 67. 69. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., vOL. 63, NO. 1, MARCH, 1961 Subgenus TOXORHYNCHITES Theobald bickleyi Thurman.—Thailand. 1959. Univ. Maryland Agr. Expt. Sta. Bull. A-100: 14 (¢). Type-loe: Doi Sutep, Chiengmai Province, Thai- land (USNM). brevipalpis Theobald—Add Samoa ft. manopi Thurman.—Thailand. 1959. Univ. Maryland Agr. Expt. Sta. Bull. A-100: 16 (¢). Type-loe: Doi Sutep, Chiengmai Provinee, Thai- land (USNM). immisericors Walker.—Change ‘1860” to “1859” ft. sunthorni Thurman.—Thailand. 1959. Univ. Maryland Agr. Expt. Sta. Bull. A-100: 19 (6). Type-loe: Doi Sutep, Chiengmai Province, Thai- land (USNM). Genus TRIPTEROIDES Giles Important references—Change “1952” to “1953” t+. 1959, Peters, 135-154 (keys, New Guinea). Subgenus TRIPTEROIDES Giles aeneus (Hdwards).—Thurman, 1959, 34 (¢*). alboscutellatus Lee.—Peters, 1959, 135 (P*). antennalis Bohart and Farner and apoensis Baisas and Ubaldo- Pagayon.—Change “1952” to “1953” t. aranoides (Theobald).—Thurman, 1959, 30 (A, L*, P). var. serratus (Barraud).—Thailand. barraudi Baisas and Ubaldo-Pagayon, christophersi Baisas and Ubaldo-Pagayon, claggi Bohart and Farner, delpilari Baisas and Ubaldo-Pagayon, dyari Bohart and Farner, and dyi. Baisas and Ubaldo-Pagayon.—Change 1952” ie) CUMS” ar bimaculipes (Theobald).—Change “(NE)” to “(? BM).” caeruleocephalus (Leicester).—Thailand. Thurman, 1959, 34 (A, L’*, erlindae Baisas and Ubaldo-Pagayon, hoogstraali Baisas, indeter- minatus Baisas and Ubaldo-Pagayon, intermediatus Baisas and Ubaldo-Pagayon, knighti Baisas and Ubaldo-Pagayon, malvari Baisas and Ubaldo-Pagayon, microcala (Dyar), and monetifer (Dyar).—Change NO 2? tor 19a 3” st hybridus (Leicester).—Thurman, 1959, 35 (4*). indicus (Barraud).—Thailand. Thurman, 1959, 33 (46*, L*, P; to sp. status). nepenthicola (Banks), nitidoventer (Giles), powelli (Ludlow), ssp. escodae Baisas and Ubaldo-Pagayon, ssp. laffooni Baisas and Ubaldo-Pagayon, ssp. mattinglyi Baisas and Ubaldo- Pagayon, and roxasi Baisas and Ubaldo-Pagayon.— Change “1952” to “1953” t. powelli (Ludlow).—Thailand. Thurman, 1959, 32 (¢*, L*, P). powelli indicus (Barraud).—Transfer to p. 68 as full species. purpuratus (Kdwards).—Delete ‘*? New Guinea, ? Mariana Islands (Guam)” t. quasiornatus (Taylor).—Peters, 1959, 136 (P*). Page 70. ~I to PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 1, MARCH, 1961 3d rozeboomi Baisas and Ubaldo-Pagayon, simulatus Baisas and Ubaldo- Pagayon, sullivanae Baisas and Ubaldo-Pagayon, toffa- lettii Baisas and Ubaldo-Pagayon, uichancoi Baisas and Ubaldo-Pagayon, and werneri Baisas and Ubaldo-Paga- oy yon.—Change “1952” to “1953” f. Subgenus RACHISOURA Theobald Important reference: Assem, 1959, 35-55 (biol., New Guinea). adentata Assem.—New Guinea. 1959. Tijdschr. Ent. 102: 48 (¢*, 9 L*). Type-loe: Cyclops Mountains, near Ifar, New Guinea (LM). bisquamatus Lee.—Peters, 1959, 137 (P*). Assem, 1959, 41, 50 (2, LL. biole): brevirhynchus Bruge.—Peters, 1959, 140 (P*). cuttsi Assem.—New Guinea. 1959. Tijdschr. Ent. 102: 46 (é*, 2, L*). Type-loc: Homejo, Kemabu Valley, New Guinea (LM). filipes (Walker).—Peters, 1959, 139 (P*). Assem, 1959, 37 (3%, 2). flabelliger Bonne-Wepster.—Assem, 1959, 38 (¢*, L*). fuscipleura Lee.—Peters, 1959, 145 (P*). kingi Lee—Assem, 1959, 45 (6*, L*). leei Peters——New Guinea. 1959) Proc. h.ent.eSoc? Lond: (8B), 28: 141° (6 * 9, L*, P*). Type-loc: Maprik, Sepik District, New Guinea (CSIR). longipalpatus Lee.—Peters, 1959, 144 (L*, P*). Assem, 1959, 40 (&, mabinii Baisas and Ubaldo-Pagayon.—Change 1952” to “1953” ft. plumiger Bonne-Wepster.—Peters, 1959, 146 (4¢*, L*, P*). vanleeuweni (Edwards).—Assem, 1959, 45 (¢*, 2, L*). Subgenus POLYLEPIDOMYIA Theobald ater (Taylor).—Place with its synonym brugi Edwards as. synonyms of argenteiventris (Theobald). See Stone, 1957, 174 t. caledonicus (Edwards).—Delete “New Hebrides” t. microlepis (Kdwards).—Assem, 1960, 13 (¢*, L*). standfasti Peters——New Guinea. ° 150" Proc ly. ent. ooc. ond. (B)e2o> (6. 2. las, bP” ): Type-loe: Maprik, Sepik District, New Guinea (CSIR). subobscurus Lee—Delete ““New Guinea” ft. Genus TRICHOPROSOPON Theobald Subgenus TRICHOPROSOPON Theobald compressum Lutz.—French Guiana. soaresi Lane and Cerqueira.—French Guiana. Subgenus SHANNONIANA Lane and Cerqueira schedocyclium (Dyar and Knab).—French Guiana. Subgenus RUNCHOMYIA Theobald leucopus (Dyar and Knab).—French Guiana. pallidiventer (Lutz).—French Guiana. 90. 92 93: 94. 96. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 1, MARCH, 1961 Genus WYEOMYIA Theobald Subgenus WYEOMYIA Theobald medioalpipes Lutz—Surinam, British Guiana, French Guiana. Subgenus DENDROMYIA Theobald bourrouli (Lutz).—Surinam. clasoleuca Dyar and Knab.—French Guiana. confusa (Lutz).—French Guiana. luteoventralis Theobald—French Guiana. moerbista (Dyar and Knab).—Surinam. mystes Dyar.—F rench Guiana. surinamensis Bruijning.—Surinam. 1959. Stud. Fauna Suriname Guyanas 3: 135 (6*). Type-loe: Ornamibo, Surinam (LM). ulocoma (Theobald)—French Guiana. ypsipola Dyar.—Surinam. Genus PHONIOMYIA Theobald splendida (Bonne-Wepster and Bonne).—French Guiana. Genus LIMATUS Theobald asulleptus (Theobald).—French Guiana. Genus SABETHES Robineau-Desvoidy Subgenus SABETHES Robineau-Desvoidy cyaneus (I abricius).—French Guiana. purpureus (Theobald).—French Guiana. tarsopus Dyar and Knab.—French Guiana. Subgenus SABETHINUS Lutz identicus Dyar and Knab.—Freneh Guiana. intermedius (Lutz).—French Guiana. undosus (Coquillett)—French Guiana. Genus MALAYA Leicester genurostris Leicester—Thurman, 1959, 49 (¢*, L). jacobsoni (Edwards).—Thurman, 1959; a0 10025. Li): Genus TOPOMYIA Leicester Subgenus TOPOMYIA Leicester The subgenus Suaymyia has been proposed (See p. 96, below) and the following species placed in it: argenteoventralis Lei- cester, auriceps Brug, decorabilis Leicester, houghtoni Feng, and imitata Baisas. The remaining species form the typical subgenus. aenea Thurman.—Thailand. 1959. Univ. Maryland Agr. Expt. Sta. Bull. A-100: 39 (é*, 2). Type-loe: Ngao, Lampang Provinee, Thailand (USNM). imitatus Baisas.—Change to imitata t. inclinata Thurman.—Thailand. 1959. Univ. Maryland Agr. Expt. Sta. Bull. A-100: 41 (*). Type-loc: Buker Cabin Area, Doi Sutep, Chieng- mai Provinee, Thailand (USNM). Page 98. 59. 104. 105. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., vol. 63, NO. 1, MARCH, 1961 oD lindsayi Thurman.—Thailand. 1959. Univ. Maryland Agr. Expt. Sta. Bull. A-100: 42 (3*). Type-loe: Doi Sutep, Chiengmai Province, Thai- land (USNM). svastii Thurman.—Thailand. 1959. Univ. Maryland Agr. Expt. Sta. Bull. A-100: 43 (2*). Type-loe: Doi Sutep, Chiengmai Province, Thai- land (USNM). unispinosa Thurman.—Thailand. 1959. Univ. Maryland Agr. Expt. Sta. Bull. A-100: 44 (é*). Type-loe: Doi Sutep, Chiengmai Province, Thai- land (USNM). Subgenus SUAYMYIA Thurman Topomyia, subgenus Suaymyia Thurman 1959, Univ. Maryland Agr. Expt. Sta. Bull. A-100: 44. Orthotype: cristata Thur- man. argenteoventralis Leicester—Thurman, 1959, 45 (to subg. Suaymyia). auriceps Brug—Thurman, 1959, 45 (to subg. Suaymyia). cristata Thurman.—Thailand. 1959. Univ. Maryland Agr. Expt. Sta. Bull. A-100: 46 (4*). Type-loe: Doi Sutep, Chiengmai Province, Thai- land (USNM). decorabilis Leicester—Thurman, 1959, 45 (to subg. Suaymyia). houghtoni Feng—Thurman, 1959, 45 (to subg. Suaymyia). imitata Baisas—Thurman, 1959, 45 (to subg. Suaymyia). leucotarsis Thurman.—Thailand. 1959. Univ. Maryland Agr. Expt. Sta. Bull. A-100: 47 ($*). Type-loc: Doi Sutep, Chiengmai Province, Thai- land (USNM). papuensis Marks.—New Guinea. 1960. Pacifie Ins. 2: 91 (¢*, 2, L*, P*). Type-loc: Koipa ,4-5 miles from Saiho (8° 50’ S., 148°, 05’ E) on the Popondetta road, Northern District, Papua (UQ). pseudoleucotarsis Thurman.—Thailand. 1959. Univ. Maryland Agr. Expt. Sta. Bull. A-100: 48 (3*). Type-loe: Doi Sutep, Chiengmai Province, Thai- land (USNM). Genus FICALBIA Theobald Subgenus MIMOMYIA Theobald chamberlaini (Ludlow.)—India. Menon and Tampi, 1959, 13 (K*). hispida (Theobald).—Natal. plumosa Theobald.—Natal. Genus MANSONIA Blanchard Subgenus MANSONIOIDES Theobald Mansonioides Theobald.—Change “septemgutta” to “septemguttata” f. africana (Theobald).—Delete “? New Guinea” +. Laurence, 1960, 491 (biol.). uniformis (Theobald).—Laurence, 1960, 491 (biol.). 36 Page 106. 107. 108. 109. Ha ES 112. 114. JONG, IDG 118. 1) 120. Wi. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 1, MARCH, 1961 Subgenus MANSONIA Blanchard humeralis Dyar and Knab.—French Guiana. pseudotitillans (Theobald).—Freneh Guiana. Subgenus RHYNCHOTAENIA Bréthes arribalzagai (Theobald).—French Guiana. fasciolata (Lynch Arribalzaga).—Change “MLP” to “NE.” Genus URANOTAENIA Lynch Arribalzaga Pseudoficalbia Theobald—Change “Edwards 1932a: 96” to ‘Howard, Dyar, and Knab 1917: 899” t albescens Taylor.—Delete ‘Solomon Islands’ t. argyrotarsis Leicester.—Delete “Solomon Islands” +. candidipes Hdwards.—Since nivipous and nivipes are not homonymous, the correct name for this species is nivipous and candi- dipes falls as a synonym ( See nivipous, p. 117, below) ft. colocasiae Hdwards.—Delete “? Mariana Islands” ft. leucoptera (Theobald)—French Guiana. nataliae Lynch Arribélzaga—Delete “MLP.” French Guiana. albofasciata Taylor.—tChange “(LU)” to “(SAM)” ft. nivipous Theobald.—Insert, with candidipes Edwards as a synonym. (See candidipes, p. 111, above) ft. pulcherrima Lynch Arribalzaga.—Change “MLP” to “NE.” quadrimaculata Edwards.—Delete “Bismarck Archipelago” and “New Guinea” t. socialis Theobald.—Frenech Guiana. unguiculata HEdwards.—Senevet and Andarelli, 1959, 222 (6, 9, [et ) ssp. peffyi Stone——Arabia. 1961 (1960). Proc. ent. Soc. Wash. 62: 249 (6, 9). Type-loc: Qatif Oasis, Al Hasa Province, Saudi Arabia (USNM). Genus HODGESIA Theobald lampangensis Thurman.—Thailand. 1959. Univ. Maryland Agr. Expt. Sta. Bull. A-100: 52 (¢6*, L*, P*). Type-loc: Ngao, Lampang Provinee, Thai- land (USNM). , malayi Leicester.—Thailand. Genus ORTHOPODOMYIA Theobald andamanensis Barraud—Thailand. 23.. kummi Edwards.—United States (Arizona). lemmonae Thurman.—Thailand. 1959. Univ. Maryland Agr. Expt. Sta. Bull. A-100: 58 (L*). Type-loe: Doi Chom Cheng of Doi Sutep Range, Chiengmai Provinee, Thailand (USNM). Genus AEDEOMYIA Theobald squamipennis (Lynch Arribalzaga).—Change “MLP” to “NE.” Page 126. 132. 133. 134. 136. 1s) “I PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 1, MARCH, 1961 Genus PSOROPHORA Robineau-Desvoidy Subgenus PSOROPHORA Robineau-Desvoidy ciliata (Fabricius).—French Guiana. molestus Wiedemann.—Change “1821” to “1820” t. holmbergii Lynch Arribalzaga—Change ““MLP” to “NE.” ft. lineata (Humboldt)—French Guiana. Subgenus JANTHINOSOMA Lynch Arribalzaga amazonica Cerqueira.—Brazil. LOGO wool Mus. Goeldi; Zool: 26°71 26 *, 2, i*, P*). Type-loc: Igarapé do Taruma, Manaus, Amazonas, Brazil (INPA). circumflava Cerqueira.—Brazil. Cerqueira, 1960, 5 (4*). oblita Lynch Arribalzaga—Change “MLP” to “NE.” Subgenus GRABHAMIA Theobald confinnis (Lynch Arribalzaga).—Change “MLP” to “NE.” varinervis Edwards.—Martinez, Prosen and Careavallo, 1959, 115 Goa® i! Genus HEIZMANNIA Ludlow mattinglyi Thurman.—Thailand. 1959. Univ. Maryland Agr. Expt. Sta. Bull. A-100: 70 (2). Type-loc: Rong Kwang, Prae Province, Thailand (USNM). , metallica (Leicester)—Thailand. Genus UDAYA Thurman argyrurus (Hdwards).—Macdonald and Mattingly, 1960, 26 (L*, P*). lucaris Macdonald and Mattingly—Malaya. 1960. Proc. R. ent. Soc. London (B) 29: 22 (¢6*, 9, L*, P*). Type-loc: Ulu Gombak Forest Reserve, Selangor, Malaya (BM). Genus ERETMAPODITES Theobald leucopus Graham.—Change to leucopous, the original spelling, which should have been retained. Delete ‘‘as lewcopous” t. melanopus Graham.—Change to melanopous, the original spelling, which should have been retained. Delete “as melanopous” t. oedipodius Graham.—Change to oidipodeios, the original spelling, which should have been retained. Delete “as oidipodeios” t. semisimplicipes Hdwards.—Cameroun. Genus AEDES Meigen Important references: 1959, Mattingly, 1-61 (keys, subgenera Skusea, Diceromyia, Geoskusea, and Christophersiomyia, Indomalayan Area) ; 1959, Hedeen, 179-183 (larval key, France) ; 1960, Price, 544- 560, (first instar L. key, Minnesota). Subgenus MUCIDUS Theobald aurantius quadripunctis (Ludlow).—After Bohart 1945, 55, change PSSPEC ED). vase, fie Page 139. 140. 141. 142. 143. 147. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 1, MARCH, 1961 laniger (Wiedemann.)—Change “1821” to “1820” t lucianus Muspratt.—Natal. 1959. J. ent. Soc. 8. Afr. 22: 64 (¢*, 9*). Type-loc: M’eanduzi, w. side of Lake St. Lucia, Zululand, Natal (SAIM). Subgenus OCHLEROTATUS Lynch Arribalzaga albirostris (Macquart).—Correct type locality from Akaroa (not D’Akaroa +t) to New South Wales. Transfer to synonymy under vigilax (Skuse) under pending Suspension of Rules (See p. 157 below). Transfer Edwards’ 1924 reference to subalbirostris Klein and Marks (See p. 155 below). andersoni Kdwards.—Dobrotworsky, 1960, 68 (¢*, 9, L*, P*). annulipes (Meigen).—Yugoslavia. atlanticus Dyar and Knab.—Craig and Horsfall, 1960, 17 (K*). barri Rueger.—Price, 1960, 550 (1st instar L*). bejaranoi Martinez, Careavallo and Prosen.—Bolivia. 1960. Rev. Cat. Microbiol. y Parasitol. 28(89): 26 (¢, 2). Type-loc: Yungas del Palmar, Chapare Prov., Coch- abamba Dept., Bolivia (A. Martinez). camptorhynchus (Thomson).—Dobrotworsky, 1960, 63 (¢*, 2, L*). canadensis (Theobald).—Price, 1960, 550 (1st instar L*). cantator (Coquillett).—Craig and Horsfall, 1960, 17 (K*). cataphylla Dyar.—China. clelandi (Taylor)—Dobrotworsky, 1960, 185 (é*, 9*, L*, P*). communis (De Geer).—China. Price, 1960, 552 (1st instar L*). continentalis Dobrotworsky.—Australia. 1960. Proc. Linn: Soe. N.S. W: 852-71 (3*, oo a eee Type-loc: Carpendeit, Victoria, Australia (NMM). crinifer (Theobald).—French Guiana. cunabulanus Edwards.—Dobrotworsky, 1960, 65 (6* 2, L*, P*). cyprius Ludlow.—China. diantaeus Howard, Dyar and Knab.—China. Price, 1960, 552 (1st instar L*). dorsalis (Meigen).—Price, 1960, 554 (1st instar L*). 5. excrucians (Walker).—Price, 1960, 548 (1st instar L*). fitchii (Felt and Young).—Price, 1960, 552 (1st instar L*). . flavifrons (Skuse).—Dobrotworsky, 1960 180 (¢*, 9*, L*, P*). variegatans Strickland.—Insert “vandema var.” after “Culicada” +. hesperonotius Marks.—Western Australia. 1959. Pap. Dept. Ent. Univ. Qd 1: 131 (2). Type-loe: 2 mi. ne. Bullsbrook, Western Australia, Australia (CSIR). hexodontus Dyar.—Japan. Suzuki, 1959, 291 (¢*, @*, L*, P*). hodgkini Marks.—Western Australia. 1959. Pap. Dept: Mnt. Univ. Qd 1: 112 (d*) oy ieee Type-loe: Woodanilling, 94 mi. n. Albany, Western Australia, Australia (CSIR). idahoensis (Theobald).—Remove to position as subspecies of spencerii (Theobald) (See p. 154 below). inexpectatus Bonne-Wepster.—Insert from p. 193 (see below). Marks, TOBE 2 oh infirmatus Dyar and Knab.—Craig and Horsfall, 1960, 17 (H*). Page 148. 1s} 154. 156. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 1, MARCH, 1961 39 intrudens Dyar.—Japan. Suzuki, 1959, 293 (¢*, 2*, L*, P*). Price, 1960, 554 (1st instar L*). luteifemur Edwards.—Dobrotworsky, 1960, 54 (¢*, 9, L*, P*). macintoshi Marks.—Western Australia. 15a Pape Depty hut. Univ Qaebs 117 (6%, 2 .L*, P*). Type-loe: Albany, Western Australia, Australia (CSIR). macleayanus Mackerras.—Place as synonym under nigrithorax (Mac- quart) (See p. 149, below). mitchellae (Dyar.)—Craig and Horsfall, 1960, 16 (E*). nigrinus (Kekstein).—Hungary. nigrithorax (Macquart).—Marks, 1960, 117 (¢*, 2*, syn.). macleayanus Mackerras, 1927. (See p. 148, above). nigromaculis (Ludlow).—Price, 1960, 556 (1st instar L*). nivalis Edwards.—Change “Mt. Wellington, Tasmania” to “Marys- ville, Victoria” t. Dobrotworsky, 1960, 60 (¢*, 2, L*, P* )< perventor Cerqueira and Costa.—Forattini, 1959, 177 (P*). procax Skuse.—Klein and Marks, 1960, 112 (rubrithorax of authors, not Macquart; resurrected from synonymy). punctor (Kirby).—Price, 1960, 556 (1st instar L*). purpureifemur Marks.—Western Australia. 1959. Pap. Dept. Ent. Univ. Qd 1: 132 (2). Type-loc: Forrestdale, 15 mi. se. Perth, Western Australia, Aus- tralia (CSIR). purpuriventris Edwards.—Dobrotworsky, 1960, 183 (¢* @*, L*, P*). ratcliffei Marks.—Western Australia. 1959) Pap. Dept. Hut. Univ: Od 12366 7.94%, P*):. Type-loc: Gnangara, 12 mi. n. Perth, Western Australia, Australia (CSIR). rubrithorax (Macquart).—Transfer to subgenus Finlaya (See p. 170 below); procax validated as shown above. confirmatus Lynch Arribélzaga.—Change “MLP” to “NE.” silvestris Dobrotworsky.—Australha. 1961 (1960). Proe. ent. Soe. Wash. 62: 248 (nom. nov. for waterhousei Dobrotworsky, non Theobald; Culex). waterhousei Dobrotworsky, 1960. Proe. Linn. Soe. N.S.W. 85: of (dc, 2, GF. P*). Typecloe:.; Wattle Glen, Victoria (NMM). sollicitans (Walker).—Craig and Horsfall, 1960, 16 (K*). spencerii (Theobald).—Nielsen and Rees, 1959, 46. ssp. idahoensis (Theobald). Nielsen and Rees, 1959, 146 ( ?spp.). sticticus (Meigen).—Price, 1960, 557 (1st instar L*). stigmaticus Edwards.—Martinez, Prosen and Careavallo, 1959, 112 stimulus (Walker).—Price, 1960, 557 (1st instar L*). subalbirostris Klein and Marks.—New Zealand. 1960. Proce. Linn. Soe. N.S.W. 85: 115 (2). Type-loc: Invereargill, New Zealand. Edwards, 1924, 375 (23; as albirostris Maecquart) . taeniorhynchus (Wiedemann).—Forattini, 1958, 176 (P*). Craig and Horsfall, 1960, 16 (EK*). thibaulti Dyar and Knab.—Craig and Horsfall, 1960, 17 (EK*). trichurus (Dyar).—Price, 1960, 557 (1st instar L*). trivittatus (Coquillett).—Price, 1960, 558 (1st instar L*). 169. 170. elle PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 1, MARCH, 1961 varipalpus (Coquillett.)—Utah. vigilax (Skuse).—Klein and Marks, 115. albirostris (Maequart).—Klein and Marks, 1960, 112 (9*; syn. under pending Suspension of Rules). vigilax vansomerenae.—Delete “and Brown.” Insert after 1955, “In Mattingly and Brown” tf. Subgenus FINLAYA Theobald Important reference: 1959, Colless, 166-179, (key niveus sub- group). alboannulatus (Macquart).—Dobrotworsky, 1959, 132 (4*, 92, L*, albocinctus (Barraud).—Ryukyu Retto. albolateralis (Theobald).—Colless, 1959, 173 (2, 6, L). argyrothorax Bonne-Wepster and Bonne.—French Guiana. atropalpus (Coquillett.)—Craig and Horsfall, 1960, 14 (K*). Price, 1960, 550 (1st instar L*). bunanoki Sasa and Ishimura.—Korea. christophersi Edwards.—Japan. hendersoni Cockerell—Montana to Texas. Breland, 1960, 601 (4, 2*, L*; to sp. status, resurrected from synonymy). knighti Stone and Bohart.—Change “Rendova Islands” to “Rendova Island” ft. kochi (Donitz).—Delete “? Solomon Islands” t. koreicus (Edwards).—Maritime Provinee, U.S.S.R. leucocelaenus Dyar and Shannon.—Frenech Guiana. niveoides Barraud.—Colless, 1959, 175 (9, 6, L.). niveus (Ludlow).—Feng, 1938, 512 (é*, 9*, L*) ft. novoniveus Barraud.—Colless, 1959, 174 (2, 6, L). similis, queenslandis, demansis, cumpstoni, hybrida.—Transfer to p. 170 as synonyms of rubrithorax. oreophilus (Edwards).—Japan. plagosus Marks.——New South Wales. 1959. Proc. roy. Soc. Qd 70: 21 (2*). Type-loe: Ben Lomond, 35 mi. n. of Armidale, New South Wales, Aus- tralia (CSIR). poecilus (Theobald)—Change to poicilius, the original spelling, which should have been retained. Delete “as” and “noicilia, emend. by Barraud 1934, 157” t. pseudoniveus (Theobald).—Colless, 1959, 169 (2, ¢, L). quinquelineatus Edwards.—Marks, 1959, 23 (6*). rubrithorax (Macquart).—Dobrotworsky, 1959, 134 (4*, 9, L*, H*; as queenslandis). Klein and Marks, 1960, 109 (2*; trans. from subg. Ochlerotatus; syn.). similis Strickland, queenslandis Strickland, demansis Strick- land, cumpstoni Taylor, and hybrida Taylor transferred from synonymy under occidentalis (Skuse) (See p. 168 above). rupestris Dobrotworsky.—Australia. 1959. Proce. Lmn: Soc. N.S.W:'84:) 136 (6 "eases K*). Type-loe: Lorne, Victoria, Australia (NMM). seoulensis Yamada.—Feng, 1938, 516 (6*, 2*, E*, L*) t. subniveus Hdwards.—Colless, 1959, 171 (2, ¢, L). Page 172. 176. UCT. 178. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 1, MARCH, 1961 41 togoi (Theobald).—Change “Yameuti” (Line 5) to “Yamaguti” ft. Bullock, 1960, 167 (E*). triseriatus (Say).—Price, 1960, 558 (1st instar L*). Change distribu- tion to: Eastern Canada and United States west to British Columbia and Texas; Mexico. hendersoni Cockerell. To valid species (See p. 163 above). tubbutiensis Dobrotworsky.—Australia. 1959. Proc. linn: Soe. N.S.W. 84: 1389 (¢* 9, L*, P*). Type-loe: Tubbut, E. Gippsland, Victoria, Australia (NMM). Subgenus MACLEAYA Theobald doddi Taylor—Change “Hikinumu” to “Itikinumu” ft. Subgenus SKUSEA Theobald amesii (Ludlow).—Mattingly, 1959, 25 (6*, 9*, L*, P*). celebicus Mattingly.—Celebes. 1959. Cul. Mosq. Indomalayan Area 4: 32 (¢*). Type- loge: Dongkala, Kabaena, Celebes, Indonesia (BM). fumidus Edwards.—Mattinely, 1959, 29 (6*, 9*, L*, P*). Subgenus CHRISTOPHERSIOMYIA Barraud gombakensis Mattingly. Malaya. 1959. Cul. Mosq. Indomalayan Area 4: 56 (6*, 9*, L*, P*). Type-loe: 16th mile, Ulu Gombak, Selangor, Malaya (BM). Subgenus GEOSKUSEA Edwards baisasi Knight and Hull.—Mattingly, 1959, 50 (¢*, 2*). kabaensis Brug.—Mattinegly, 1959, 48 (¢*, @*, L*, P*). Subgenus ALANSTONEA Mattingly Aedes, subgenus Alanstonea Mattingly 1960, Proc. R. ent. Soe. Lond. (B) 29: 170. Orthotype: Scutomyia treubi De Meijere. Two species, brevitibia (Kdwards) and trewbi (Meijere) are trans- ferred to this new subgenus from the subgenus Stegomyiu (See pp. 182 and 188 below). Subgenus STEGOMYIA Theobald aegypti (Linnaeus).—Craig and Horsfall, 1960, 13 (E*). Christophers, 1960, 1-739 (hbiol., anat.). albolineatus (Theobald).—Delete “Ogasawara Gunto” and “Hawaiian Islands” ft. albopictus (Skuse).—Delete “New Guinea” t. Bullock, 1960, 167 (E*). aurotaeniatus Edwards.—Change “Philipines” to “Philippines” t. brevitibia (Edwards).—Change “Armigres” to “Armigeres” t+. Trans- fer to subgeus Alanstonea. Mattingly, 1960, 170 (See p. 178 above). chemulpoensis Yamada.—Feng, 1938, 506 (6*, 9*, E*, L*) +t. Bul- lock, 1960, 167 (K*). edwardsi var. tulagiensis Kdwards.—Type locality should be only Tulagi Hospital, Santa Cruz Islands ft. flavopictus Yamada.—Delete “India, Pakistan” and “Barraud, 1934, DOINGS: SOs eerie galloisi Yamada.—Maritime Provinee, U.S.S.R. 195. 196. JUStep 199. 200. 201. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 1, MARCH, 1961 hensilli Farner.—Singapore ft. impatibilis (Walker).—Change “1860” to “1859” f. patriciae Mattingly —Barraud, 1934, 239 (46*, 9, L*; as flavopictus Yamada t. pseudalbopictus (Borel).—Delete “New Caledonia’ t+. scutellaris (Walker).—Delete “Hainan Island” ft. treubi (Meijere).—Thailand. Bonne-Wepster and Brug, 1932, 109 (to Aedes, subgenus Stegomyia) +t. Transfer to subgenus Alanstonea. Mattingly, 1960, 170 (See p. 178 above). Subgenus AEDIMORPHUS Theobald 2 ee ee Theobald.—Insert after 290 “(July)” ft. bedfordi Edwards.—Muspratt, 1959, 67 (6*). inexpectatus Bonne-Wepster. Transfer to subgenus Ochlerotatus (See p. 147 above) ft. lamborni Edwards.—Cameroun. lokojoensis Service.—Nigeria. 1959. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 59: 244 (6*, L, P). Type-loe: Lokoja, Northern Nigeria (BM). mansouri Qutubuddin.—Sudan. 1959. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 2: 21 (9, ¢*). Type-loc: Juba, Sudan Republic (BM). ochraceus (Theobald) —Qutubuddin, 1959, 22 (4*). ovazzai Hamon and Adam.—French West Africa, 1959. Bull. Soc. Pat. exot. 52: 147 (6*). Type-loc: Adiopodoumé (Abidjan), Ivory Coast, French West Africa (IERT). pseudotarsalis Someren.—Cameroun. Yamada) f. rickenbachi Hamon and Adam.—French West Africa. 1959. Bull. Soc. Pat. exot. 52: 151 (¢*). Wype-loe: Tiébissou, Ivory Coast, French West Africa (IERT). vexans (Meigen). 1 (Jist mstar iu*)). vexans nocturnus (Theobald).—Delete Australia ft. wendyae Service—Nigeria. 1959.. Proc. R. ent. Soc. London (B) 28: 73 (do sear. P). Type-loe: Iarodu, near Lagos, S. Nigeria (BM) Sery- ice, 1960, 90 (lectotype). Subgenus NEOMELANICONION Newstead aurovenatus Worth.—South Africa. 1960. J. ent. Soe. S. Afr. 23:312 (2). Type-loc: Nduma, Tongaland, n. Natal, South Africa (SAIM). linealis Taylor —Change SO EtO 7” ite Subgenus DICEROMYIA Theobald fascipalpis (Edwards).—Natal. Muspratt, 1959, 70 (¢*). franciscoi Mattingly.—Singapore, Malaya. 1959 Cul. Mosq. Indomalayan Area 4: 42 (6, 2* L, P). Type-loc: P. Blakang Mati, Singapore (BM). iyengari Edwards.— Mattingly, 1959, 38\(6*,) 2 ct ee platylepidus Knight and Hull. Mattingly, 1959, "41 (9; to subgenus Diceromyia) (See p. 211, below). Page . rossicus Dolbeskin, Gorickaja, and Mitrofanova. . varietas (Leicester)—Change “type 2” to “22 of type series” ft. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 1, MARCH, 1961 43 Subgenus AEDES Meigen cinereus Meigen.—Price, 1960, 551 (1st instar L*). esoensis Yamada.—Korea. Japan. Subgenus LEPTOSOMATOMYTIA Theobald . variepictus King and Hoogstraal.—Delete Peters’ reference since this was a misidentification. Subgenus Uncertain platylepidus Knight and Hull—Transfer to subgenus Diceromyia (See p. 202, above). Genus ARMIGERES Theobald Important reference: Thurman, 1959, 76-106 (keys). Subgenus ARMIGERES Theobald . aureolineatus (Leicester)—Thurman, 1959, 83 (¢*, L). . Jugraensis (Leicester) —Thurman, 1959, 86 (¢*, L). malayi (Theobald).—Thurman, 1959, 88 (¢*, L*, P*). . theobaldi Barraud.—Thailand. Subgenus LEICESTERIA Theobald Leicesteriomyia Brunetti—Macdonald, 1960, 112 (syn.) Chaetomyia Leicester. Important reference: Macdonald, 1960, 110-153 (revision, ecology). annulipalpis (Theobald).—Maecdonald, 1960, 134 (¢*, 9, L). annulitarsis (Leicester) —Macdonald, 1960, 119 (¢* 9, L.) balteatus Macdonald.—Thailand, Malaya, Sumatra, Borneo. 1960. Stud. Inst. med. Res. Malaya 29: 128 (6* 9, L*). Type-loe: Ulu Gombak, Selangor, Malaya (BM). cingulatus (Leicester) —Synonymize under longipalpis (See below) but transfer Edwards’ reference to balteatus (See above). dentatus Barraud.—Thailand. Macdonald, 1960, 124 (¢*, 92, L*). digitatus (Kdwards).—Macdonald, 1960, 130 (¢*, 2*, L*). dolichocephalus (Leicester).—Thailand. Thurman, 1959 (4¢*). Mae- donald; 1960,,121(é *, 2, L*). flavus (Leicester).—Transfer from subgenus Leicesteriomyia, p. 215. Macdonald, 1960, 116 (¢*, 2, L). inchoatus Barraud.—Maedonald, 1960, 122 (4*, 2, L.). longipalpis (Leicester) —Thailand, Indochina, Boeton. Macdonald, 1960, 226) (d*, *2 5314): cingulata Leicester—Macdonald, 1960, 126 (syn.). magnus (Theobald) —Maedonald, 1960, 117 (¢*, 2, L). . omissus (EKdwards).—Thailand, Macdonald, 1960, 126 (¢*, 2, L*). pectinatus (Edwards).—Maedonald, 1960, 123 (¢6*, 2, L*). pendulus (Edwards).—Maedonald, 1960, 131 (¢*, 2, L). traubi Macdonald.—Malaya. 1960. Stud. Inst. med. Res. Malaya 20: 132 (¢*, 2, L*). Type-loe: Ulu Gombak, Selangor, Malaya (BM). 44 Page 220. 221. 223. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 1, MARCH, 1961 Subgenus LEICESTERIOMYIA Brunetti Leicesteriomyia Brunetti—Place with Chaetomyia as synonym of snb- genus Leicesteria (See p. 214 above). flavus (Leicester).—Transfer with its synonyms to subgenus Leices- teria (See p. 214, above). Nomina Dubia obturbans (Walker).—Change “1860” to “1859” +. Genus HAEMAGOGUS Williston Subgenus STEGOCONOPS Lutz baresi Cerqueira.—Brazil. 1960.. Bol. Mus. Goeldi,. Zool. 25: 1. (6*, jira ie Type-loc: Igarapé de Taruma, Manaus, Amazonas, Brazil (INPA). Genus CULISETA Felt Subgenus CULISETA Felt glaphyroptera (Schiner).—Sweden, Finland, Germany, Hungary, Yugoslavia, Bulgaria. kanayamensis (Yamada).—Korea, China. tonnoiri (Kdwards).—Transfer to subgenus Climacura (See p. 221 below) ft. Subgenus CULICELLA Felt drummondi (Dobrotworsky).—Australia. 1960. Proce. Linn: Soc: N.S: W.185: 241 (.6.* 2a Theobaldia). Type-loe: Sylvan, Victoria (NMM). minnesotae Barr.—Utah, Delaware. nipponica LaCasse and Yamaguti.—Korea. ochroptera (Peus).—China. sylvanensis (Dobrotworsky).— Australia. 1960: Proce. Linn. Soes N.S: W:, 85: 245 (¢* 2) see Theobaldia). Type-loe: Sylvan, Victoria (NMM). otwayensis (Dobrotworsky).—Australia. 1960. Proce. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. 85: 246 (3¢*,- 2) P=; Theobaldia). Type-loe: Cape Horn, Otway, Victoria (NMM.) Subgenus CLIMACURA Howard, Dyar and Knab tonnoiri (Edwards).—Transfer from subgenus Culicella where it had never been placed +. (See p. 220 above). Change “(?BM)” to “ (CSIR) ;” Genus CULEX Linnaeus Subgenus LUTZIA Theobald Lutzia Theobald.—Change “bigotii” to “bigoti” t. fuscanus Wiedemann.—Change “1821” to “1820” f¢. Subgenus BARRAUDIUS Edwards modestus Ficalbi.Senevet and Andarelli, 1959, 80 (¢*, 9, L*, P*). pusillus Macquart.—Senevet and Andarelli, 1959, 85 (é*, ?, L*, P*). 233. 234, 235. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 1, MARCH, 1961 45 Spbgenus NEOCULEX Dyar deserticola Kirkpatrick—Syria. Senevet and Andarelli, 1959, 107 (Siig rear Pea hia) judaicus Edwards.—Senevet and Andarelli, 1959, 117 (4¢*). kingianus Edwards.—Cameroun. martinii Medschid—Hungary. Subgenus LOPHOCERAOMYIA Theobald atracus Colless——New Ireland, New Britain. 1960. Proc. Linn. Soe. N. 8. W. 84: 385 (6 *). Type-loc: Kavieng, New Ireland (BM). christiani Colless—New Guinea. 1960. Proce. Linn. Soe. N. S. W. 84: oe Coe OIL) Type-loe: Minj, Western Highlands, New Guinea (BM). cinctellus Edwards.—Ryukyu Retto. fraudatrix (Theobald).—Delete all distribution except New Guinea and Australia. Colless, 1960, 382 (¢*). minor (Leicester).—Ryukyu Retto. ornatus (Theobald)—New Britain. petersi Colless—New Guinea. 19605 Proc. linn. So¢s Neos W. 842.558) (6 *, 2. L*). Type-loe: Minj, Western Highlands, New Guinea (BM). pseudornatus Colless.—New Guinea. 1960. Proce. Linn. Soe. N. 8S. W. 84: 386 (¢*, 2). Type- loc: Edie Creek, New Guinea (BM). Subgenus CULICIOMYIA Theobald Neomelanoconion Theobald. This is based upon a misidentification of Culex rima Theobald, which actually belongs to the sub- genus Neoculex. Since this would be a synonym whether based upon the true rima or on misidentified rima it is hardly necessary to decide which principles to follow. f. muspratti Hamon and Lambrecht.—Congo. 1959. Bull. Soe. Pat. exot. 52: 583 (¢6*). Type-loc: Trangi Forest, Kivu, “Belgian” Congo (IERT). ruthi—Change to “ruthae.” Peters, 1959, 15a Subgenus CULEX Linnaeus consimilis Taylor—Change “8” to “55” t. atriceps Edwards. nigriceps Buxton. 1917. Bull. Soc. Etudes Ocean. 2: 307 (lapsus for atriceps) t. bitaeniorhynchus Giles.—Natal. abdominalis Taylor—Change “7” to “53” t. deanei Corréa and Ramalho.—Brazil. 1O50- Inst. Med. tropo., eaulo they. 1: 141 (0%, 2, LF, P). Type-loe: Campo de Marte, bairro de Santana, Sao Paulo, Brazil (FH). minutus Theobald——Change “type 2” to “syntype 2” f. dolosus (Lynch Arribalzaga). Change “MLP” to “NE! a4 minutus Theobald.—Change “type ¢” to “syntype ¢* forattinii Corréa and Ramalho.—Brazil. 1959. Rev. bras. Malariol. (Doengas trop.) 11: 55 (4*). Type-loe: Santa Cruz de Rio Pardo, Sao Paulo, Brazil (FMSP). C ~ ba | bo PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 1, MARCH, 1961 . guiarti Blanchard—Muspratt, 1959, 71 (4, taxonomy). 9. ingrami Edwards.—Service, 1959, 1 (L*). jacksoni Edwards.—Maritime Provinee, U.S.S.R. . Mattinglyi Knight.—Syria. 3. perfuscus Edwards.—Natal. . goughii Theobald.—Change “type ¢” to “syntype ¢” f. . pseudovishnui Colless——Change “Singapore, Malaya” to “Oriental Region” t. renatoi Lane and Ramalho.—Brazil. 1960. Rey.’ bras.” Ent. 9: 173 (o*; 2, *, Pe) aalipe- loc: Bairro de Sao Miguel Paulista, Capital, Sao Paulo, Brazil (FMSP). scimitar Branch and Seabrook.—Bahama Islands. 1959. Proce. ent. Soc. Wash. 61: 217 (¢*, 2). Type-loc: Hog Island, Bahama Islands (USNM). sinaiticus Kirkpatrick—Transjordan, Israel. . tmpellens Walker.—Change “1860” to “1859” ft. paludis Taylor.—Change “9” to “56” t. thalassius Theobald.—Natal, Syria. toroensis Edwards and Gibbins.—Cameroun. Service, 1959, 1 (L). toroensis macrophyllus Edwards and Gibbins.—Cameroun. torrentium Martini.—Senevet and Andarelli, 1959, 203 (¢*, 2, L, P). . tritaeniorhynchus summorosus Dyar.—Maritime Province, U.S.S.R. . goughii Theobald.—Change “type 2” to “syntype 2” ft. vishnui Theobald.—Change entire distribution to “India” ft. Subgenus MELANOCONION Theobald albinensis Bonne-Wepster and Bonne.—French Guiana. atratus Theobald.—Delete French Guiana. . breviculus Senevet and Abonnene.—Transfer to subgenus Aedinus (see p. 281 below). . comminutor Dyar.—Trinidad. corentynensis Dyar—French Guiana. . erybda Dyar.—Trinidad. dunni Dyar.—Trinidad. educator Dyar and Knab.—F rench Guiana. elevator Dyar and Knab.—French Guiana. evansae Root.—Trinidad. idottus Dyar.—Trinidad. Transfer to this species the following refer- ences from thomasi (p. 276 below): Senevet and Abon- nenec, 1939a;°Floch and Abonnene, 1945; Foote, 1954 (Fauran, im litt.). 2. johnsoni Galindo and Blanton.—Panama. 1961. Ann. ent. Soe. Amer. 54: 1 (¢*). Type-loe: Pacora, Panama (USNM). keenani Galindo and Blanton.—Panama. 1961. Ann. ent. Soc. Amer. 54: 1 (¢*). Type-loc: Pacora, Panama (USNM). maxinocca Dyar.—French Guiana. . Imesodenticulatus Galindo and Blanton.—Panama. 1961. Ann. ent. Soe. Amer. 54: 2 (¢*). Type-loc: Almir- ante, Bocas del Toro Province, Panama (USNM). nigrescens (Theobald).—Change “Guina” to “Guiana” ft. Page 274. bo bo J-~] long) | 280. 281. 282. 283. 284. 285. PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 1, MARCH, 1961 47 phlogistus Dyar.—Brazil, French Guiana, Panama. plectoporpe Root—— New synonymy (Fauran, in litt.). vidali Floch and Fauran.—New synonymy (Fauran, in litt.). plectoporpe Root.—Synonym of phlogistus (see above). putumayensis Matheson.—Trinidad. annulipes Theobald.—Insert “Melanoconion” after “2*” f. theobaldi (Lutz).—French Guiana. thomasi Dyar.—Delete “Senevet—taxonomy)” which properly refer to idottus Dyar (Fauran, in litt.). vidali Floch and Fauran.—Transferred to synonymy under phlogistus (See p. 274, above). vomerifer Komp.—Trinidad. Subgenus MOCHLOSTYRAX Dyar and Knab alogistus Dyar.—French Guiana. arboricolus Galindo and Blanton.—Panama. 1961. Ann. ent. Soc. Amer. 54: 3 (4%, loc: Cerro La Victoria, Panama (USN) caudelli (Dyar and Knab).—French Guiana. pilosus (Dyar and Knab).—Trinidad. unicornis Root.—French Guiana. ese aby pe- iB) Subgenus EUBONNEA Dyar accelerans Root.—Trinidad, French Guiana. amazonensis (Lutz).—Trinidad, French Guiana. Subgenus AEDINUS Bourroul breviculus Senevet and Abonnene.—Brazil. Transferred from sub- genus Melanoconion (See p. 267 above) (Fauran, in litt.). mojuensis Duret and Damasceno.—New synonymy (Fauran, in litt.). mojuensis Duret and Damasceno.—(See above). bonnei Dyar.—Transfer to this species the following reference from iridescens (p. 283 below): Senevet and Abonnence, 1939a (Fauran, in litt.). iridescens (Lutz)—Delete French Guiana and Senevet and Abon- nene’s reference which properly belongs to bonnet (Fauran in litt.). mathesoni Anduze.—French Guiana. Genus DEINOCERITES Theobald troglodytes Dyar and Knab.—Transfer to synonymy under magnus (See p. 285 below). tf. monospathus Dyar and Knab.—Transfer to synonymy under melano- phylum (See p. 285 below) t¢. magnus (Theobald).—French Guiana. troglodytes Dyar and Knab.—Belkin and Hogue, 1959: 430 (syn.) ft. melanophylum Dyar and Knab. monospathus Dyar and Knab,—Belkin and Hogue, 1959: 434 (syn.) t. Page 288. 292 293. 296. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 1, MARCH, 1961 Nomina Nuda colon.—This should have been credited to Harris, not Johnson, and the reference should be, 1835, Harris, in Hiteheock, Rept. Geol. Mass., 2nd Ed.: 595 ft. guttatulus Harris——Transfer from p. 27. sahaliensis Senevet and Andarelli.—Change to “saheliensis” t. Literature Cited Abdel-Malek, A. 1960. The culicine mosquitoes of the northern region of the United Arab Republic. Bull. Soc. ent. Egypte 44: 111-128, map. Assem, J. van den. 1959. Notes on New Guinean species of Tvripter- oides, subgenus Rachisoura (Diptera, Culicidae), with deseriptions of two new species. Tijdsch. Ent. 102: 35-55, illus. Assem, J. van den. 1960. A deseription of male and larva of Tripter- oides (Mimeteomyia) microlepis (Edwards). (Diptera, Culicidae). Ent. Ber. Amst. 20; 13-14, illus. Bailly-Choumara, H. and J. P. Adam. 1960. Notes complementaires sur la morphologie, la position systematique et la _ biologie WVAnopheles (Neomyzomyia) maliensis Bailly-Choumara et Adam, 1959. Bull. Soe. Pat. exot. 53: 110-119. Baisas and Ubaldo-Pagayon.—Change “1952” to “1953” f. Belkin, J. N. and C. L. Hogue. 1959. A review of the crabhole mos- quitoes of the genus Deinocerites (Diptera, Culicidae). Uniy. Calif. Publ. Ent. 14: 411-458, illus. “nih Bonne-Wepster and Brug. 1932.—Insert “Bijblad” after ““Ned.-Ind.” t. Bonne-Wepster and Brug. 1937a.—Change “7” to “77” ft. Breland, O. P. 1960. Restoration of the name, Aedes hendersoni Cockerell, and its elevation to full specific rank (Diptera, Culi- cidae). Ann. ent. Soe. Amer. 53: 600-606, illus. Bullock, R. 1960. Chorionic pattern of Aedes eggs by sump method. Trans. Amer. micr. Soc. 79: 167-170, illus. Cerqueira, N. L. 1960. Sobre uma n. sp. de Janthinosoma da serie Lutzi e a descrigao do macho de Psorophora (J.) circumflava Cerqueira 1943 (Diptera, Culicidae). Bol. Mus. Goeldi, Zool. 26: 1-7, illus. Christophers, S. R. 1960. Aedes aegypti (L.), the yellow fever mos- quito. Its life history, bionomics, and structure. Cambridge Uni- versity Press, 739 pp., illus. Colless, D. R. 1959. Notes on the culicine mosquitoes of Singapore V. The Aedes niveus subgroup (Diptera, Culicidae): previously de- seribed species and keys to adults and larvae. Ann. trop. Med. Parasit. 52: 166-179, illus. Colless, D. R. 1960. Some species of Culex (Lophoceraomyia) from New Guinea and adjacent islands, with descriptions of four new species and notes on. the male of Culex fraudatrix Theobald (Diptera, Culicidae). Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. 84: 382-390, illus. Craig, George B., Jr. and W. R. Horsfall. 1960. Eges of floodwater mosquitoes. VII. Species ‘of Aedes common in the southeastern United States (Diptera, Culicidae). Ann. ent. Soc. Amer. 53: 11- 18, illus. Page 298. 300. 302. 303. 308. 310. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 1, MARCH, 1961 49 Dobrotworsky, N. V. 1959. Notes on Australian mosquitoes (Diptera, Culicidae). IV. Aedes alboannulatus complex in Victoria. Proce. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. 84: 131-145, illus. Dobrotworsky, N. V. 1960. The subgenus Ochlerotatus in the Aus- tralian Region (Dipt., Culicidae). IV. Review of species of the flavifrons section. Proe. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. 85: 180-188, illus. Feng, L.-C. 1938. The tree hole species of mosquitoes of Perping, China. Suppl. Chin. med. J. 2: 503-525, illus. Forattini, O. P. 1959. “Culicidae” que se criam em buracos de c¢ar- angueijos (Diptera). Rey. bras. Biol. 18: 175-179, illus. Guy, Y. 1959. Les Anopheles du Maroc, Mem. Soe. sci. nat. et phys. Maroe. Zool. (n. s.) 7: 1-255, illus. Hanney, P. W. 1959. Variations in Anopheles flavicosta Kdwards from northern Nigeria. Proc. R. ent. Soe. London (B) 28: 169-174, illus. Hara, J. 1959. Taxonomical notes on the female terminalia of some anopheline mosquitoes of Japan and Formosa. Jap. J. exp. Med. 29: 107-119, illus. Hedeen, R. A. 1959. A review of the mosquito larvae of France II. The genus Aedes. Mosq. News 14: 179-183, illus. Iyengar, M. O. T. 1960. A review of the mosquito fauna of the South Pacifie (Diptera, Culicidae). South Pacific Comm. Tech. Pap. 130, 102 pp. King, W. V., G. H. Bradley, C. N. Smith, and W. C. McDuffie. 1960. A handbook of the mosquitoes of the southeastern United States. Agr. Handbook 173, U. S. Dept. Agr., 188 pp., illus. Klein, J.-M. and E. N. Marks. 1960. Australian mosquitoes described by Macquart. 1. Species in the Paris Museum, Aedes (Finlaya) alboannulatus (Maequart), Aedes (Finlaya) rubrithorax (Mae- quart), Aedes (Ochlerotatus) albirostris (Macquart). New syn- onymy and a new species from New Zealand. Proc. Linn. N. 8. W. 85: 107-116, illus. Kramar, J. 1958. Komari Bodavi—Culicinae (Rad: Dvoukridi— Diptera). Fauna CSR, N. 13: 1-286, illus. Praha. Laarman, J. J. 1959. A new species of Anopheles from a rain-forest in eastern Belgian Congo. Trop. and geogr. Med. 11: 147-156, illus. Laurence, B. R. 1960. The biology of two species of mosquito, Mansonia africana (Theobald) and Mansonia uniformis (Theo- bald) belonging to the subgenus Mansonioides (Diptera, Culi- cidae). Bull. ent. Res. 51: 491-517, illus. Leleup, N. 1960. XX VII. Diptera Culicidae: gen. Anopheles. Mission zoologique de VI.R.S.A.C. en Afrique Orientale. Ann. Mus. Congo Tervuren, in 8° Zool., 81: 402-404. Macdonald, W. W. 1960. On the systematies and ecology of Armigeres subgenus Leicesteria (Dipitera, Culicidae). Malaysian Parasites XXXVIII. Stud. Inst. Med. Res. Malaya 29: 110-153, illus. Macdonald, W. W. and P. F. Mattingly. 1960. A new species ot Udaya from Malaya and a description of the early stages of U. argyrurus (Edwards, 1934) (Diptera: Culicidae). Proce. R. ent. Soc. Lond. (B) 29: 22-28, illus. Page S11. 313. 314. 316. 321. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 1, MARCH, 1961 Marks, BE. N. 1959. On two mosquitoes of the subgenus Finlaya (Diptera: Culicidae). Proe. roy. Soe. Qd 70: 21-25, illus. Marks, E. N. 1960. Australian mosquitoes described by Macquart. II. Species in Bigot’s collection, Aedes (Ochlerotatus) nigrithorax (Macquart). New synonymy. Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8S. W. 85: 117- 120, illus. Martinez, A., A. F. Prosen, and R. U. Carcavallo. 1959. Algunos culicidos interesantes de la R. Argentina (Diptera, Culicidae). An. Inst. Med. reg. 5: 109-120, illus. Mattingly, P. F. 1959. The culicine mosquitoes of the Indomalayan Area. Part IV. Genus Aedes Meigen, subgenera Skusea Theobald, Diceromyia Theobald, Geoskusea Kdwards, and Christophersiomyia Barraud. British Museum. 61 pp., illus. Mattingly, P. F. 1960. Aedes subgenus Alanstonea, subgen. nov. (Dip- tera: Culicidae). Proce. R. ent. Soc. Lond. (B) 29: 170-171. Menon, M. A. U. and M. R. V. Tampi. 1959. Notes on the feeding and egg-laying habits of Ficalbia (Mimomyia) chamberlaini, Lud- low 1904. (Diptera, Culicidae). Ind. J. Malar. 13: 13-18, illus. Muspratt, J. 1959. Research on South African Culicini (Diptera, Culicidae). V. A new species of and notes on the sub-genus Mucidus, with other observations and records. J. ent. Soe. 8. Afr. 22); 64-4, llase Nielsen, E. T. and J. S. Haeger. 1960. Swarming and mating in mosquitoes. Mise. Publ. ent. Soc. Amer. 1: 71-95. Nielsen, L. T. and D. M. Rees. 1959. The mosquitoes of Utah. A re- vised list. Mosq. News 19: 45-47. Ohmori, Y. 1959. The pupae of Japanese Anopheles. Jap. J. sanit. Zool. 10: 219-225, illus. Otsuru, M. and Y. Ohmori. Malaria studies in Japan after World War II. Pt. 2. The research for Anopheles sinensis sibling species group. Jap. J. exp. Med. 30: 33-65, illus. 5. Peters, W. 1959. Mosquitoes of New Guinea (Diptera: Culicidae) Part II. Notes on Tripteroides Giles, 1904. Proc. R. ent. Soe. Lond. (2) 28: 135-154, illus. Price, R. D. 1960. Identification of first-instar aedine mosquito larvae of Minnesota (Diptera: Culicidae). Canad. Ent. 92: 544-560, illus. Qutubuddin, M. 1959. A new species of Aedimorphus (Diptera: Culicidae) from Sudan Republic. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. 2: 21-23, illus. . Reid, J. A. 1959. A note on the larvae of Anopheles subpictus and sundaicus. Mosq. News 19: 101-102. Senevet, G. and L. Andarelli. 1959. Les moustiques de l’Afrique du Nord et du Bassin Méditerranéen. Enecye. Ent. (A) 37: 1-383, illus. Senevet, G., J. Clastrier and L. Andarelli. 1959. Les moustiques du Tassili des Ajjer (V). Arch. Inst. Pasteur Algér. 37: 598-602, illus. Service, M. W. 1959. The morphology of some new culicine larvae from the southern Cameroons, with notes on Culex (Culex) Page 323. 324, 339. 340. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 1, MARCH, 1961 51 ingrami Edwards, and Culex (Culex) toroensis Kdwards. Proc. R. ent. Soe. London (B) 28: 1-6, illus. Service, M. W. 1960a. A taxonomic study of Anopheles funestus funestus Giles (Diptera: Culicidae) from Southern and Northern Nigeria, with notes on its varieties and synonyms. Proc. R. ent. Soe. Lond. (B) 29: 77-84, illus. Service, M. W. 1960b. A new species and variety of Anopheles from Nigeria, with notes on Anopheles flavicosta Edwards and Aedes (Aé) wendyae Service. Proce. R. ent. Soc. London (B) 29: 85-90, illus. Stone, A. 1957. Notes on types of mosquitoes in the Hungarian Na- tional Museum (Diptera, Culicidae). Ann. ent. Soc. Amer. 50: 171-174. Stone, A, K. L. Knight, and H. Starcke. 1959. A synoptic catalog of the mosquitoes of the world. The Thomas Say Foundation, Ent. Soc. Amer. Vol. 6. 358 pp. Suzuki, K. 1959. Notes on two species of the subgenus Ochlerotatus (gen. Aedes) from Hokkaido, Japan (Culicidae, Diptera). Zool. Soe. Japan, Zool. Mag. 68: 291-296, illus. Thurman, E. B. 1959. A contribution to a revision of the Culicidae of northern Thailand. Univ. Maryland Agr. Expt. Sta. Bull. A-100, 182 pp., illus. Vargas, L. 1959. Lista de Anopheles de las Americas y su identi- fiicacion por caracteres masculinos. Rey. Inst. Salubr. Enferm. trop., Méx. 19: 367-386. Type Depositories CMT. Change to Musée Royal de Afrique Centrale, Tervuren, Brus- sels, Belgium. IBBA. This is the same as INM and the collection is in the De- partamento de Entomologia Sanitaria, Instituto Nacional de Microbiologia, Av. Velez Sarsfield 514, Buenos Aires, Argentina. INPA. Instituto Nacional de Pesquisas de Amazonia, Belém, Para, Brazil. MEPRA. This collection is in the Instituto de Microbiologia y Para- sitologia, Facultad de Medicina, Paraguay 2200, Buenos Aires, Argentina. RIE. Department of Medical Zoology, Research Institute of Endemies, Nagasaki University, Japan. Brazil (INPA), Japan (RIE). Index bifurcatus Linnaeus.—Also p. 17. brucei Del Ponte and Cerquiera.—Change to brucci t. chrysothorax Newstead and Thomas.—Change “268” to “276” t. chrysothorax (Peryassti).—Change “276” to “268” f. cornutus Edwards.—Change “244” to “245” ft. coronator Dyar.—Change “244” to “245” ft. domesticus Galvao and Damasceno.—Change “30” to “21” f. filipes (Walker) —Change “71” to “70” t. 02 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL, 63, NO. 1, MARCH, 1961 Grabhamia Theobald.—Change to Grabhamia ft. Grahamia Theobald.—Change to Grahamia t. lampropus (Howard, Dyar and Knab.) —Change “75” to “76” 347. marshallii (Theobald).—Change “49” to “48” ft. 348. muticus Edwards.—Change “237” to “238” t. 349. nigropunctatus Edwards.—Change “237” to “238” t. 350. ornatothoracis Theobald.—Change “252” to “253” ft. Pallidocephala Theobald.—Change to pallidocephala t. 352. Insert, “Promacleaya Sureouf and Gonzalez — ree 158” 354. sacharovi—Change “Favr’” to “Favr’” ft. 356. sylvicola Groschedke —Change “147” to “146” t. Index to Supplement This includes only names not indexed in original catalog. The page numbers used here refer to the number to the left in the preceding text, equivalent to the proper position in the original catalog. Loerie INR er, 2 ee AD) aenea Thurman -_....- eee Be he 95 Alanstonea Mattingly melas aM ZOnICay Cerquerd yee = 26 arboricolus Galindo and Aenea Se ATiTh atracus Collesspeees eee es 232 aiboronmernenekss MWCopelay 2 201 balteatus Macdonald —......... pa, PAL lovahintsysal, (Clommoqbieinee), ae 216 bejaranoi Martinez, Careavallo ane rO sens 8 ee eee Tee es 139 lonoltlkenral MManbnrameim 2228 62 Joye Vcrerl a SVaryaKeS. det ee 39 Calielonone) Wena 2 176 Glimishinenin (Coles) <-e 232 continentalis Dobrotworsky peree th! 143 Crerksqreehira), UDlonbheone ial = ee 96 Gutter ASSemne =5 ee ene: eo be alee 70 deanei Corréa and Ramalho — 245 drummondi (Dobrotworsky) — 220 forattinii Corréa and Ramalho _— 247 everson IMinnnnaediye Conk 0S) feribievonyal Sxeneralc(es otk tO 44 gombakensis Mattingly WATE hesperonotius Marks e246 Inoxeledtobarl, Iie ieligsh 2 Ree ure 147 mG lia). Mba 2 96 johnsoni Galindo and Blanton. 272 keenani Galindo and Blanton —_ 272 lampangensis Thurman _ om heel uc 12 leer Petersxi2. 2G. oh Ae eae 71 lemmonae Thurman =] 12 leweotansisie niin anes eee 96 Innilse mya. Woybandneiay 2 96 IOKOJOCNSIS| ISCLVIGE eee eee 194 luearis Macdonald and Mattingly 132 IbetGlenamicy Whwisyoneeyis oe 136 TMEV CUNO Snel Vers kee 148 maliensis Bailly-Choumara and Adam) 2.3 =. ee 48 mManialance es \lenc Oza 23 joe naoyayl “Mbinviane yo 64 mansouri Qutubuddin — 194 Matin ely horn! Se ee 132 mesodenticulatus Galindo and Blantonae- 2-2.) 273 muspratti Hamon and Lambrecht 237 nigr iceps Buxton... ar 242 OMOMie NS a kealkaly ania ere 24 otwayensis (Dobrotworsky) — 221 ovazzai Hamon and Adam _.______- 195 Dapuensis;e\larkg™ = seen 96 pefilyisStone?t.:. 32 ee 120 peters) Colless: 22+ -3e 2s eee 235 mlagosus Markee === === 169 pseudoleucotarsis Thurman — 96 pseudornatus Colless ——__._____ 235 purpureifemur Marks —..___ 151 Tatelitier Marks =e 152 renatoi Lane and Ramalho — 258 rickenbachi Hamon and Adam 196 rupestris Dobrotworsky —-______ 170 muthae, Peters) 22.2) 238 scimitar Branch and Seabrook —— 259 silvestris Dobrotworsky 154 sStanditast: ‘Reters’ ==) =e 73 Slayinyia Thurman 96 subalbirostris Klein and Marks 155 Sunthorni Lhvirm an ene 65 surinamensis Bruijning — 87 Svastu = Churm ans 96 sylvanensis (Dobrotworsky) ~~ 221 fraubr Mia cdomaldiy seen 215 tubbutiensis Dobrotworsky 172 UnISpINoOss, | Ln se eee 96 waterhousei Dobrotworsky —- 154 wendyae Service pase EL 28 3 199 oO is) PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 1, MARCH, 1961 MALE GENITALIA IN THE SUB-FAMILY CHEILOSIINAE. GENUS BRACHYOPA (DipTERA: SYRPHIDAE) YALE 8. SepMAN, Department of Biological Sciences, Western Illinois University, Macomb. In an earlier paper (Sedman, 1959), the genitalia of members of the genus Chrysogaster s. l. were discussed and a re-classification sug- gested. The genus Brachyopa Meigen together with Chrysogaster, comprise the sub-tribe Chrysogastrina and this paper concludes the treatment of this snb-tribe. Genus Brachyopa Meigen There are two subgenera in this genus, Brachyopa s. s. and Hammer- schmidtia Schummel. The latter group contains three species while the former contains twenty-one. The one species of Hammerschnudtia studied is the genotype and is Holarctie in distribution. The genotype of Brachyopa s. s. and two Nearetic species were included in this study. This group of flies, while certainly not rare, is rather uncom- mon in collections and several species are known from very few specimens. The following synonymy summarizes the classification of this group as indicated by the study of the male genitaha: Brachyopa Meigen Brachyopa Meigen, 1822, System. Beschreib. 3: 260 (genotype - Rhingia bicolor Fallen). Hammerschmidtia Schummel Hammerschmidtia Schummel, 1834, Isis 7: 740. Male Genitalia The chief character linking these groups together is the configura- tion of the axial system which is composed of the sustentacular apo- deme and chitinous box. There is an ejaculatory hood, but it lacks a definite articulation with the chitinous box. The species are unusual in that the chitinous box is pubescent over most of the surface. Subgenus Brachyopa Meigen B. (B.) bicolor (Fallen) (Figs. 1, 2) 1817. Dipt. Suee., Syrphici p. 32 (Rhingia); 1930. Sack, in Lindner, Flieg. der Pal. Reg. 31: 129. Epandrium deeper than long, subtriangular. Style with many apical bristles; very broad, seemingly divided into two areas, the more dorsal area thumb-like and bearing a ventral lightly sclerotized plate-like extension without a clearly defined articulating surface; with spines on inner walls of styli projecting beyond apex. Cercus small. Penis sheath rounded ventrally: elongate and highly modified apically giving rise to the superior and inferior lobes without an articulating surface; the basal 54 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL, 63, NO. 1, MARCH, 1961 one half to three-fourths of the ventral margin is wrinkled. Superior lobe tong- like, acuminate. Inferior lobe divided into two acuminate projections. Sustentacular apodeme narrow, relatively short. Chitinous box with an ejacula- tory hood-like structure, but without a definite articulating surface between these two; developed vertically with a ventral pyrimidal base; dorsad, tapering with an apical, downward projecting portion; entire structure well sclerotized but with two isolated membranous areas medially and dorso-apically; upper one-half to two-thirds covered with delicate, short, dense, clear, appressed hair. 5 Fig. 1, Brachyopa (Brachyopa) bicolor (Fall.), male genitalia; fig. 2, B. (B.) bicolor (Fall.), axial system; fig. 3, B. (B.) notata Osten Sacken, male genitalia; fig. 4, B. (Hammerschmidtia) ferruginia (Fall.), male genitalia; fig. 5, B. (H.) ferruginia (Fall.), axial system. Abbreviations: CB-chitinous box, IL-inferior lobe, SL-superior lobe. B. (B.) notata Osten Sacken (Fig. 3) 1876. Bull. Buffalo Soe. Nat. Hist. 3: 68; 1922. Curran, Ann. Ent. Soe. Amer. TSeeeo Like bicolor (Fall.) but differing as follows: apex of style bilobed, lower lobe with a thick brush ventrally and hair differently arranged; superior and inferior lobes more elongate; chitinous box terminates apically as a pronounced beak and bears medially a pair of arms. B. (B.) perplexa Curran 1922. Can. Ent. 54: 117; 1922. Curran, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 15: 249. The male genitalia of this species are identical with those of notata O. S. Subgenus Hammerschmidtia Schummel B. (H.) ferruginia (Fallen) (Figs. 4, 5) 1817. Dipt. Suec., Syrphici, p. 34 (Rhingia). PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 1, MARCH, 1961 59 Epandrium deeper than long, subtriangular. Style elongate palmate, dorsal and ventral margins parallel; with a short ventrally projecting thumb at the middle of the ventral surface; with long fine hairs dorso-basally and on the thumb; with short hairs anterior to thumb on apical one-third of style proper, and ventral to this area, an even fringe of hairs. Cersus small. Penis sheath rectangular. Superior lobe undifferentiated from penis sheath and without a definite joint or articulation. Sustentacular apodeme elongate and very narrow. Chitinous box much as in B. (B.) bicolor (Fall.); with a definite pair of arms originating on the middle of the apical margin; immediately dorsal to this, a narrow membranous area with a small heavily sclerotized plate above it; the apico-dorsal one-third of the chitinous box ‘‘C’’ shaped; basad of the ‘‘C’’ is a membranous area; basally and on the dorsal three-fourths of the chitinous box there are found the same type of hairs as found in bicolor (Fall.). These two subgenera are very closely related and there are only very minor differences in the genitalia. The differences in the adult characteristics are also minor although Curran (1922) has presented arguments to the contrary. The relationship of these subgenera to the rest of the Chrysogastrina is based on the construction and elaboration of the chitinous box which lacks an articulating surface to separate it from the epaculatory hood when present. Both Chrysogaster sl. and Brachyopa s.l. are primitive in general features of the morphology of the genitalia. The presence of generalized inferior and superior lobes and the primitive condition of the epandrium in the species considered as most closely approximating the most generalized condition of recent species is also taken as evidence for the placement of Brachyopa s.l. as members of this subtribe. BIBLIOGRAPHY Curran, C. H., 1922. The genera Hammerschmidtia and Brachyopa in Canada. Ann. Ent. Soe. Amer. 15: 239-255. Sedman, Y. S., 1959. Male genitalia in the subfamily Cheilosiinae. Genus Chryso- gaster s.l. Proc. Ent. Soe. Wash. 61: 49-58. LASIOPTERA ALLIOIDES, A NEW GALL MIDGE ON GRASS (DIPTERA: CECIDOMYIIDAE) A. EARL PRITCHARD, University of California, Berkeley The bulbous galls (Fig. 1) formed at the bases of stems of Paspalum distichum are so well known in the West that Robbins, Bellue, and Ball (1941) referred to these galls in their book ‘‘Weeds of Cali- fornia’’ as often being characteristic of this grass. Dr. Paul Arnaud, California State Department of Agriculture, and Dr. E. 8. Ross, Cali- fornia Academy of Sciences, reared adults from larvae that make these galls, and they are here described. The gall-maker belongs to the genus Lasioptera Meigen sens. lat. Felt based his division of this genus on the wing venation and number of palpal segments, while the European workers, Rtibsaamen and 56 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 1, MARCH, 1961 Kieffer, considered the shape of the ventral plate of the hypopygium of the male and characteristics of the lamellae of the ovipositor to be more fundamental for generic segregation. Until there is a modern revision reconciling these generic (or subgeneric) concepts, it appears preferable to employ the generic name Lasioptera in the broad sense. Lasioptera allioides, new species Alliodes agrees with the genus Neolasioplera Felt in regard to the development of Ms,4 and with both Neolasioptera and Meunieriella Kieffer in regard to the noncleft caudal margin of the ventral plate of the male hypopygium, the absence of hooks on the lamellae of the ovipositor, and the four-segmented palpus. Figure 1. Gall of Lasioptera allioides on Paspalum distichum. Lasioptera carbonitens Cockerell makes a similar gall, resembling an onion bulb, on an unidentified grass in New Mexico. L. alliodes differs from the described female of that species in that the femora are entirely black and the costal margin of the wing bears a conspicu- ous patch of white scales just beyond the end of R;. Female Antenna with 2+ 23 segments; occiput with scales mostly black. Palpus with four segments. Mesonotum with scales black except for yellow scales laterally, above humeral ealli, and sparsely along dorsocentral rows; thoracic pleura with scales yellowish except for black scales on mesepisternum; hair tuft of mesepimeron tawny. Wing with scales on costa mostly black but with a patch of white scales at the end of R;; Mai 4 strong; Cu simple. Femora and tibiae black with black seales except for yellowish scales anteriorly on femora and white Seales proximally on outer face of tibia; anterior and midtarsi black with blae& scales dorsally and white scales ventrally; hind tarsus with proximal two segments and proximal one -half of third segment black with black scales except for white seales on sole, the distal one-half of second segment and terminal two segments vale with white scales. Abdomen black with black scales dorsally and yellow scales oO ~ PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 1, MARCH, 1961 laterally and ventrally; lamellae of ovipositor slender, without dorsal hooks. Length of wing, 3 mm. Male—Antenna with 2 + 20 segments. Mesonotum with yellow scales predomi- nant. Abdomen with a pair of dorsocentral rows of yellow scales; abdominal segments six, seven and eight greatly expanded intersegmentally; hypogygium with dorsal plate deeply emarginate, the ventral plate of similar length but entire. Figure 2. Male of Lasioptera allioides (delineation by Celeste Green). Holotype.—Female (on cardpoint), Fresno, California, October 17, 1959 (West and Allen), reared from stem gall on Paspalum distichum. Paratypes—Two males, 7 females, same data as holotype; 1 male, 1 female, Carmel, California, August 1937 (KE. 8. Ross), reared from grass galls. LITERATURE CITED Robbins, W. W., Margaret K. Bellue, and Walter S. Ball. 1941. Weeds of Cali- fornia. 491 pp. California State Department of Agriculture, Sacramento. 58 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 1, MARCH, 1961 ANOTHER ANT GENUS HOST OF THE PARASITIC FUNGUS LABOULBENIA ROBIN. (HYMENOPTERA: FORMICIDAE ) In a paper published in 1946 (Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 48:29-31) 1 listed all the North American ants known to be hosts of the parasitic ant fungus, Laboulbenia formicarum Thaxter. This list of 18 forms included one each of Prenolepis and Polyergus, two of Lasius and 14 of Formica. In 1949 Cole (Ent. News 60:117) listed two addi- tional forms as hosts of the fungus, Lasius sitkaensis Pere. and For- mica parcipappa Cole. If one follows the latest usage of names as given in 1958 (Hymenoptera of America North of Mexico Synoptic Catalog, First Supplement, U. 8. Dept. of Agr. Monogr. No. 2, pp. 108-162), these 20 hosts would be reduced to 16 because of recent synonymies. Recently I received for determination a number of workers of the honey ant, Wyrmecocystus mimicus Whilr., infected with a parasitic fungus believed to be L. formicarum. The ants were collected by J. Durkin at the White Sands Missile Range, Otero County, New Mexico, May 3, 1960. Dr. Leland Shanor, Department of Biological Sciences, Florida State University, Tallahassee, Florida, confirmed my tentative identification of the fungus as Laboulbenia formicarum. The record is of more than usual interest as it represents the first time that the fungus has been reported from a species of Myrmeco- cystus. This is the fifth genus of ants found infected with the fungus. Perhaps it is more than a coincidence that all of these genera belong to a single subfamily, Formicinae. Marion R. SmituH, Entomology Research Division, ARS, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C. A NEW GENUS AND SUBFAMILY OF THE DIPLOPOD FAMILY NEMASOMATIDAE FROM THE PACIFIC NORTHWEST! RicHarp L. HorrMan, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D. C. Of the four families of juliform diplopods presently referred to the suborder Paraiulidea [= superfamily Arthrophora Verhoeff, 1930], the Paeromopodidae and Zosteractiidae are so far known only from the Nearctic region. The other two families are more widely distributed in the northern hemisphere, but are essentially vicarious in that the Paraiulidae is chiefly American with a few genera in eastern Asia, the Nemasomatidae [= Blaniuldae of European work- This study was undertaken with the aid of a grant from the National Science Foundation. PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 1, MARCH, 1961 59 ers| dominantly Palearctic with a scattering of endemic forms in boreal America. At the present, four supposedly endemic species referable to the Holarectic genus Nemasoma, and one each in the endemic genera Tiviulus and Ameractis are on record from North America, as well as half-a-dozen introduced and established forms. None of the native species has been sufficiently well described to permit a confident ap- praisal of its characters, but all seem to be closely related to the Palearctic representatives of Nemasoma. The recent discovery in Oregon of a nemasomatid species which differs strikingly from all previously known members of the family is therefore a matter of con- siderable interest, the more so since the differences are great enough to require the establishment of a new subfamily. Indeed, judged from the characters utilized in the definition of the existing two sub- families of the Nemasomatidae, some authors might not hesitate to propose a separate new family to receive the Oregon species. But inasmuch as numerous additional nemasomatids assuredly remain to be discovered in this country as well as in eastern Asia, with inevitable disruptions of the classification ensuing, I think that a conservative approach to the disposal of the new genus is desirable. Our present knowledge of this interesting milliped is due to the interest and kindness of Mr. Richard M. Brown, Assistant Naturalist, Crater Lake National Park, who sent it among other specimens for identification and study. Family Nemasomatidae Aprosphylosomatinae, new subfamily Differing from all other known nemasomatids by the following characters: 1, tibiae of legs of the anterior half of body distally perforate, with large ever- sible spongose tibial pads, the tarsi of these legs placed subterminally on the dorsal side of tibiae (figure 6), 2, first legpair of males strongly reduced, with the elements coalesced into a single structure which retains something of the original shape of the legs, sternite, and sternal apodemes (figure 4), the telopodite remnant in the form of a slender projection which inserts into a cavity between the gnathochilarium and mandible on each side. 3, telopodite of anterior gonopods slender and longer than the slightly arcuate coxal elongations, 4, gnathochilarial stipes with but one macroseta on the distolateral edge instead of two, and 5, man- dibles with six pectinate lamellae instead of only four. This subfamily differs also from the Nemasomatinae in the simple, laminate posterior gonopods and in the absence of flagella from the anterior pair; and from the Blaniulinae in having a two-lobed penis, coxites of the anterior gonopods widely separated, and unmodified mandibular stipes in the males. Aprosphylosoma, new genus Type species —A prosphylosoma darceneae, new species. Diagnosis—With the characters of the subfamily. Other features probably of generic significance are included in the definition of the type and only known species. 60 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 1, MARCH, 1961 Aprosphylosoma darceneae, new species (Figs. 1-9) Holotype—Adult male, U. S. National Museum Myriapod Catalog No. 2660, Diplopod Collection No. D-578, and Type Slides Nos. 3, 4; from Oregon Caves National Monument, Josephine County, Oregon, ‘ca. 200 yards northeast of water reservoirs along Big Tree Trail.’’ August 13, 1956, Martin A. Piehl, lee. Diagnosis—Both pairs of gonopods well developed, each pair with distinet sternite; coxae of anterior gonopods partially coalesced at base along the median line, the distal elongation curved distolaterad and thence abruptly disto- mesad with an acute retorse projection; telopodites distinct, long, slender, distally clavate and with a subterminal row of setae on the anterior face. Posterior gonopods simple, the coxae fused with the small sternite, no remnant of a suture between coxal and telopodital elements, the gonopod flattened and lamellate, distally modified into a short curved process from the lateral margin, an apically acute median continuation of the gonopod, and a hyaline median plate, its upper margin subtended by a laciniate-dentata hyaline ridge. Description of holotype: A small, slender, juliform species, 1.0 mm in diameter and about 16 mm long (broken), with 59 segments. General color yellowish brown, with the median portion of the metazonites darker purplish-brown; prozonites each with a pair of slender, oblique, para- median yellow marks, and a much larger, vertically elongated, areolated yellow spot around each ozopore. Legs white; extreme caudal margin of each metazonite testaceous. Head distinctly convex and smooth, but slightly flattened between the ocellaria, glabrous except for a macroseta at the median angle of each ocellarium. The latter small—about as large as an antennal socket—and subreniform, with about 24 small and widely spaced ocelli in 4 or 5 rows. Interocular and median vertigial sutures deep and distinct. Labrum with five teeth, the lateral two smaller than the others. Mandibles large and prominent, the stipes evenly curved and extending beyond sides of cranium, their ventral margin evenly curved and not produced into a terminal dentation. Each mandible with six pectinate lamellae, decreasing in size toward the dentate lamella. Gnathochilarium typical in shape for the family, the mentum about twice as long as its basal width; lingual lamellae each with four setae. Distal aperture of salivary ducts heavily sclerotized and prolonged lateral behind base of the stipital palps. Each stipe with only one macroseta on the distolateral margin (apparently a unique condition in the family). Intermental sclerites not visible in the preparation and possibly absent; postmental elements apparently fused with the gular plate and represented only by the rounded distolateral corners of the latter. Margins of stipes slightly concave, and contributing, with the correspond- ingly concave adjoining margins of the mandibular stipes, to a distinct cavity on each side of the gnathochilarium. First pair of legs reduced to a single heavily sclerotized structure, in which the outlines of the original sternite, sternal apodemes, and legs are retained although no sutures are evident. As shown in figure 1, the leg remnants project cephaloventrad and insert into the cavities on each side of the gnathochilarium. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 1, MARCH, 1961 61 Manih vy Aprosphylosoma darceneae, n. sp. Fig. 1, ventrolateral aspect of head and first three body segments showing form of mandibles and appendage of the second segment (only largest setae on collum shown) ; fig. 2, gnathochilarium; fig. 3, distal elements of mandible, internal aspect; fig. 4, appendage of second segment (lst leg pair); fig. 5, caudal aspect of 2nd leg pair; fig. 6, anterior aspect of 3rd leg pair; fig. 7, anterior gonopods, cephalie aspect; fig. 8, posterior gonopods, caudal aspect; fig. 9, distal half of a posterior gonopod, more enlarged, anterior aspect. Abbreviations: co, coxite; st, sternite; te, telopodite. 62 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 1, MARCH, 1961 Second pair of legs (figure 5) with six podomeres, the coxae fused with the sternite. Penis large and conspicuous, somewhat obecordate in form, with two divarieate distal lobes, each with two terminal setae and two basal setae. Legs 3-7 subsimilar, of the form shown in figure 6, the tibia distinctly en- larged and cylindrical, the entire distal end perforate and containing an ever- sible membranous subtarsal cushion; the tarsus of these legs set on the dorsal side of the tibia to accommodate this modification. Collum smooth and symmetrical, its surface irregularly set with numerous fine short setae, which increase in size and length toward the middle of the anterior margin. Lateral marginal ridge present, but no other surficial striation evident. : Pleurotergites of all but the last body segment with a distinct dorsomedian suture; prozonites smooth and polished, metazonites distinctly ribbed entirely around body (imparting a strikingly paeromopoid appearance), the costulations becoming strongest dorsally, and slightly convergent anteriorly near the median suture. Caudal margins of segments with a row of numerous short fine setae. Anal segment smooth and polished, only slightly produced medially into a very short epiproct, its caudal margin with six macrosetae, two laterals on each side and two paramedian, the latter accompanied by several shorter epiproctal setae, and preceded dorsally by two larger setae near the middle of the segment. Paraprocts smooth, convex, their mesial margins meeting at a re-entrant angle, each with two submarginal setae. Hypoproct distinct, smooth, its free margin subcireular. All sternites apparently free from pleurotergites or at most very loosely attached; the two sternites of each segment approximately equal in size. Legs slender and of moderate length, the distal half of the tarsi being visible from above when legs are extended laterad. Tibial pads oceur back to about the 40th segment, their shape changing from subglobose on the anteriormost legs to more elongate and subacute, the tarsi simultaneously shifting to an apical rather than dorsal position on the tibiae. Gonopods of moderate size, the basal half of each pair concealed within the body. Of the form shown in figures 7-9, the gonopods differ from those of all other nemasomatids, the anterior pair similar to those of the Nemasomatinae, except for lacking a pair of flagella, the posterior elements resembling their homologs in the Blaniulinae although shorter and flatter. Remarks.—Although considerable convergence is to be expected in the Nemasomatidae as regards characters of taxonomic significance, it is certainly possible to draw some inferences from the structure and distribution of the known species. The first pair of legs is subject to drastic modification throughout the family. The presumably primitive condition, in which these legs are most like the following limbs, is largely restricted to the subfamily Nemasomatinae. Here the appendages are composed of six articles (the basalmost fused with the sternite, however), and the tibia is provided with a short, acute, retrorse process on the mesal side. The tarsus is slender and fairly long, and carries a normal pretarsus. A second stage in the evolution of these legs involves shortening and thickening of the articles with reduction of the pretarsus and replace- PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 1, MARCH, 1961 63 ment of the tibial process by a blunt peg-like structure. This general form occurs in most genera of the Blaniulinae. Boreoiulus, of that subfamily, carries the modification further, with the coxae fused to each other as well as to the sternite, and the telopodites reduced to short, broad, completely fused monoarticular remnants each of which bears a small subglobose terminal article (tarsus?). One genus of each subfamily has the telopodites of the Ist legs reduced and fused into uncate processes, the coxites remaining ‘unmodified, and the occurrence of this form in otherwise widely differing genera iS cer- tainly an example of independent convergence of characters. As already remarked, the singular structure of the 1st legpair in Apros- phylosoma is a considerably more extreme specialization than in other known genera. The unspecialized condition of the male gonopods, presumably, is that in which the anterior pair is equipped with flagella, and the posterior pair retains the segmentation of sternite, coxites, and telo- podites. The genera of the Nemasomatinae, for the most part, meet these stipulations; in the Blaniulinae the flagella are lost and the posterior gonopods consist of but a single article distad to the sternite. Aprosphylosoma partakes of the characters of both groups in this respect, its posterior gonopods approaching those of the Blaniulinae. Although the anterior gonopods have no flagella, the coxal prolonga- tions are relatively small and short, without any approach to the blaniuline character of enormous elongation and fusion into a slender median projection which far overreaches the reduced telopodites. From the distributional point of view, the Nemasomatinae are represented in Europe, eastern Asia, and boreal America by only a few genera, which are comparatively very poor in number of species. Genera of the apparently more specialized Blaniulinae are largely confined to the Western Palearctic region, particularly in the cireum- Mediterranean area, and perhaps constitute a successful adaptation to warm climate by a branch of the older, holarctic ancestral nema- somatid stock which is at present apparently reduced to nearly relict status in high latitudes. Aprosphylosoma is in general still rather enigmatic with respect to its evolutionary position, having generalized gonopods and mouth parts, but specialized Ist male legs and hypertrophied tibial pads. One observation can be made with some assurance, however—that the genus constitutes the closest known link between the families Nema- somatidae and Paraiulidae, and also bears a striking superficial re- semblance to the Paeromopodidae. One major difference between the first two groups named has been the number of pectinate mandibular lamellae: four in the Nemasomatidae and seven or eight in the Para- iulidae. Aprosphylosoma bridges the gap with six lamellae, and the form of the male gonopods is not significantly different from that found in several paraiulid genera of the Pacific Northwest region. The knowledge of this interesting annectant species permits the infer- ence that other related forms will be discovered in the region where 64 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 1, MARCH, 1961 the three American families of the Parainlidea are sympatric, and that, perhaps, the distinction between them will be found to dissolve. That the nemasomatids and paraiulids are closely related has been appreciated for a long time, Count Attems in particular having main- tained the two groups as coordinate subfamilies. At the present the distinction between them lies largely in the form of the anterior legs of the males. There are apparently considerable differentiations in the cyphopod structure as well, but not enough paraiulid genera have been carefully studied for these characters to permit a general- ization at the present. In studying the anatomy of species of the three families mentioned above, I have found that some errors exist in the key recently pub- lished by Dr. Chamberin and me (1958, U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 212, p. 122) and take this opportunity to present a revised but nonetheless en- tirely provisional synopsis of these groups. I am by no means fully assured that the Zosteractiidae can be maintained as a family group, for instance. Kry TO THE FAMILIES OF THE SUBORDER PARAIULIDEA 1. Coxites and telopodites of anterior gonopods fused and immovable, although the articular suture and coxal musculature may still be evi- dent in cleared specimens. Large species, 50-150 mm. in length, with Strongly ySierae whe hei C sy pee mane ae eeaen nee see Paeromopodidae Telopodites of anterior gonopods free from coxae and at least partially movable. Smaller species, 20-80 mm. in length; tergites usually not striate entirely, across: ‘dorsumee: | oe eee 2 2. Anterior and posterior gonopods very unequal in size, ine anterior long and exposed, posterior very short and concealed within the body x a : end See eles ee Zosteractiidae er ee ba a ee De ononode ae sate aieeimilan am leno the 3 3. First legs of males reduced in size and frequently abortive, composed or from 6 podomeres to a simple syncoxosternum; gnathochilarium of similar form in both sexes; 2nd leg pair of males not modified; legs usually with ventral pads on one or more podomeres; mandibles Twvaueley, 4 Garo). Co} jovercuesaleyeey, VewmaWe Ne) ee Nemasomatidae First legs of males enlarged in size, with six articles; 2nd pair of legs always, and 7th pair frequently, modified; gnathochilarium of a different shape in the two sexes; legs without ventral pads; man- dibles! wath. (ior 1s) pectimeatie)mlanmiellee se ee ene Paraiulidae REFERENCE Brolemann, H. W., 1923. Blaniulidae (Myriapodes), Biospeologica XLVIII, in: Arch. Zool. Exper. et Gen., vol. 61, pp. 99-458, pls. I-X VI, text figs. 1-411. PUBLICATION DATE The date of publication of Vol. 62, No. 4, of the Proceedings was 4 January 1961. The date of publication of Vol. 63, No. 1 will be found in Vol. 68, No. 2. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 1, MARCH, 1961 65 A NEW SPECIES OF ISTHMIADE FROM BARRO COLORADO ISLAND, CANAL ZONE (COLEOPTERA: CERAMBYCIDAE) E. Gorton Linstey, University of California, Berkeley The Rhinotragine genus [sthmiade contains five Brazilian species, all of which exhibit a remarkable resemblance to braconid wasps. A sixth species, Leptura necydalea Linnaeus, 1758 (= Necydalis glau- cescens Linnaeus, 1767) (= Necydalis ntida DeGeer, 1775), from Surinam, has been referred to this genus by Aurivillius (1912). I do not know this species, but judging from the description and figure provided by DeGeer (1775) it does not appear to be congeneric with the Brazilian species, which include the type of the genus. However, the generic assignment provided by Aurivilius may have resulted from examination of the type specimen. In any event, the species appears to be quite different from the following, which provides the first record of the genus from Central America. Isthmiade perpulchra Linsley, new species (aa 11)) Female.—Form elongate; pubescence sparse, erect and suberect; integument shining, more or less transparent, predominantly lemon yellow and black; head, including mandibles but not the other mouthparts which are yellow, antennae except outer segments which are brownish, apices of elytra, a transverse median band on hind wings, apices of wings, prosternum at middle, all three pairs of coxae, tibiae and tarsi, femora at base, a post-median transverse band on pos- terior femora, and the last two abdominal segments black, remainder of legs, thorax beneath, abdomen and elytra lemon yellow, prothorax slightly reddish, yellow. Head with frons separating eyes by about the width of an eye when viewed from the front, surface polished, sparsely punctate, a median longitu- dinal groove ‘extending from antennal tubercles to elypeus, a less well defined longitudinal impression on each side near eye margin, vertex with interocular and postocular area smooth, base of head transversely rugulose near pro- thoracic margin; antennae slender, reaching to apices of elytra, fourth seg- ment distinctly shorter than third and fifth, the third but little longer than the fifth, segments three to six clothed beneath with moderately long, coarse, black hairs, five to ‘eleven gradually decreasing in length, six to ten expanded at apex and subserrate. Pronotum about as long as wide, sides. broadly but unevenly rounded, base and apex constricted, dorsal surface uneven, with an elongate median elevation and a pair of obtuse tubercles on each side, surface highly polished and transparent, very sparsely and inconspicuously punctate and very sparsely clothed with erect hairs, prosternum similarly punctate and pubescent on lateral yellow areas, more densely punctate and hairy in black median area and over anterior coxae; metasternum shining, thinly clothed with long erect hairs; scutellum finely punctate, clothed with fine golden pubescence. Elytra not exceeding apex of third abdominal tergite (second abdominal sternite), broad at base, abruptly attenuated near middle to the very narrow apices; dise shallowly and inconspicuously punctate, humeral and lateral punctures larger and more evident. Abdomen polished, very sparsely, finely punctate, sparsely clothed with suberect hairs; sixth tergite elongate, narrowly rounded at apex, finely sparsely punctate at base, more densely punctate and pubescent over apical three-fourths. Legs with femora clavate, the posterior pair gradually so and not peduneulate, surface finely sparsely punctate, thinly clothed with suberect hairs. Length 16.5 mm. 66 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 1, MARCH, 1961 Fig. 1, Isthmiade perpulchra, n. sp. Holotype-—Female (United States National Museum) from Barro Colorado Island, Canal Zone, June 1939 (J. Zetek) and one para- type female (Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University) from the same locality, September 1, 1924 (N. Banks). Discussion.—This species differs at once from all of the other known Isthniade by the yellowish pronotum and the black-tipped lemon yellow elytra and much of the ventral surface. The black tips of the elytra and the post-median black band on the femora coincide with the transverse band on the wings, which are otherwise yellow except for the black apices. It is not yet clear whether or not the species of Isthmiade have specific models among the Braconidae but this is suggested by the striking differences in coloration which they exhibit. Thus I. braco- nides (Perty) is black above, reddish beneath; I. ichnewmoniformis Bates is black with the elytra testaceous yellow and the sides of the thorax and the abdomen, except apex, red; J. modesta Gounelle is black with the elytra pale brownish-testaceous and the disk of the pronotum (usually) and basal abdominal segments red; J. rubra Bates reddish with the elytra and wings pale brownish, the latter banded with brown; and J. macilenta Bates is rufo-castaneous with the elytra paler. DESIGNATION OF A LECTOTYPE FOR AMYRSIDEA MEGALOSOMA (OVERGAARD, 1943) (MALLOPHAGA: MENOPONIDAE) Overgaard in 1943 (Ent. Medd., 23:1-17) described Menopon mega- losomum from material collected off Perdix perdix (Linnaeus) and Phasianus colchicus Linnaeus. He did not designate a type or holo- PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., vOL. 63, NO. 1, MARCH, 1961 67 type from the several series of specimens examined. Since the species of Amyrsidea found on these two hosts are not conspecific, the selec- tion of a lectotype is required to fix the name and type host. Through the courtesy of Dr. S. L. Tuxen, a series of syntypes from each host was examined. Figures 5 and 6a-c, as published by Overgaard, agree with syntypes collected off Phasianus colchicus Linnaeus. A male with collection data: Fasankylling (Phasianus colchicus), Skaetskor (Denmark), 25-6-1937, is designated lectotype. The lectotype male and two syntype females have been mounted and returned to Dr. Tuxen. A syntype male and a syntype female from the same series have been retained by the author. All other syntypes, still in alcohol, are in the Universitetets Zoologiske Museum, Copenhagen, Denmark. The species has very long slender parameres and endomeres of the male genitalia, as illustrated by Overgaard. The genitalia of A. per- dicis (Denny, 1842), found on Perdix perdix (Linnaeus), are also of the same type. A. megalosoma is much larger, in both sexes, than A. perdicis. The U. S. National Museum and the author have specimens, which appear to be conspecific with A. megalosoma, as follows: Ring-necked Pheasant, Phasianus colchicus Linnaeus, from Illinois, Rhode Island, New Hampshire, and New Jersey; Sharp-tailed Grouse, Pedioecetes phasianellus (Linnaeus), from Wisconsin and Minnesota; Greater Prairie Chicken, Tympanuchus cupido (Linnaeus), from Wisconsin; and Ruffed Grouse, Bonasa umbellus (Linnaeus), from New York. These records indicate the parasite is now established on native gallinaceous birds in at least part of the established range of the Ring-necked Pheasant. K. C. Emerson, Stillwater, Oklahoma, ALICE V. RENK 1908—1960 Alice V. Renk died of a cerebral hemorrhage August 15, 1960. She was a robust, vigorous person who rarely experienced any illness and appeared to be in the best of health until a few hours before her death. Miss Renk was born in Sauk City, Wisconsin, but at an early age moved to Madison. There she attended precollege schools and the University of Wisconsin, from which she received B.S. and M.S. de- grees with her major work in zoology. In 1940 she came to Washington and worked briefly in the U.S. Department of Labor before coming to the Division of Insect Pest Survey and Information, Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quaran- tine, U. S. Department of Agriculture. She later served as an editor and cataloguer in the Bureau, and during the latter period assisted in the preparation of the Index to the Literature of American Eco- 68 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 1, MARCH, 1961 nomic Entomology and A Selected Bibliography of the Coccoidea. She also participated in the preparation of A Catalogue of the Triatominae of the World that is now nearing completion. In 1957 she transferred to the Stored Products Insects Branch of the Agricul- tural Marketing Service, where her work was concerned with the preparation of reports on various aspects of the investigations of that Branch. Miss Renk was elected to membership in our Society in 1945, and was an active member until her death. She attended meetings regu- larly, served on picnic committees on several occasions, and was editor of the Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Washington for the year 1958. Miss Renk enjoyed many interests and activities beside her pro- fessional ones. She played the organ, was active in church work and in several sororities, and at the time of her death was president of the District of Columbia Chapter of the Business and Professional Women’s Club. Miss Renk was a most cordial, friendly, hospitable person, and her interest in and regard for others were felt by all who came in contact with her. She is sorely missed by a large circle of friends. She is survived by her parents, Mr. and Mrs. George Renk, and by a brother, Victor, all of Madison, Wisconsin. KELLIE O’ NEILL LovuIs—E M. RUSSELL WILLIAM M. MANN 1886—1960 William M. Mann was born in Helena, Montana, on July 1, 1886. His father, a harness maker who invented the Mann saddle, also was an amateur taxidermist. He took Bill on hunting trips at an early age and imbued in him a love for all wild creatures. During a recess while attending Staunton’(Va.) Military Academy, young Bill de- cided to become a zoo keeper and spent that period cleaning out animal cages at the National Zoological Park in Washington, D. C. From Staunton Bill went to Washington State College because he was already interested in entomology. His enthusiasm here, as later at other universities, won the interest of such famous scientists as Melander, Doane, Barbour, and Brues. After receiving a bachelor’s degree at Stanford University in 1911, Bill became Dr. Mann by obtaining an SeD in 1915 at Harvard University under the inspiring world authority on ants, Dr. W. M. Wheeler. Mann was a Sheldon traveling fellow in 1915 and 1916 and early showed his extraordinary expertness in collecting insects in such far away localities as the Solomon Islands and Fiji. Dr. Mann then was appointed as a specialist in ants in the Bureau of Entomology of the U. S. Department of Agriculture, where he PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 1, MARCH, 1961 69 served from 1917 to 1925. In this work he became an authority on ants of the world and on the insects that live with them, as well as with termites. In connection with his studies he described many new species. An account of this interesting period was to have been published as volume 2 of his 1948 ‘‘ Ant Hill Odyssey,’’ but illness prevented. In 1925 ‘‘Doe’’ Mann became Director of the National Zoological Park, under the Smithsonian Institution, and served in this capacity until his retirement in 1956. In this position he became one of the most famous and beloved men in Washington. A Stanford Univer- sity Expedition in 1911; expeditions to Cuba and Haiti, 1912; Mexico, 1930; Turkey and Asia, 1914; South Sea Islands, 1915-1916, and service as assistant director of the Mulford Biological Exploration of the Amazon Basin, 1921-1922, had proven him to be a marvelous collector of living wild animals. This later became his profession when he was appointed Director of one of the world’s important zoological gardens. His broad training in general zoology and _ his constant interest in living things gave him the background from which he developed outstanding success in this position. His first expedition for the National Zoological Park was the Smithsonian Institution-Chrysler Expedition to Africa in 1926. On his return he married Lucile Quarry, who accompanied him on sub- sequent travels to Europe in 1929, Central America in 1930, British Guiana in 1931, and Argentina in 1939. He was director of the Na- 70 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 1, MARCH, 1961 tional Geographic Society-Smithsonian Institution Expedition to the Kast Indies in 1937, and the Firestone-Smithsonian Institution Ex- pedition to Liberia in 1940. ‘‘Ant Hill Odyssey’’ gives a fascinating account of his boyhood and early travels. His National Geographic Society moving pictures show how animals were captured alive in the East Indies and Liberia. On his travels Dr. Mann discovered many new species of animals and some plants from all over the world; these were in fifteen groups. Some of these have been named after him, the first a wasp in 1908. Included are a milkweed, ants, termites and insects that live with them, reptiles, amphibians, molluscs, bees and wasps, bugs, flies, butterflies and moths, centipedes, and a fish, named after both Bill (genus) and Lucile (species). Mann was a member of the Society of Naturalists, a life member of the Entomological Society of America, the Entomological Society of Washington, the Biological Society of Washington, the Society of Mammalogists, Society of Parasitologists, Society of Ichthyologists and Herpetologists, American Ornithologist’s Union, and the Pacific Coast Entomological Society. A member of the Cosmos Club for many years, Bill enjoyed playing bridge when the Club was located at Madison Place. He was also a member of the Harvard and Explorer’s Clubs, a fellow of the American Institute of Park Executives, honor- ary director of the Mexican Biological Society, and the International Union of Zoo Directors. Bill was a 32nd degree Mason and Shriner, and was active in the annual Shrine Circus here. In 1959, Dr. Mann attended the dedication of a new flag pole at the Connecticut Avenue entrance to the Zoo erected in his honor by the Friends of the National Zoo. The flag was flown at half mast on the day of his funeral. Made an Honorary Research Associate by the Smithsonian Insti- tution on retirement, Bill received many citations and plaques. On September 15, 1960, the American Association of Zoological Parks and Aquariums awarded him a citation for his continued interest in zoology. At 74, on October 10, 1960, Bill died of a cerebral hemorrhage, following an illness of many years. His Masonic funeral service on the 13th of October was very impressive; at the chapel banked with flowers, his friends paid last respects. ‘‘Doe’’ Mann was a colorful and distinguished personality, small in stature, wiry, careless of dress, with a puckish expression, and a keen sense of humor. Kindly and generous, he liked people and had friends in many walks of life. As director of the National Zoo he met presidents, congressmen, reporters, circus clowns, executives, ‘‘show people,’’ and children, and created great interest in all. He encouraged interest in animals, especially by children whom he loved, and who came constantly to see him at the zoo or at home. It was this outstanding success in making and keeping friends that assisted materially in his development of the National Zoo, not PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 1, MARCH, 1961 71 only in valuable acquisition of living animals but aso in the buildings needed to house them. Bill was devoted to the circus, and for many years took large groups of children and adults to local showings, always paying the way and refusing passes. A circus fan, ‘‘Doc’’ would travel long distances to see shows and meet old circus friends. Circuses would often lend interesting animals to the zoo during the winter. An honorary member of the (National) Circus Fans of America, he was chairman of the (State) James E. Cooper Top No. 10; also an honor- ary member of the Cireus Model Builders. Bill and Lueile’s hospitality at home and at lunches at the zoo, and more lately at the Anteaters Association wild game lunches, was proverbial. Bill wanted people around him; he liked to give food and drink. He was sensitive and emotional. When any of the baby ani- mals neglected by the mother were taken home to be cared for by Lucile and died, Bill took it very hard. Even before ‘‘Doe’’ retired as director of the zoo in 1956, he had suffered from arthritis and failed rapidly in the last two years of life when he had to use a wheel chair. In this, with the help of Director Reed he occasionally visited his beloved animals at the zoo. In his last days, faithfully attended by Lucile, in pain and _ practically helpless, he retained his keen sense of humor. THOMAS EH. SNypeER, Chairman JoHN EH. GRAF Marion R. SMITH BIBLIOGRAPHY OF WILLIAM M. MANN 1911. Notes on the guests of some California ants. Psyche 18: 27-31; 1 fig. —. On some northwestern ants and their guests. Psyche 18: 102-109, 3 figs. . New and rare fishes from southern California (with E. C. Starks). Univ. Calif. Pub. in Zoology 8: 9-19. 1912. A third collection of Mallophaga from Alaskan birds (with V. L. Kellogg). Ent. News 22: 12-17, 2 figs. ————. Mallophaga from islands off lower California (with V. L. Kellogg). Ent. News 22: 56-65. Parabiosis in Brazilian ants. Psyche 19: 36-41, 1 fig. ——. Note on a guest of Heiton hamatwm. Psyche 19: 98-100. . List of Histeridae and Buprestidae of the Stanford Expedition to Brazil. Psyche 19: 118-121. . A protective adaptation in a Brazilian membracid. Psyehe 19: 145- TATE pla 12: Literature for 1911 on the behavior of ants and myrmecophiles. Journal of Animal Behavior 2: 400-420. 1913. Mallophaga from Brazilian birds (with J. H. Paine). Psyche 20: 15-23, 5 figs. . Literature for 1912 on the behavior of ants and myrmecophiles. Journal of Animal Behavior 3: 429-445. “] bo PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 1, MARCH, 1961 1914. The ants of Hayti (with W. M. Wheeler). Bull. Amer. Nat. Hist. Mus. Bos) l- Ole Aves, x . Some myrmecophilous insects from Mexico. Psyche 21: 171-184, 4 figs. 1915. A new form of a southern ant from Naushon Island, Mass. Psyche 22: 51. . A eursorial tick. Psyche 22: 60. ——_——. Some myrmecophilous insects from Hayti. Psyche 22: 161-166, 3 figs. . A gynandromorphous mutillid from Montana. Psyche 22: 178-180, 1 fig. 1916. The ants of the Phillips Expedition to Palestine during 1914 (with W. M. Wheeler). Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 60(5): 167-174, 1 fig. . The ants of Brazil. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 60(11): 399-490, 7 pls. 1918. Myrmecophilous insects from Cuba. Psyche 25: 104-106. 1919. The ants of the British Solomon Islands. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 63: 273-391, 2 pls., 59 figs. 1920. A proetotrypid inquiline with Formica exsectoides Forel. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 22: 59-60. 1920. Ant guests from Fiji and the British Solomon Islands. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 13: 60-69, 9 figs. . Additions to the ant fauna of the West Indies and Central America. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 42 (art. viii): 403-439, 10 figs. . The occurrence of Mallophaga on a dragonfly. Ent. News 31: 252. 1921. The ants of the Fiji Islands. Bull. Mus. Com. Zool. 64: 399-499, 38 figs. . A new genus of termite guest from Fiji. Psyche 28: 54-56, 1 fig. . Three new myrmecophilous beetles. Proce. U. S. Nat. Mus. 59: 547- 552, 6 figs. 1922. Ants from Honduras and Guatemala. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 61: 1-54, 22 figs. ————. Notes on a collection of West African myrmecophiles. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 45: 623-630, 3 figs. 1923. A singular habit of sawfly larvae (with W. M. Wheeler). Psyche 30: SeIss. Ih sien. . Two new ants from Bolivia. Psyche 30: 13-18, 2 figs. . New genera and species of termitophilous Coleoptera from northern South America. Zoologica 3: 323-366, 13 figs. . Two serphoid guests of Heiton. Proc. Wash. Ent. Soc. 25: 181-182, 1 fig. 1924. Notes on Cuban ants. Psyche 31: 19-23, 1 fig. . Myrmecophiles from the western United States and Lower California. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 17: 87-95, 2 figs. 1925. Guests of Hciton hamatum (Fabr.) collected by W. M. Wheeler. Psyche 325) 166-177, 1 fig: . New beetle guests of army ants. Proc. Wash. Acad. Sei. 15: 70-77. . Ants collected by the University of Iowa Fiji-New Zealand Expedi- tion. Univ. Iowa Studies Nat. Hist. 11: 5-6. 1926. New Neotropical myrmecophiles. Jour. Wash. Acad. Sei. 11: 448-455, 1 fig. . Some new Neotropical ants. Psyche 33: 97-107, 1 fig PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 1, MARCH, 1961 1926. Three new termitophilous beetles from British Guiana. Proc. Ent. Soe. Wash. 28: 151-155, 2 figs. 1928. A new Microdon from Panama. Psyche 35: 168-170. 1929. Notes on Cuban ants of the genus Macromischa. Proce. Ent. Soe. Wash. 31: 161-165, 3 figs. . Ants from New Zealand and Fiji collected by Prof. Dayton Stoner. Towa Studies in Natural History, pp. 5-6. 1931. A new ant from Porto Rico. Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci. 21: 440-441, 1 fig. 1935. Two new ants collected in quarantine. Psyche 42: 35-37, 2 figs. Books— 1929. Wild Animals In and Out of the Zoo. Smithsonian Science Series, vol. 6, pp. 1-362, 101 pls., 6 Col., 15 sketches. 1943. Ibid., last edition, pp. 1-374, 108 pls., Chapter added: ‘‘After 12 Years.’’ 1948. Ant Hill Odyssey. Atlantic Monthly—Little, Brown & Co., pp. 1-338, 2 pls., 1 map. Articles in National Geographic Magazine— 1934. Stalking ants, savage and civilized: A naturalist braves bites and stings in many lands to learn the story of an insect whose ways often parallel those of man. Vol. LXVI, pp. 171-192, 7 ills. in black and white, 18 ills. in color. 1938. Monkey Folk. Vol. LXXIII. pp. 615-655, 24 ills. in black and white, 40 portraits in eolor, May. . Around the World for Animals. By William M. and Lueile Q. Mann. Vol. LXXITI, pp. 665-714, 33 ills. in black and white, 23 ills. in color, 1 page map, June. 1940. Man’s closest counterparts: Heavyweight of monkeydom is the ‘‘Old Man’’ gorilla, by far the largest of the four great apes. Vol. LXXVIII, pp. 213- 236, 10 ills. in black and white, 10 ills. in color, Aug. 1957. The wild animals in my life: A noted zoo director, now retired, recalls the highlights of 30 years, collecting, trading, and nurse-maiding birds and beasts. Color photographs by R. F. Sisson, Donald McBain, Ernest P. Walker and others. Vol. CXI, pp. 497-524, 26 ills., 19 in color, Apr. Exploration pamphlets— 1930. A visit to European zoos. Explorations and Field-Work of the Smithsonian Institution in 1929. Publ. 3060: 47-62, figs. 38-49. 1931. Collecting live animals in British Guiana. Explorations and Field-Work of the Smithsonian Institution in 1931. Publie. 3134: 55-64, figs. 50-59. 1938. Some European zoos (with Lucile Q. Mann). Explorations and Field-Work of the Smithsonian Institution in 1938. Public. 3525: 33-40, figs. 28-37. 1939. Bringing live animals from the Argentine. Explorations and Field-Work of the Smithsonian Institution in 1939. Public. 3586: 25-30, figs. 25-30. 1940. The Smithsonian—Firestone Expedition to Liberia (with Lucile Q. Mann). Scientifie Monthly, November, pp. 482-485. Also reviews of scientific books for Library of Congress Quarterly, Scientific Monthly, New York Times, New York Herald Tribune, and Mid-Pacific Magazine, and miscellaneous popular articles in Nature Magazine, Red Cross Magazine, National Spectator, and others g ; OP , oe Lucite QuarRY MANN November, 1960 74 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 1, MARCH, 1961 SUMMARY REPORTS OF SOCIETY OFFICERS FOR 1960 CORRESPONDING SECRETARY (For the fiscal year 1 November 1959 to 31 October 1960) Membership on 1 November 1959 (including 10 retired members omitted by: error dastyeareie ec. 2) Na Be ee eee 499 Reductions: FROST QTC CN sg ee a la drei es 8 TE aed 15 Dropped 72th Bae ee ae es 14 Deceased: sce es ee ie he 5) TTS they Di secs ate Ee a ee ee re Ee 34 Increases: Mlected=topmemib ership 25 VGN Sibaytie dics aac tS ee eae RT ee eee 5 Hl Wate lei eas eee A ae eke Oe es eee 30 Netloss sin: memibex shu): 2a ee ee ee eee 4 Membership jon31) ‘Octobers 960i eee 495 Classes of membership: Dies): palyani py ek eta eet ae ae aes 467 1 Ft

SPECTRACIDE™ SEQUESTRENE® metal chelates minor elements for plant nutrition CHLOROBENZILATE miticide serving agriculture and industry s Geiny ORIGINATORS OF ODOT INSECTICIDES GEIGY AGRICULTURAL CHEMICALS: division of Geigy Chemical Corporation» Saw Mill River Road, Ardsley, N.Y: PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 2, JUNE, 1961 143 At the root of a 100,000,000 problem... Smaller than these dots. . . the nema- tode is destructive enough to cause more annual damage to agriculture than any insect known to man. Nematodes choke off the roots of plantsso that nourishment which would normally be gained from the soil is severely reduced. When nematodes in- vade a field, the plants wither, their growth is stunted and in extreme cases the plants die. Shell Chemical Company, a pioneer in the field of nematology, working closely with federal, state and local agricultural specialists, has developed two outstanding soil fumigants for pro- tecting plants from nematode damage. They are D-D® Soil Fumigant for pre- planting application and Nemagon® Soil Fumigant, a potent soil fumigant which can be used for treating living plants. Both of these products have been used by farmers all over the world in the never-ending battle against the nematode. This is just another example of how Shell Chemical Company is helping the agricultural community grow bigger, better yields for a growing America. SHELL CHEMICAL COMPANY AGRICULTURAL CHEMICALS DIVISION 110 West Sist Street, New York 20,N.Y. 144 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 2, JUNE, 1961 CYPREX 65-W... REVOLUTIONARY NEW FUNGICIDE FIGHTS SCAB IN AND ON FOLIAGE! Cyprex’s combination of eradicant and protectant prop- erties makes it the most significant fungicide discovery in the last 50 years. Rated “best in test”? in country-wide trials, Cyprex has now had two seasons of outstandingly successful use in all major apple, pear and cherry areas. It now has USDA label acceptance for all-season use. MALATHION FIGHTS INSECTS ...-WITH POWER AND ECONOMY There’s no way to get a better insecticide deal in terms of number of insects controlled, safety in handling, control of DDT and DDD-resistant insects, and an extra margin of safety to fruit and foliage of sensitive varieties. More dollars can be spent on other insecticides, but none can deliver better value than malathion. American Cyanamid Company Agricultural Division New York 20, N. Y. INSECTICIDES AND FUNGICIDES CYANAMID SERVES THE MAN WHO MAKES A BUSINESS OF AGRICULTURE VELSICOL INSECTICIDES Versatility and lasting residual action have made them useful throughout the world for control of insects that attack homes and gardens, damage crops, and carry disease. e»-fOr soil insect control in agriculture! In hundreds of soil insect control tests conducted since its introduction, Heptachlor has proven to be a most efficient soil insecticide for use on corn and other major crops. ? Rha PEP. peer TECHNICAL INFORMATION AVAILABLE ON REQUEST FROM HEPTACHLOR | ENDRIN --.for hard fo kill pests of major crops! Endrin is relatively new, but 1960 saw the development of many new uses for this powerful, versatile insecticide. Apples, potatoes, cotton and other crops were ex- tensively treated with Endrin during the past year. ~ CHLORDANE ..-for termite, public health, household, lawn and garden insect control! Chlordane continues to be a most popular insecticide with pest contro] operators and homeowners. It has an excellent safety and per- formance record. VELSICOL CHEMICAL CORPORATION 330 East Grand Avenue, Chicago 11, Illinois Velsicol International Corporation, C.A., P.O. Box 1687 — Nassau, Bahamas, B.W.1. GULF) QUALITY INSECTICIDES Preferred by Home Owners, Food Processors and Dairymen QUICK ACTION GULFSPRAY (Liquid) A “space spray” for quick knockdown and kill of many kinds of flying and crawling insects. Contains 0.10% Pyre- thrins, 0.12% Piperony! Butoxide, and 0.75% Methoxychlor. *GULFSPRAY AEROSOL (Bomb) Gulf's carefully researched formula provides quick knock- down action and high kill. Contains 0.25% Pyrethrins, 1% Piperony! Butoxide, and 2% Methoxychlor. *GULF MOTH PROOFER (Bomb) An easy-to-use pressurized spray for protecting woolens against moth and carpet beetle damage. Contains 3% DDT and 3% Perthane. *GULF ANT-ROACH BOMB A convenient pressurized spray containing contact and resid- ual insecticides for killing ants and cockroaches. Contains 0.08% Pyrethrins and 2% Chlordane. SPECIAL GULFSPRAY (Liquid) A superlative-quality insecticide specially formulated for use where foodstuffs are processed, stored, served, and sold. Contains 0.25% Pyrethrins and 0.20% Piperonyl Butoxide. GULF LIVESTOCK SPRAY Long proven formula with effective insect-killing power and repellent properties. Contains 0.07% Pyrethrins and 0.19% Piperonyl Butoxide. *Gulf’s New Valve—permits bomb to be used in any position, even upside down. Makes it easy to spray hard-to-reach places. GULF OIL CORPORATION Se es Neec kh lol. 63 SEPTEMBER, 1961 No. 3 PROCEENINGS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY « WASHINGTON U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM WASHINGTON 25, D. CG PUBLISHED QUARTERLY CONTENTS ANDERSON, L. D. and C. S. PAPP—The Larger Elm Leaf Beetle, Mono- cesta coryli (Say) (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae) — ~~ —----_-_______--- 203 BLAKE, DORIS H.—A Note on the Monros Collection —.-- = 207 BOHART, R. M. and A. S. Menke—A Review of the Genus Palmodes in North America (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae) 179 CLIFFORD, C. M. and GLEN M. KOHLS—A New Distribution and Host Record for Ixodes muris Bishopp and Smith, 1937 (Acarina: Ixodidae) 210 DONNELLY, T. W.—Aeschna persephone, New Species of Dragonfly from Arizona, with Notes on Aeschna arida Kennedy (Odonata: Aeschnidae) 193 FOOTE, B. A.—A New Species of Antichaeta Haliday, with notes on Other Species of the Genus (Diptera: Sciomyzidae) _..... 161 HIGGINS, H. G. and S. B. MULAIK—Additional Distribution Records of North American Rake-Legged Mites (Acarina: Caeculidae) 209 (Continued on back cover) SiV2 Tees app. Spp. 12 pp. *"¢6.00 $10.00 $11.20 $12.50 $8.00 14.40 16.50 9.60 5.20 ‘eoond =e . D.C. 4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Vol. 63 SEPTEMBER, 1961 No. 3 TAXONOMIC RELATIONSHIPS WITHIN THE DROSOPHILA VICTORIA SPECIES GROUP, SUBGENUS PHOLADORIS (DieTERA: DROSOPHILIDAB) 1! SARAH BEDICHEK PIPKIN, The Gorgas Memorial Laboratory, Panama, Rk. of P. The victoria species group, designated by Wheeler (1949) and discussed by Mather (1955), has been investigated in order to clarify the taxonomic status of D. lebanonensis Wheeler 1949. This species was listed as a possible synonym of D. victoria Sturtevant 1942 by Wheeler (1959). In the course of study, a species belonging to the victoria group, kindly collected for the author in Tucson, Arizona by Dr. William B. Heed from the cottonwood, Populus fremontu Wats., proved to be smaller, shinier, and different in certain respects in the male genitalia from a laboratory strain originating from Prescott, northern Arizona, hitherto considered to be D. victoria. Meanwhile, a strain of the true D. victoria was collected from the type locality, Andreas Canyon, Palm Springs, California, by Dr. Lynn H. Throck- morton, and generously sent to the author. The Palm Springs vic- toria is one half millimeter shorter than the specimens from Tueson, slightly browner, and lacks the color polymorphism of the latter. Sturtevant (1942) states that strains considered to be D. victoria, col- lected by Professor J. T. Patterson in western United States and - Mexico, differ slightly in the number of egg filaments and chromo- somes from victoria from Palm Springs, California. In the present study the Tucson species is described as D. brooksi, sp. nov. Reexamination of specimens of victoria from the type lo- eality shows it to correspond closely with the original description (Sturtevant 1942). The species from Prescott called victoria by sub- sequent students (Patterson, 1943, Wheeler, 1947, 1949; Hsu, 1949; Pipkin, 1956; Mather, 1955, 1957) proves to be distinct and is here described as a subspecies of lebanonensis Wheeler 1949. The taxono, mic relationships within the victoria species group are reviewed in the light of these findings. 1 This work was supported by a research grant, RG 6813, from the United States Public Health Service. 146 PROG, ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1961 The author collected several strains of the polymorphic species, lebanonensis, as well as pattersoni and stonei in The Lebanon during the years 1947 to 1949: A strain:from Rasco, Jerusalem, Israel was obtained through the courtesy of Dr. Elisabeth Goldschmidt. D. brooksi, sp. nov., was collected in Tucson, Arizona by Dr. Wiliam B, Heed. The true D. victoria Sturtevant was collected by Dr. Lynn H. Throckmorton. The material from Prescott, Arizona was obtained through the courtesy of Dr. M. R. Wheeler. Slides for the study of male and female genitalia of the members of the victoria species group were prepared according to the method of Fairchild and Hertig (1948). Drosophila (Pholadoris) brooksi, sp. nov. External characters of imagines. Male. Arista with 3 branches above, 2 below, in addition to the fork. Second and third joints of the antennae dark brown, the second joint with one bristle directed laterally, six bristles of varying lengths, directed ventrally; the third joint covered with short pale hairs. Front velvety dark brown; the lateral extremities of the lunula shining pale pruinose when viewed at an angle. Frontal triangle plainly delimited by a shallow groove, bearing on each side 6 mesially directed frontal hairs, the apical hair being flanked on each side by 2 short hairs; the groove delimiting the frontal triangle shining pale pruinose when viewed from an angle. Ocellar triangle black; anterior ocellar bristles divergent; ocelli pale pink. Orbits semi-shining, dark brown; orbital hairs 5. Proelinate orbital bristle equal to the posterior reclinate orbital; mid-orbital thin and 1/5 the other two. One oral bristle prominent; the second, half the length of the first. Face dark brown, carina almost black, wider below, bulbous. Clypeus black, proboscis brown. Palps dark brown, almost black in old specimens; one subapical bristle and 4 s\orter bristles on the lateral margin of the palps. Cheeks black; distance between the eye border and the base of the oral bristle 1/12 the greatest diameter of the eye. Occiput dark brown. Eyes light maroon, darkening with age, with shurt pale pile. Greatest antero- posterior measurement of the eye 2/3 the greatest dorso-ventral measurement. Mesonotum and scutellum shining black; pleurae shining dark brown, thinly pollinose. Acrostichals in 6 rows; 4 bristles in the prescutellar row, the median pair definitely enlarged. Anterior scutellars divergent; distance from anterior to posterior dorsocentrals 4/9 the distance between the two anterior dorsocentrals. Anterior sternopleural 6/7 the posterior sternopleural and twice the mid-sterno- pleural. Halteres yellow. Apieal bristles on first and second pairs of legs; preapicals on all three. Coxae and femora dark brown; tibiae and tarsi yellowish brown. Wings unicolorous, tan; costal index approximately 2; fourth vein index 2.3; five x index 1.75: two bristles at the apex of the first costal section; third costal section with heavy hairs’on the basal 6/11. Abdominal tergites shining black except for ‘iereits 2, which is brownish medially; sternites gray. Hypopygium retracted into the abdomen, possessing the general characteristics of D. lebanonensis as figured by Hsu (1949); lobe-like process on the heel of the forceps prominent; primary teeth of forceps varying from 8 to 11; median 10; five bristles on the upper part of the genital arch (Fig. 1B); four to five bristles on the posterior margin of one concha of the hypandrium (Fig. 1A,C). by ae Sede ee = ‘ SS. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1961 147 Female. Abdomen with black apical bands slightly more than one half the width of the tergites and extending to the lateral borders. Second tergite pale medially; apical bands of tergites 3, 4, 5 with fuzzy medial extensions. Ovipositor yellowish with 24 to 26 teeth (Fig. IF). Color polymorphism. ,The preceding description applies to the darkest color form of both sexes. In this species a balanced polymorphism of body color exists in nature and is maintained in laboratory cultures. The mesonotum of both sexes varies from shining black through dark brown to shining yellowish tan. The tan flies are also paler on the pleurae and bases of the legs. At the time of .collec- tion of about 300 individuals of this species, Dr. W. B. Heed estimated from 60 to 70% dark brown or black and from 40 to 30% light brown (personal com- munication). Exact counts were not made at this time because it was undesirable to etherize the flies as they are difficult to carry in culture. Three generations after the original collection, a sample of 117 flies was composed of 92 black or dark brown and 25 light brown. This color polymorphism was mentioned by Wheeler (1949) at a time when it was not realized that brooksi was a distinct species from the northern Arizona material. Body length (etherized) male, 2.5 mm; female, 3 mm, Length of wing, male, 2.5 mm; female, 2.7 mm. Internal characters of imagines. Anterior malpighian tubules free and about twice as long as the posterior malpighian tubules; posterior malpighian tubules apposed but no continuous lumen. Testes elliptical, dull orange. Spermathecae with brown chitinized centers and pronounced apical indentation; ventral re- ceptacle a short sac pressed against the ventral side of the uterus. Eggs. With from 4 to 8 filaments; 35% with 5; 43% with 6; and 14% with 7 filaments (Table 2). Tips of filaments curly. Larvae. White in color; skip; very active. Puparia. Dull gold; each anterior spiracle with from 5 to 8 (median 7) very short pale filaments; stalk of anterior spiracle very short. Posterior spiracles contiguous, pale. Pupation either at the top or bottom of culture bottles. Chromosomes. Larval brain preparations show males with one pair of large V’s, one pair medium V’s one pair small V’s a rod-shaped X, a short rod-shaped Y chromosome with a pronounced constriction (Fig. 1E). Salivary gland chromo- somes with 3 long arms, 2 medium arms, 2 short arms; a pronounced chromo- center; one gland larger than the other. Physiological characteristics. Recovers rapidly from anaesthetization with ether; difficult to keep on standard culture medium. Relationship. This species belongs to the victoria species group with victoria, lebanonensis, pattersoni, stonei, and nitens. Brooksi is closest to victoria Sturtevant (Palm Springs, California). Brooksi and victoria differ by the color polymorphism found in brooksi; the larger size (by 4% mm.) of brooksi; the darker color of the dark color form of brooksi, victoria being browner; the larger size of the mid- sternopleural bristle in brooksi; presence of two hairs flanking the apical frontal hair in brooksi compared with one such hair in victoria; the different chromosome configuration in the two species; and the dif- ferences in number of egg filaments in the two species (see section on variation in egg filaments in the victoria group). 148 PROC, ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1961 PROC, ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1961 149 Distribution. Tueson, Arizona, collected May 25, 1960 from Popu- lus fremontu Wats. by Dr. William B. Heed. Types. Holotype male and a series of paratype males and females have been placed in the Drosophila Type and Reference Collection of The Genetics Foundation, The University of Texas, Austin, Texas. Dedication. This species is named in honor of Mrs. Sarah Brooks Martin, the artist who prepared the color plates for Professor J. T. Patterson’s The Drosophilidae of the Southwest and (with G. B. Mainland), The Drosophilidae of Mexico. Drosophila (Pholadoris) lebanonensis casteeli, subsp. nov. External characters of imagines. Male. Arista with 3 branches above, 2 below, in addition to the terminal fork. Second and third joints of the antenna black, the second joint with one bristle directed laterally and 6 bristles directed ven- trally, the third joint covered with short pale hairs. Front dark reddish brown, pollinose. Ocellar triangle and orbits black, semishining; ocelli brown. Small elevation interior to the base of the proclinate orbital bristle and also one at base of mid-orbital shining silvery when viewed at an angle. Frontal hairs arranged in two rows, forming a V, the apex of the V directed anteriorly, 7 frontal hairs on each side; 2 frontal hairs lateral to the apex of the V. Orbital hairs 5. Pro- clinate orbital bristle 4/5 posterior reclinate; mid-orbital 1/4 the proclinate orbital. One oral bristle prominent, the second half the length of the first. Face brown, carina black, wider below, bulbous. Clypeus black, proboscis tan. Palps tan, one subapical and three shorter bristles on the lateral margin of the palps. Cheeks tan, dark brown below. Distance between the eye border and base of the oral bristle 1/11 the greatest diameter of the eye. Eye maroon, darkening with age, with short pale pile. Greatest antero-posterior diameter 9/11 the greatest dorsoventral measurement of the eye. Oecciput dark brown. Mesonotum and scutellum semishining dark brown, without markings; pleurae dark brown, pollinose. Acrostichals in 6 rows; four hairs in the preseutellar row, the median pair definitely enlarged. Anterior scutellars divergent; distance from anterior to posterior dorsocentrals 4/7 the distance between the two anterior dorsocentrals. Anterior sternopleural 6/8 the posterior sternopleural; mid-sterno- pleural 5/8 the posterior. Halteres pale yellow. Coxae and femora of first pair of legs dark brown; dusky yellowish on second and third pairs of legs and on all three pairs of tibiae and tarsae. Wings unicolorous tan; costal index, 2.2.; fourth vein index 2.6; five x index, 2. Two bristles at the apex of the first costal section; third costal section with heavy hairs on the basal 6/11. Abdominal tergites shining black, the basal one somewhat less so, sternites dark gray. Hypopygium retracted into the abdomen; lobe like process on the heel of the forceps prominent; primary teeth of forceps vary from 11 to 14 (median 12); 3 prominent bristles on the upper part of the genital arch; 9 bristles on the posterior ventral margin of one concha of the hypandrium (Table 1). 88555 Fig. 1, terminalia and chromosome configuration of brooski, sp. nov. A, hypan- -drium and conchae of male, dorsal view; B, genital arch and forceps of male: C, hypandrium and penis of male, side view; D, seminal receptacle of female; E, chromosomes, larval brain, male; F, vaginal plate of female. 150 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1961 Fig. 2, Salivary chromosomes of hybrid larva of (A) 1. lebanonensis and (B) 1. casteeli, showing partial lack of pairing. Microphotographs by Dr. Alan C. Pipkin. ere pipe’? PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1961 151 Female. Abdomen with broad shining dark brown apical bands covering the entire tergites 2, 3, 4. Corners only of tergites 5 and 6 are yellow as is the mid region of the circumanal tergite. Anterior-most sternite gray, remaining four paler. Ovipositor yellowish with 23 to 24 teeth. Body length (etherized) male, 2.7 mm.; female, 3 mm. Length of wing, male 2.5 mm; female 2.8 mm. Internal characters of imagines. Anterior malpighian tubules free and much longer than the posterior; posterior tubules apposed without the formation of a continuous lumen. Testes elliptical, rusty brown in color. Seminal receptacles with brown chitinized centers; ventral receptacle a short sae pressed close to the ventral surface of the uterus. Eggs. With from 5 to 8 filaments; 52% with 6 filaments; 36% with 7 fila- ments; 4% with 8 filaments (see Table 2). Larvae. White in color; skip; very active. Puparia, Golden; each anterior spiracle with from 5 to 6 branches; stalk of anterior spiracles very short. Posterior spiracles tightly apposed, golden yellow. Pupation is on the sides or near the plug of laboratory bottles. Chromosomes. Larval brain preparations with 2 pairs large V’s; one pair smaller V’s; and one pair rods (Wharton, 1943). Salivary gland chromosomes with 3 long arms, 2 medium arms, 2 short arms; a pronounced chromocenter; one gland larger than the other. Relationship. A subspecies of D. lebanonensis member of the vic- toria species group. D. l. casteeli lacks a light and dark mesonotum color polymorphism dependent upon an autosomal pair of alleles found in l. lebanonensis (Pipkin, 1956). The cheeks of /. casteeli are dark below; those of Jl. lebanonensis, entirely pale. The occiput, mesonotum, pleurae, and bases of legs are darker in /. casteeli than in the dark form of 1. lebanonensis, but a mixture of the two forms could not be separated with complete accuracy. The testes of 1. cas- teelt are rusty brown, whereas these are deep yellow in 1. lebanonensis, a difference noted by Wheeler (1949). Patterson and Stone (1952) cite numerous cases of gametic mor- tality in interspecific crosses as illustrating an isolating mechanism between closely related species. The possibility of sperm damage in erosses between |. lebanonensis and |. casteeli has been investigated. The results are presented in Table 4. For each of the crosses listed in this table, two day old females were exposed to males the same age for one hour only. Twenty-four hours later, the females were dissected and their seminal receptacles and vesicles examined for the presence of sperm. Table 4 gives the percentages of dissected females with motile sperm, non-motile sperm, disintegrating sperm, and no sperm. One hundred females were dissected in each ease. According to Table 4, the percentage of females in which no sperm reach the receptacles and vesicle is somewhat higher in the crosses between subspecies than in the control crosses. Further, Table 4 shows a lower percentage of females with motile sperm and a higher percentage with non-motile and disintegrating sperm in the heterogametie crosses between J. lebanonensis and 1. casteeli than in the control homogametic crosses. 152 PROC, ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1961 TABLE 1. VARIATION INNUMBER OF FORCEPS TEETH AND BRISTLES ON ONE SIDE OF THE HYPANDRIUM forceps hypandrium teeth prietles victoria 8-11 : (palm spr) median 10 brooksi 8-11 Tae (tucson) median 10 cecal 10-13 beirut) median 11 stone! (Sofar) L 11-i3 lebanonensi median 12 ; 11-14 L.casteeli median 12 Correction: The second species should read “brooksae.”’ This last difference is explained as owing to the deleterious effect of the secretions of the seminal receptacles or vesicle upon the alien sperm. Larval salivary gland cells of hybrids between 1. lebanonensis (Bei- rut strain) and the Prescott strain of 1. casteeli were studied in aceto- orcein preparations, each containing the glands of a single larva. In half of the preparations in which all chromosome arms could be fol- lowed, there was a complete pairing of all seven chromosome arms (3 long, 2 medium, and 2 short). The remaining preparations showed a complete lack of pairing in the medium length chromosomes, giving a total of 9 arms (3 long, 4 medium, 2 short); or a partial lack of pairing in one medium arm accompanied by a complete lack of pair- ing in the other medium arm (giving a total of 8 arms); or a partial lack of pairing in one medium arm accompanied by a partial lack of —-— - ial ac = Shae PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1961 153 pairing or by complete pairing in the other medium arm. Fig 2A and 2B are microphotographs illustrating partial pairing in two different hybrid larvae. The unpaired portions of the chromosome are seen to be half the thickness of the paired portions. One small inversion was found in a long arm of two preparations, and one medium-sized in- version was found in a different long arm of a hybrid between the two subspecies. A more thorough analysis of this lack of pairing and other structural differences in hybrid salivary cells is being under- taken. A last difference between the subspecies 1. lebanonensis and lL. cas- teeli is the presence of modifier(s) of the main pair of color alleles in polymorphic populations of 1. lebanonensis, absent from 1. casteelr (Pipkin, unpublished). Furthermore, the modifier(s) producing a more extreme pale body color, introduced by the pale Beirut or Rasco strain of 1. lebanonensis into hybrid populations of the two subspecies, do not become recombined so as to become expressed in 16 generations of such populations. Whether the modifier(s) are in one of the homologs which fails to pair regularly in the salivary gland chromo- somes of the hybrid and presumably fails to undergo normal crossing over at meiosis, or whether the |. lebanonensis chromosome bearing the modifier(s) soon becomes lost from the hybrid population is not yet known. Further cytological work on such hybrid populations is being carried out. Similarities between /. lebanonensis and l. casteeli include the pre- viously deseribed range in number of teeth in the forceps and num- ber of bristles on the posterior ventral border of the conchae, a like range in number of ege filaments, and similar crossability with brooksi. Further, the wing indices of the two subspecies are practic- ally identical. A comparison of the wing indices, giving those of l. lebanonensis first, are as follows: costal index, 2, 2.2; fourth vein in- dex, 2.8, 2.6; five x index, 2.2, 2. When I. lebanonensis females are crossed with /. casteeli males, daily food transfers made, and all pro- geny hatching counted, the sex ratios are approximately equal. Seven such bottles gave the following sex ratios, males listed first: 124, 130; Ea, 109% AVG: 1722 17%. 110.) 138,141 > 111,. 106:;. 70,85... The; reei- procal cross, 1. casteeli females crossed with /. lebanonensis males gave similar sex ratios, though the progeny hatch was lower owing to a mold infection: 23, 26; 30, 27; 47, 52. Deviations from a 50:50 sex ratio occurred in two bottles of the first cross, but they are op- posite in direction. Hybrids between the two subspecies are fertile inter se and in either back cross, according to Table 3. Distribution. The strain of 1. casteeli used in these studies was col- lected at Prescott, Arizona by collectors of The Geneties Foundation, The University of Texas, Austin, Texas. The same subspecies is believed to oceur at Veyo, Utah and other points in New Mexico and Arizona listed in Wheeler (1949) under the name ‘‘victoria.’’ Types. Holotype male and a series of paratype males and females have been placed in the Drosophila Type and Reference Collection of the Genetics Foundation, The University of Texas, Austin, Texas. 154 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1961 TABLE 2. VARIATION IN NUMBER OF EGG FILAMENTS 2 | 3 ade hf 6 ee ee victoria (palm spring brooksae (tucson) pattersonl (beirut) stonei (Sofar) Ls lebanonensis} (ain anub) (r asco) L.casteeli (prescott) Dedication. D. lebanonensis casteeli, sabsp. nov. is named im honor of the late Professor D. B. Casteel, Department of Zoology, The University of Texas. RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MEMBERS OF THE VICTORIA GROUP. COMPARISON OF MALE AND FEMALE GENITALIA WITHIN THE GROUP In order to further study the relationship between members of the victoria species group, the male and female genitalia of the members of this group available for study were reinvestigated. The forceps (primary clasper) and genital arch of 1. lebanonensis and of 1. casteela were studied by Hsu (1949). Genital arches and forcipes of pattersom and of stoner were figured by Pipkin (1956). In all of the species of the victoria group studied, the penis and its apodeme, encased ventrally and laterally by the hypandrium and conchae, are located anterior to the genital arches and forcipes. The hypandrium is con- tinuous with its conchae. The apodeme of the penis is rod-like. The head of the penis is a hair-covered inverted bowl, the opening of which possesses a scalloped margin flanked by two clasper like lobes arising from the hypandrium. The surface of the head of the penis appears _ ~ es - PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1961 hese to be made of small spindle shaped particles of chitin, each supporting a hair. The forceps is curved in all members of the victoria species group, in contrast with the stra ight forceps found in members of the coracina species group studied by Mather (1955). Drawings of male and female genitalia of brooksi appear in Fig. IA, B, C, D, F. Aside from slight variations in dimensions of the hypandrium and penis, the main differences found among genitalia in the victoria species group consist in variations in the number of teeth in the forceps and in the number of bristles on the ventral posterior border of the conchae (Fig. 1A and C). Both the exact number of teeth in the forceps and the number of concha bristles vary slightly within a species and even on different sides of the same individual. Table 1 presents variation in the number of forceps teeth and the number of bristles on the ventral posterior border of one concha. Ten or more individuals of each species were examined to determine the extent of the variation. Victoria and brooks: are seen to possess the lowest number of concha bristles (4, for victoria and 4 to 5 for brookst). A median of 11 to 12 forceps teeth is found in pattersoni, stonet, lL. lebanonensis, and 1. casteeli. Females of the various members of the victoria group all possess a long bristle on each side near the apical end of the vaginal plates. From 6 to 8 (median 7) bristles are found distal to this long bristle. Proximal to the long bristle are from 15 to 20 short stubby bristles along the edges of the vaginal plates. Considerable variation in numbers of these bristles oceurs within each species. These bristles are shown for brooksi in Fig. 1F. VARIATION IN NUMBER OF EGG FILAMENTS IN THE VICTORIA SPECIES GROUP A variation in number of ege filaments is characteristic of the victoria, coracina, maculosa, and levis species groups according to the work of Mather (1955). Table 2 presents information with respect to variation in number of egg filaments in the victoria group. For the group, a range of from 2 to 9 filaments occurs. The variation pattern is characteristic of each species. Thus the median number for brooksi is 6; for pattersoni and stonei, 5. Variations in ege fila- ment number for both the Ain Anub and Rasco strains of 1. lebanonen- sis and for the Prescott strain of /. casteeli do not differ statistically. Here the median classes are eges with 6 and 7 filaments, respectively. These counts are in disagreement with Wheeler’s 1949 count of filaments of the Ain Anub strain of 1. lebanonensis (listed by him as being from ‘‘near Beirut’’). The present author sent the Ain Anub strain to Dr. Wheeler in 1947; the Beirut strain was not sent to The Genetics Foundation, The University of Texas until 1960. Since the first dark strain of 1. lebanonensis was collected in the mountain village of Ain Anub, it is better to refer to this strain by its collection locality. The present Beirut light strain is homozygous for the light color alleles and was derived from a heterozygous light strain collected in Beirut, Lebanon in 1947. Wheeler’s finding the median egg fila- 156 PROC, ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1961 TABLE 3. HYBRIDIZATION TESTS, VICTORIA GROUP female male parent parent brooksae pattersoni | stone! l.lebanonensis) l.casteeli brooksae cr Se larvae.few | larvae,few pupae pupae De ee UPESILSS [ [ sterie inter | ‘ar¥eepupae! larvae pupae patterson! ae sePfertileto) 2imagines pattersonict 2 imagines stone! | sterile ie 7) pares een te oe sterile sterile iS er ule inte Aa Par back crosses ip: : imagines vae, L.casteeli Sand sterile sterile fey ete aes pupae backcrosses ment numbers to be 7 and 8 in the original Ain Anub strain indicates either a genetic change in the strain or influence of some environ- mental factor on the number of egg filaments. Twenty-five of the 37 eges of victoria (Palm Springs) examined possessed 7 filaments. One filament was thick and split into two branches along its length at varying distances from its base. In 4 eggs the split was complete, resulting in 8 filaments: 3 eggs possessed 9 filaments. One egg pos- sessed 4 filaments but the thick filament was split apically into 3 branches. Four eges possessed 5 filaments, the thick filament being split apically into 3 branches. Sturtevant (1942) describes the eggs of victoria as having 8 filaments; this count agrees with the observa- tions of the present author if the apical ends of the filaments are counted. HYBRIDIZATION TESTS Table 3 presents the results of hybridization tests within the vie- toria species group. Neither nitens nor stone? (eulture lost in 1957) was available for testing with the newly described brookst. Only preliminary tests have been made with victoria, owing to the difficulty of maintaining the stock on laboratory culture medium. All hybridi- zation tests were made in standard 92 x 25 mm. culture vials, using corn meal medium, 20 females and 20 males te each vial. Daily food transfers were made for two weeks, PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1961 157 Females of the only yellow species, pattersoni, were the most suc- cessful,giving hybrid larvae, pupae, and few or many imagines in crosses with other members of the group. Pipkin (1956) found numerous hybrids produced by the cross of pattersoni females and stoner males. These hybrids were sterile inter se, but hybrid females were fertile when back-crossed with pattersoni males. Hybrids of a number of cultures of pattersonc females crossed with single dark brookst males died as larvae or pupae, but one such culture yielded three males and 48 female. The pattersoni-brookst hybrids were sterile inter se. The female hybrids were also sterile in back crosses with either pattersont or brooksi males, whereas the male hybrids died before they could be tested in a back cross. Of the pattersoni- brooksi hybrids, 29 females and one male were intermediate in color between the ‘‘dark’’ of brookst and ‘‘yellow’’ of pattersoni.. Nineteen females and two male hybrids were shining yellow. Assuming the single dark brooksi parent male to have been heterozygous for the pale color allele, these results suggest a monogenic inheritance of the polymorphism in brooksi and an allelism between the ‘‘yellow’’ of pattersoni and the ‘‘pale’’ color allele of brooksi. Pattersom females crossed either with 1. lebanonensis or with 1. casteeli produce hybrids usually dying as early larvae or pupae, but two imagines have hatched from each of these crosses (Pipkin, 1956). Brooksi, used as a female parent, gives hybrid larvae, a few of which pupate, with males of l. lebanonensis or casteeli. The reciprocal crosses, 1. lebanonensis or l. casteeli females crossed with brooksi males, give a similar hybrid progeny, dying in larval or pupal stages. Stonei females rarely pro- duce early larvae with 1. lebanonensis males (Pipkin, 1956). Hybrid- ization tests of females of brooksi, pattersoni, and 1. lebanonensis crossed with males of victoria (Palm Springs) give no hybrid larvae though many eges are laid in each case. Females of each of these species dissected after being with victoria males for two weeks showed no sperm in their seminal receptacles or vesicles. This does not mean that no copulation occurred, because the sperm could have disinte- grated and been absorbed in this time. In all of the cases in which interspecific hybrids occurred in Table 3, the crosses were characterised by sporadic success (but not by slowness of the hybrid larvae to appear after the cross was made), slow development of hybrid larvae, usual death of the hybrids in various larval or the pupal stages. Hybridization tests between the subspecies 1. lebanonensis and 1. casteeli have been discussed previ- ously in this paper. DISCUSSION The present taxonomic studies have shown the male and female genitalia to be remarkably similar in the members of the victoria eroup studied. Considering the number of teeth in the forceps and the number of bristles on the posterior ventral border of the conchae of the hypandrium, the members fall into three pairs of closely re- lated forms; victoria and brooksi; pattersoni and stoner; and, finally, 158 PROG. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1961 TABLE 4. PERCENTAGE FEMALES WITH SPERM DAMAGE IN CROSSES OF LLEBANONENSIS ANDLCASTEELI disintegrating | absence of Llebanonensis ¢ x Lcasteeli o lcasteell ? x Llebanonensis o Llebanonensis ? x L.lebanonensis & l.casteeli x Lcasteeli o l. lebanonensis and 1. casteeli. The range in number of egg filaments likewise shows greater resemblance among these three pairs (with the exception of brooksi and victoria). Hybridization tests show that hybrids dying as larvae or pupae may result from crosses of species widely distant geographically. The close similarity of male and female genitalia in all the species studied shows that no mechanical isolation barrier to the success of these crosses exists. Mather (1957) found that transfer of sperm can take place between the maculosa species group (novamaculosa female) and the victoria group (I. casteeli, called “victoria” male). The designation of 1. lebanonensis and 1. casteeli as subspecies rests chiefly upon the finding of sperm damage in crosses between the two and upon the lack of pairing of one chromosome pair in the salivary elands of the hybrids between these two forms. Lack of pairing im the salivaries of hybrids presumably means lack of pairing at meiosis, and consequent barrier to free recombination by crossing over, ac- cording to the work of Dobzhansky (1933) on hybrids between pseudo- obscura and persimilis. Wasserman (1954) states that in the sali- varies of the closely related arizonensis and mojavensis, the region near the centromere of the X chromosome is usually unpaired. Town- send (1954) reports that ‘‘pairing is often complete,’’ though certain inversions are present, in the salivary chromosomes of hybrids between Pe ——— , i PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VoL. 63, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1961 159 tropicalis tropicalis and tropicalis cubana. Pairing in the salivaries of hybrids of pallidipennis pallidipennis and pallidipe nis centralis is complete, with one inversion present. (Patterson and Wheeler, 1947). A part of the marked similarities between 1. lebanonensis and 1. casteeli is owing to their wide geographical separation. These two forms would probably not have diverged, owing to their free inter- breeding capacity if they had remained in the same area. Nitens (Italy and Switzerland) is the nearest Huropean relative of l. lebanonensis according to a morphological ee ison. The two species differ in chromosome configuration, and nitens lacks a color poly- morphism. The members of the victoria species group are distributed in both Palaearctie and Nearctie regions. Nitens is known from Italy (Buz- zati-Traverso, 1943) and Switzerland (Burla, 1948). LD. lebanonensis is found in the Lebanon (Wheeler, 1949, Pipkin, 1953, 1956), and Israel (Goldschmidt, unpublished). Pattersoni and stonet occur im The Lebanon (Pipkin, 1956). A group of three species, brooksi, victoria, and 1. casteeli, occur in the western United States. Wheeler (1949) states that extensive trap collections by the University of Texas group have not revealed a victoria species group member east of Nebraska. Further undescribed members of this group probably occur, as Sturtevant suggested (Sturtevant, 1942). The victoria croup flies are not attracted to fruit baited traps as readily as many of the Sophophora and Drosophila. Most of the collections have been made from such traps. (Wheeler, 1949, Pipkin, 1953, Buzzati-Traverso, 1943). Dr. Throckmorton’s collection of victoria was from the sap of Populus fremontu Wats., the flies refusing his fruit baited traps near- by (personal communication). Brooksi was likewise taken from the sap of this tree by Dr. Heed. A further study of the ecology of this group will prove profitable. The existence of a Palaearctic and a Nearctie species polymorphic for light and dark mesonotum color (/. lebanonensis and brooksv) indicates similar mutability with similar survival value in related species. Sturtevant and Novitski (1941) noted similar mutations in a number of Drosophila species. Similar polymorphic abdominal pat- terns occur in the ecardini group (Da Cunha, 1949; Stalker, 1953; Heed and Wheeler, 1957) and in the melanogaster group (Freire-Mai, 1949; Oshima and Taira, 1956; Moriwaki, 1952; Ziircher, 1958). Gene exchange is possible between two of the Palaearctic victoria group species, pattersont and stonei. Whether introgressive changes have occurred here is not known. It is interesting that a polymorphic species, /. lebanonensis, exists in the same area with its yellow and black relatives. The author is indebted to Mr. Orlando Ortiz for his extensive tech- nical assistance in this work, also to Mr. Aurelio Powers for technical assistanee. To Dr. G. B. Fairchild the author is indebted for instruc- tions in the preparation of the male genitalia slides and for criticising 160 PROC, ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1961 the manuseript. Thanks are due Major Verne Tipton, MSC, U.S. Army, Corozal, Canal Zone, for the use of his equipment for making projected drawings. The author thanks Dr. M. R. Wheeler for the use of a translation (by Dr. M. J. D. White) of the description of D. nitens in Dr. Buzzati-Traverso’s paper). To Dr. William B. Heed the author owes the suggestion that D. victoria Sturtevant should be col- lected in its type locality and reinvestigated taxonomically. His suggestion was based on his observation that the Sonoran Desert of Tueson, Arizona where he collected brooksi, penetrates Palm Springs, California. He predicted that the Tucson species would either be the same as or close to the true victoria originally described by Sturtevant. (1942). REFERENCES Burla, H. 1948. Die Gattung Drosophila in der Schweiz. Rev. Suisse de Zool. 50: 272-279. Buzzati-Traverso. A. 1943. Morfolgia, Citologia, e Biologia di due nuove specie di Drosophila (Diptera acalyptera). Rend. R. Ist Lomb. di Sci. e Letr. 77: 1-13. Da Cunha, A. Brito. 1949. Genetic analysis of the polymorphism of color pattern in Drosophila polymorpha. Evolution 3 (3): 239-251. Dobzhansky, Th. 1933. The role of the autosomes in the Drosophila pseudo- obscura hybrids. Proe. Nat. Acad. Sei. (Wash.) 19 (11): 950-953. Fairchild, G. B. and M. Hertig. 1948. An improved method for mounting small insects. Science 108 (No. 2792): 20-21. Freire-Maia, N. 1949. Balanced polymorphism in Drosophila montium. Evolution 3: 98. Heed, W. B. and M. R. Wheeler. 1957. Thirteen new species in the genus Drosophila from the neotropical region. Univ. Tex. Publ. 5721: 17-38 (p. 23) Hsu, T. C. 1949. The external genital apparatus of male Drosophilidae in rela- tion to systematics. Univ. Tex. Publ. 4920: 80-142. Mather, W. B. 1955. The genus Drosophila (Diptera) in Eastern Queensland. I. Taxonomy. Australian Jour. of Zool. 3 (4): 545-583. Mather, W. B. 1957. Relationships between species groups of the subgenus Pholadoris, Drosophila (Diptera, Drosophilidae). Univ. Tex. Publ, 5721: 218-220. Moriwaka, D., T. Okada, and H. Kurokawa. 1952. Two types of D. auraria. Drosophila Information Service 26: 112. Oshima, C. 1952. Genetic analysis of color pattern in D. rufa. Drosophila In- formation Service 26: 116. Patterson, J. T. 1943. The Drosophilidae of the Southwest. Univ. Tex. Publ. 4313: 8-327 Patterson, J T. 1946. A new type of isolating mechanism Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 32: 202-208. ; Patterson, J. T. and Stone, W. S. 1952. Evolution in the Genus Drosophila. The Maemillan Co. New York. Patterson, J. T. and M. R. Wheeler. 1947. Two strains of D. peninsularis with incipient reproductive isolation. Univ. Tex. Publ. 4720:116-125. —_-~ PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1961 161 Pipkin, S. B. 1956a. Two new species of the Drosophila subgenus Pholadoris and a redescription of Drosophila hypocausta Osten Sacken (Diptera, Drosophil- idae). Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 58 (5): 251-258. Pipkin, S. B. 1956b. Balanced polymorphism in D. lebanonensis.. Drosophila In- formation Service. 30:146. Stalker, H. 1953. Taxonomy and hybridization in the ecardini group of Droso- phila. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 46 (3): 348-358. Sturtevant, A. H. 1942. The classification of the genus Drosophila, with de- scriptions of nine new species. Univ. Tex. Publ. 4213: 5-51. Sturtevant, A. H. and E. Novitski 1941. The homologies of the chromosome elements in the genus Drosophila. Genetics 26: 517-541. Townsend, J. Ives 1954. Cryptic subspeciation in Drosophila belonging to the subgenus Sophophora. American Naturalist LXXXVIII (842): 339-351. Wasserman, M. 1954. Cytological studies on the repleta group. Univ. Tex. Publ. 5422: 130-152 Wheeler, M. R. 1949. The subgenus Pholadoris (Drosophila) with deseriptions of two new species. Univ. Tex. Publ. 4920: 143-156 Wheeler, M. R. 1959. A nomenclatural study of the genus Drosophila. Biolog- ical Contributions. Univ. Tex. Publ. 5914: 181-205. Ziircher, Ch. 1958. Ein Farbpolymorphismus bei Drosophila melanogaster. Acht- zehnter Jahresbericht der Schweizerischen Gesellschaft fur Vererbungsfor- schung. Bd. XX XIII Heft 34: 75-82. A NEW SPECIES OF ANTICHAETA HALIDAY, WITH NOTES ON OTHER SPECIES OF THE GENUS (DiereRA: ScromyzipAr)!,2 BENJAMIN A. Foorr, Department of Entomology, University of Idaho, Moscow The new species described below was discovered too late to be in- corporated into the recent paper by Steyskal (1960) revising the cenus Antichaeta. Antichaeta borealis, sp. nov. Male——Length of body: 4.5 mm. Length of wing: 4.0 mm. Head: Frons dull yellowish except for shining meso-and parafrontal stripes and very narrow prui- nose stripes bordering eyes; occiput with two elongate pruinose spots; face strongly pruinose; palpi wholly yellow; antennae with two basal segments yellow- ish, third segment bicolored with basal half yellowish, apical half blackish, arista 1Published with the approval of the Director of the Idaho Agricultural Ex- periment Station as Research Paper No. 483. “This investigation was supported, in part, by a research grant (E-743) from the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, U. S. Public Health Service. 162 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1961 with loose, black hairs; anterior fronto-orbital bristle nearly as long as posterior bristle. Thorax: Largely yellowish-brown; pleura lightly pruinose; mesonotum with two dark stripes centrally that are bounded laterally by broader pruinose stripes, sides of mesonotum pruinose; scutellum wholly yellowish-brown. Wings: Membrane wholly hyaline; halters light yellow. Legs: Largely yellowish; fore legs with coxae lighter, femora and tibiae somewhat infuseated distally, tarsi strongly darkened; middle and hind legs uniformily yellow. Abdomen: Yellow- ish-brown, more yellowish distally; andrium yellowish and shining; terminalia as figured. Antichaeta borealis, sp. nov. Fig. 1, outline of fifth abdominal sternite; fig. 2, dextral lateral view of postabdomen; fig. 3, posterior view of postabdomen. (Drawings by George C. Steyskal) Female—tLength of body: 4.6 mm. Length of wings: 4.2 mm. Coloration and non-genitalic structural characters as in male. Holotype (male) and allotype-—Hight miles north of Sandpoint, Bonner County, Idaho, June 1, 1959 (B. A. Foote). Deposited in Cornell University collection. Paratypes. Three males, same collection data as for holotype; one male, Upper Enfield State Park near Ithaca, New York, April 2, 1957, reared from puparium, biological note F-5706; one male, one female, White Church marsh, Tompkins County, New York, May 15, 1958, reared from puparia; one male, Inlet Valley, Ithaca, New York, June 14, 1958. All paratypes collected by B. A. Foote. Two paratypes in University of Idaho collection, one paratype in United States Na- tional Museum, one paratype in collection of George C. Steyskal, three paratypes in Cornell University collection. Remarks: The presence of long anterior fronto-orbital bristles indi- cates that this species is close to A. robiginosa Melander and A. tes- tacea Melander, differing chiefly by the bicolored third antennal seg- ment, by the differently patterned thoracic dorsum and by the dis- tinctive male terminalia. The Idaho specimens of A. borealis were swept from herbaceous vegetation growing in a small, partially shaded marsh located in a borrow pit between U. 8. Highway 95 and the road bed of the Great Northern Railway. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO, 3, SEPTEMBER, 1961 163 In Steyskal’s key the new species runs to couplet 17, at which place the following may be substituted: 17(18) Anterior fronto-orbital bristle much shorter than posterior bristle; third antennal segment bicolored, yellow basally, blackish apically ss pA SE Do Fae ee ea 2 Ts SN A. fulva Steyskal 18(17) Anterior fronto-orbital bristle nearly as long as prosterior bristle and sometimes reduplicated 19(20) Third antennal segment bicolored A. borealis n. sp. 20(19) Third antennal segment wholly yellow 21(22) Thoracie dorsum dark gray to blackish A. robiginosa Melander Pee) eehoracics dorsum: = yellows = ws Se A. testacea Melander Antichaeta analis (Meigen) Mr. Steyskal has asked me to include the results of his recent ex- amination of a specimen that apparently forms the basis for the only record of A. analis (Meigen) (synonym, vittata Haliday) in North America (Osten Sacken, 1858). The specimen is in the Museum of Comparative Zoology and was examined through the courtesy of P. J. Darlington, Jr. ’ The specimen is labelled ‘‘Massac, Austin/Loew Coll./ vittata Hal.’’ and consists of a part of the posterior mesonotum, the scutel- lum,, two wings, one fore and most of one middle leg. It agrees in all those parts with the female allotype of A. fulva Steyskal and A. borealis, sp. nov. According to descriptions of A. analis by Hendel and Sack, it differs from the former two species by having black palpi (palpi yellow in fulva and borealis) and by having the third antennal segment wholly black (this segment yellow basally in fulva and borea- lis). They also mention that analis has darkish mesonotal stripes that converge and unite on the scutellum. Both the examined speci- men in the Loew collection and the types of fulva and borealis have no darkening on the seutellum. Thus the old record of A. analis occurring in North America may be considered as referring either to A. fulva or borealis. Antichaeta melanosoma Melander A single specimen collected on June 1, 1959 at Copeland, Boundary County, Idaho (B. A. Foote) extends the known range of this species into the Pacifie Northwest. Previous records were from the north- central states and from the Northeast. The specimen was taken by sweeping hydrophilic vegetation bordering a_ shallow, partially shaded pond. Antichaeta testacea Melander Recent records for Idaho and Utah are given below: IDAHO: four miles east of Shoshone, Lincoln County, May 22, 1959, one male, one female, (B. A. Foote); two miles west of Gannet, Blaine County, May 22, 1959, six males (B. A. Foote). UTAH: Parowan, Iron County, July 15, 1941, one female (F. C. Harmston, G. F. Knowlton) ; Midvale, Salt Lake County, August 18, 1953, one 164 PROC, ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1961 male (G. F. Knowlton) ; Payson, Utah County, August 7, 1942, one female (W. E. Peay, G. F. Knowlton). The Idaho specimens are in the University of Idaho collection; the Utah material is in the Utah State University collection. LITERATURE CITED Steyskal, G. C., 1960. The genus Antichaeta Haliday, with special reference to the American species (Diptera, Sciomyzidae). Papers Mich. Acad. Sei., Arts and Letters XLV: 17-26. Osten Sacken, C. H., 1858, Catalogue of the described Diptera of North Ameri- ca. Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections 3. (Reference on page 177.) BOOK REVIEW A MANUAL OF COMMON BEETLES OF EASTERN NORTH AMERICA, by Elizabeth S. Dillon and Lawrence S. Dillon. Row, Peterson and Company, Evanston, Illinois and Elmsford, New York. 884 pages, 81 pls. 1961. $9.25. The amount of work involved in preparing this manual would have deterred many of less stout heart! The task of selecting and describing approximately 1,200 species (from an estimated 10,000 species in Eastern North America) must have been difficult enough but the work involved in preparing the 1,344 (17 in color) illustrations is equally as impressive. The introduction provides information on collecting, methods and materials, pinning and labeling, structure, beetle larvae and keys. An interesting chapter on ecology illustrates how beetles have adapted to many unusual ecological niches. Keys to 64 common families and most of the keys to the genera included in this manual are amply illustrated. However, keys to species are not abundantly illustrated. The book closes with a useful glossary, bibliographies arranged by subject and by geographic areas, and an index to all taxa referred to in the manual. It is not unexpected that a few errors have been made in a manual covering such a wide scope. For example: In the Preface, Dr. Chapin, who is currently active in research, has been referred to as ‘‘the late Dr. Chapin.’’ The scientific names of some common pests are not up to date. The description of the dermestid genus Thylodrias (p. 378) reads ‘‘elytra soft, parallel-sided; wingless.’’ Appar- ently ‘‘female’’ was omitted before ‘‘wingless,’’ because only the female is wingless. Two figures are reversed on two plates. On plate 41, fig. 4 is Anchicera ephippiata and fig. 5 is Antherophagus ochraceus. On plate 74, fig. 8 is Metriona bivittata and fig. 9 is Plagiometriona clavata. Regardless of the few minor errors in the manual, it will be especially useful to beginning students of Coleoptera and will also serve as a handy reference for anyone interested in beetles of Hastern North America. Paut J. SPANGLER, Entomology Research Division, ARS, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C. a ee ei PROC, ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1961 165 SOME ICHNEUMONID TYPES IN EUROPEAN MUSEUMS THAT WERE DESCRIBED FROM NO LOCALITY OR FROM INCORRECT LOCALITIES (HYMENOPTERA ) Henry Townes, Museum of Zoology, The University of Michigan, Ann Arbor. In 1958, I had an opportunity to study ichneumonid types in Euro- pean museums, concentrating on types of genotypes and types of species described from the Americas, Asia, the Pacific Islands, and Australia. In compiling lists of types to be seen, one comes across a few species described without locality, and in seeing a large number of types, one finds some cases where the published type locality is obviously incorrect. Both these kinds of cases are very troublesome in taxonomic work, and the list below has been prepared to rectify as many of them as is possible at the present stage of knowledge. More accurate work of this kind can be done after the distribution and local variants of the species of the World are better known, and there are certainly many more cases of incorrect type localities that have not yet been detected. Since types of European and African species were studied hardly at all on my recent trip, some additional cases can be expected among them. Lest it appear that European authors are the sole offenders in these ways, it should be stated that some similar cases can be found among ichneumonid types in North American museums. Most of them (the known cases) myvyoive only Nearctic species, and have been or are being corrected in North American literature. Several cases involv- ing exotic species described by Ashmead are discussed by Cushman (1944. Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus. 44: 179-183), and I have called atten- tion to the fact that five species of Ichneumoninae described by Ash- mead from ‘‘Wisconsin’’ are actually from New Zealand (1945. Mem. Amer. Ent. Soc. 11: 762-763). ‘There are some additional cases where the original author gave the type locality correctly but later authors gave it incorrectly. These kinds of errors can readily be corrected by reference to the original description, but some have caused a degree of confusion. Dalla Torre’s catalogue is the origin of some of these confusions, but most of his mistakes have long since been corrected, a number of them by Sehulz (1906. Spolia hymenopterologica). A few residual cases are discussed in the annotated list, below. Correction of some others is deferred till later papers. An interesting set of cases arises from a misinterpretation of Dalla Torre’s catalogue. Vollenhoven (1873. Tijdschr. v. Ent. 16: 209-220) described some species*from the Nether- lands. Dalla Torre (1901-02. Catalogus hymenopterorum vol. 3) cites these as being from “Eur.: Batavia,’ Batavia being the Latin name for the Netherlands. This has sometimes been misinterpreted as meaning Batavia, Java, particularly by Schmiedeknecht (1907. Genera insectorum, fase. 62) and Enderlein (1912. Stettin Ent. Ztg. 73: 121). Various kinds of laps: have made other such errors, as for instance Schmiedeknecht’s (ibidem) listing of Xorides erosus Tschek 166 PROC, ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1961 and Xylonomus annulatus Gravenhorst as being from ‘‘ Australia’’ instead of Austria. It would be a tedious job to collect a reasonably complete list of such secondary errors in type localities, but perhaps it would be of value to straighten out the literature. The present list is confined mostly to errors by the original authors. There are two lists below, both of them alphabetic. The first list gives the original reference, original type locality, data on the type, and summary of findings. The locations of the type specimens are shown by inserting in parentheses the names of the cities where they are found. These city names refer to the largest entomological collec- tions in those particular cities, where the types are preserved. The second list gives the synonymies and correct type localities that are indicated in the first list, but in a more definite and tabulated form for the convenience of cataloguers. The “correct” type localities in this list are my best guess for the present. Further studies will lead to further restrictions and to some modifications. These studies have been made with the help of grants from The Dow Chemical company and the National Science Foundation. A large part of the supporting detailed work for this, as for my other studies on ichneumonids, was contributed by my wife. ANNOTATED List OF CASES Ateleonotus ruficeps Cameron, 1909. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soe. 35: 4388. 2. De- scribed from “Mendoza, Argentina” Type: 92, labeled “Mendoza” (London). This is a species of Coccygodes, an Ethiopian genus. I have not seen any ad- ditional specimens of the species ruficeps, but it is very close to several African species in both color and morphology. The genus is not known from South America. The generic name Ateleonotus (genotype: ruficeps) is hereby synony- mized with Coccygodes. In 1957 I referred certain African species to the genus Cochlidionostenus (Proc. Ent. Soe. Washington 59: 120), which on the basis of more material for study and examination of all the genotypes involved row appear to belong to the genus Coccygodes. The species in question are: Oneilella subquadrata Waterston 1927, O. brevispicula Waterson 1927, and Cryptus corpulentus Tosquinet 1896. The name Cochlidionostenus (genotype: Cryptaulax coreanus Szepligeti) is a synonym of Chlorocryptus. Chlorocryptus is only weakly differentiated from Coccygodes, but may be distinguished by the fact that the petiole is prismatic and the postpetiole has a prominent angle between its dorsal and lateral faces. In Coccygodes the petiole is subeylindrie and the postpetiole rounded or weakly angled laterally. Chlorocryptus oceurs in the Oriental Region and eastern Palae- artic. Coccygodes is*Ethiopian. Baryceros guttatus Gravenhorst, 1829. Ichneumonologia europaea 2: 779. Q. Described from “in valle Plauensi prope Dresdam” (Germany). Type: 2, without data (Wroclaw). The type represents a species known only from eastern and northeastern South America, particularly the Guianas and vicinity. There are specimens of it from the Guianas in old collections in most of the larger museums of Europe. Graven- horst’s type probably came from some of this material. Other authors have \t i PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL, 63, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1961 167 had specimens of the same species and redescribed it several times. Mesostenus dorsostriatus Spinola 1840, Mesostenus quadrilineatus Brullé 1846, and Joppa spinosa Brullé 1846 are synonyms of B. guttatus (new synonymies). The type of Joppa spinosa is a female with the ovipositor broken off. Taschenberg (1865. Ztschr. f. die Gesam. Naturw. 25: 2) was the first author to point out that this is a Neotropic, not a German species. The genus Christolia (type: Christolia punctata Brullé) is a synonym of Bary- ceros (type: Baryceros guttatus Gravenhorst), new snonymy. Cryptwropsis (type: Crypturus texanus Ashmead) and Neochristolia (type: Neochristolia eu- cleides Blanchard) are additional synonyms. The synonymy of Neochristolia is also new. Cryptus elegantulus Brullé, 1846. Histoire naturelle des insectes hyménop- téres 4: 198. @. Described from “Ile de Java.” Type: 9, labeled “Java” (Paris). The type represents a species of Goryphus which is moderately common on Waigeo Island, Misool Island, and nearby New Guinea. A second specimen from ‘¢ Java’? has not been found. See also the case of Mesostenus vesiculosus Brullé. Buodias nigripes Cameron 1913 is a synonym. Cryptus striatus Brullé, 1846. Histoire naturelle des insectes hyménoptéres 4: 197. @. Deseribed from an unknown locality, but believed to be non- European. Type: @ (lost). I was unable to find the type either in Paris or in the Spinola collection in Turin. This species is unknown to me. My guess is that it is from the Old World tropies. Dinotomus basalis Morley, 1915. Review of the Ichneumonidae ... in the British Museum ... 4: 67. @. Described from “Patria incog” Type: ¢, without data (London). The type is a species of Holcojoppa. The only other known specimen of the species is a male from Mt. Banahoa, Luzon, in the Heinrich collection in War- saw, labeled ‘‘Trogus basalis Morl., compared with type 1939, J. F. Perkins.’’ Heinrich mentioned this specimen and a male from Celebes in 1934 (Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin 20: 82). Later (1937. Mitt. Deut. Ent. Gesell. 8: 53) he used the Celebes specimen as type of a new species (Holcojoppa? celebensis) but con- sidered the Philippine specimen to be correctly determined as basalis. Echthromorpha conopleura Krieger, 1908. Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin 4: 321. ¢, @. Described from “Brasilien.” Lectotype: 2, numbered “8390” (Berlin). The lectotype and three male paratypes represent the sub-species of Hehthromor- pha agrestoria that occurs only on the Mariana islands. The correct locality of conopleura has previously been established by study of the original description (see Yasumatsu, 1941. Insecta Matsumurana 15: 144; and Townes, 1958. In- sects of Micronesia 19: 46). I was able to study the types in Berlin, which con- firmed previously published opinions about their identity. The type series con- sists of 36, 12. The female and two of the males bear the number ‘‘8390.’’ One of these two males has a handwritten label that could be interpreted as ‘*Brazil?’’, plus another word that is quite illegible. The third male is in the Krieger collection (now in the Berlin Museum) and has no number, but a label apparently wrtten by Krieger; ‘‘Brasilien, Berl. Mus.’’ 168 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1961 Echthromorpha notulatoria var. immaculata Morley, 1913. Revision of the Ichneumonidae ... in the British Museum... 2: 46. 4. Described from “India.” Name preoccupied by Krieger, 1908. Lectotype: ¢, without lo- cality (London). The lectotype and male paratype represent the subspecies of Hchthromorpha agrestoria that occurs only in the Mariana islands. Jmmaculata Morley is a synonym of Hehthromorpha agrestoria conopleura Krieger 1908. Eriostethus pulcherrimus Morley, 1914. Revision of the Ichneumonidae in the British Museum ... 3: 35. 92. Described from “somewhere in Australasia.” Type: 2, without locality (London). The genus Hriostethus, of which EF. pulcherrimus is the genotype, is known to oceur from Japan and India south to New Guinea. A second specimen of F. pulcherrimus has not yet been identified, so the type locality still remains *¢ Australasia.’’ Exochilum diabolus Morley, 1913. Revision of the Ichneumonidae ... in the British Museum... 2: 73. 92. Described from “India.” Type: 2, labeled “Tndia” (Oxford). Morley commented again on this species in 1913 in Fauna of British India, ... Hymenoptera 3: 413. The type is a specimen of Vherion tenwipes Norton 1863, a species of eastern United States and Canada. Presumably the label ‘‘India’’ on the type meant ‘‘TIndiana.’’ See also the case of Xylonomus tartarus. Exolytus egregius Foerster, 1876. Verh. Naturh. Ver. Preuss. Rheinlande 33: 65. 6. Described from “Fundort unbekannt.” Type: ¢, without locality data, labeled ‘‘Hxolytus egregius Forst.,’’? standing in the series Mesoleptus laevigatus in the Gravenhorst collection (Wroclaw). When in Wroclaw I neglected to study the type of egregius, but it has been seen and mentioned in literature by Pfankuch (1906. Ztschr. Syst. Hymen. Dipt. 6: 84). Pfankuch seems to have considered egregius a synonym of Meso- leptus laevigatus Gravenhorst 1820. Gravenhorst’s material of laevigatus (in- cluding the type of egregius) came from various localities in Europe (see Ich- neumonologia europeae 2: 113). The specimens in his collection bear no locality, hence Foerster’s ‘‘Fundort unbekannt.’’ His entire series, however, came from Europe, mostly from central Europe. Ichneumon ambulatorius Fabricius, 1775. Systema entomologiae p, 329 [9]. Deseribed from “Anglia.” Type: 9, without locality (London). The type is a specimen of Pterocormus jucundus Brullé 1846, which is there- fore a synonym of Pterocormus ambulatorius Fabricius. This species is known only from the eastern Nearctic Region. Perkins (1982. Entomologist 85: 66) has already indicated the synonymy and the correct locality. Heinrich (1953. Jour. Washington Acad. Sci. 43: 149) has reduced ‘‘ jucundus’’ (=ambulatorius) to subspecific rank under the European Pterocormus sarcitorius Linnaeus. The relationship of ambulatorius with sarcitorius, involving two elosely related allopatric forms, is one for careful consideration and no guarantee of an entirely satisfactory answer. It is my opinion that on the basis of present knowl- edge the two should be called distinet species. One important fact is that am- bulatorius could just as well be called a subspecies of the European Pterocormus lautatorius Desvignes as of sarcitorius. It seems to have just as much in com- mon with the former as with the latter, and is about as distinct from both as these two essentially sympatric European forms are from each other. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1961 169 Ichneumon annulatorius Fabricius, 1775. Systema entomologiae p. 330. [ 2 ]. Deseribed from “Anglia.” Type: ¢@, without data (London). The type is a specimen of Pterocormus funestus Cresson 1864, a species known only from the eastern Nearetic region. P. funestus is therefore a synonym of annulatorius. Perkins (1952. Entomologist 85: 67) recognized annulatorius as a Nearectie species and corrected the type locality to Boston, Mass. His willing- ness to give a definite North American locality is based on a statement by Tren- tepohl (1829. Isis, von Oken 8: 812) that one of two specimens of annuwlatorius in Fabricius’ collection is labeled ‘‘Boston in Hngland.’’ Ichneumon barbator Fabricius, 1793. Entomologia systematica ... 2: 171. Sex not given. No locality given. Type: lost. The type was described from the Banks collection (London), but is not in the Banks collection now, nor was it present when Banks collection was first catalogued (see Morley, 1909. Entomologist 42: 131). The type is lost and the original description does not bring to mind any par- ticular species, except possibly some of the small Xorides males of Europe. Its identity and locality remain unknown. It may not even have been an ichneumonid. Ichneumon declinans Kriechbaumer, 1897. Ent. Nachr. 23: 120. @, 9. De- seribed from an unknown locality. Types: ¢, 2 (lost). The types are lost and the original description does not seem to fit any species that I know. The types were sent to Kriechbaumer from the university museum in Graz (Austria). I could not find them in Kriechbaumer’s collection or among other material in Munich. Possibly they were returned to Graz. Berthoumieu (1904. Genera insectorum 18: 32) referred the species to Coelichnewmon and stated that it was from ‘‘ Europe centrale,’’ but his conclusions may have been based on only the original description. Ichneumon eximius Stephens, 1835. ITlustrations of British entomology .. . Mandibulata 7: 186. @. Described from “Yorkshire, England.” Type: 2, no locality data (london). The type is a specimen of Ichnewmon caeruleus Cresson 1864, which is known only from the eastern Nearctic Region. J. caeruleus is therefore a synonym of Ichnewmon eximius Stephens. Perkins has already published the synonymy and correction of the type locality (1953. Bul. British Mus., Ent. 3: 107). I have confirmed the synonymy by comparing specimens first with the type of caeruleus and then the same specimens with the type of eximius. Ichneumon gestator Thunberg, 1822. Mém. Acad. Imp. Sei. St. Pétersbourg 8: 262, key. 1824. Mém. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Pétersbourg 9: 312, description, 2. Described from “Habitat in Indiis.” Type: 9, labeled “Ind. Or.” (Uppsala). The type is a specimen of the subspecies of Theronia atalantae that occurs in Japan and Korea. Atlantae does not occur in the East Indies. Roman de- scribed the type in 1912 (Zool. Bidrag Fran Uppsala 1: 257), and I examined it in 1958. Theronia japonica Ashmead, 1906, is a synonym of Theronia atalan- tae gestator Thunberg. Ichneumon lugubrator Gravenhorst, 1807. Vergleichende Uebersicht des lin- neischen und einiger neuern zoologischen Systeme ... p. 256. No locality given. Type: ¢, without data (Wroclaw). 170 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1961 The type is a specimen ot Pterocormus rufiventris Brullé 1846, which is trans- continental in the Canadian and Transition zones of North America. Rufiventris is a synonym of Pterocormus lugburator Gravenhorst. The type of lugubrator was redeseribed by Gravenhorst in 1829 (Ichneumono- logia europaea 1: 541), where he stated that the country of origin was unknown. Kriechbaumer (1875. Stettin Ent. Ztg. 36: 41) identified a male from Phila- delphia, Pa., as belonging to lugubrator and noted that the species was similar to Pterocormus rufiventris as described by Brullé. He believed, however, that ru- fiventris was a distinct species because its description implied an entirely black face in the male. Though the male of the true lugubrator usually has yellow marks on the face, the face is sometimes entirely black. In any case, the lecto- type of rufiventris is a female and belongs to the present species. Ichneumon multipunctor Thunberg, 1822. Mém. Acad. Imp. Sei. St. Péters- bourg 8: 262, key. 1824. Mém Acad. Imp. Sei. St. Pétersbourg 9: 313, deserip- tion, |¢, 2]. Described from Eastern India and Cape of Good Hope. Types as follows: Alpha, a 92 labeled ‘‘multipunctor, Cap.. Pedator F.’’ Beta, a male labeled ‘‘multipunctor, Cap.’’ Gamma, a female labeled ‘‘multipunctor, Ind.” Delta, a male labeled “multipunctor, Cap. B. sp.” All are in the Thun- berg collection in Uppsala. Specimens alpha, beta, and gamma all represent a species of Xanthopimpla of the Princeps Group, near X. iaponica Krieger, differing among themselves in the extensiveness of the black markings. Specimen delta is Xanthopimpla punctata Fabricius. Specimen alpha is hereby designated leectotype. The Princeps Group is primarily Oriental in distribution. The type almost certainly came from the general vicinity of southeastern Asia, the East Indies, or Japan. My guess is that it will prove to be the same as X. iaponica, but this is a suggestion rather than a conclusion. Direct comparisons of specimens of the Prineceps Group with this type have not yet been made. Roman (1910. Zool. Bidrag fran Uppsala 1: 267) has already discused these types, and published a figure of the abdomen of one of them. Ichneumon nigratorius Fabricius, 1804. Systema piezatorum p. 55. [2]. De- seribed from ‘‘America boreali.’?’ Name preoccupied by Briimnich 1766, by Miiller 1776, and by Panzer, 1891. Renamed Jchnewmon nigriculus by Walk- ley (1958. U.S. Dept. Agr. Agr. Monogr. 2, first suppl. p. 52). Type: 9, labeled ‘‘Mus. de Sehestedt,’’ without locality data (Copenhagen). The type is a specimen of Amblyjoppa proteus proteus Christ 1791, which occurs only in Europe. My guess is that the type was collected in Denmark. Ichneumon nitrator Dalla Torre, 1902. Catalogus hymenopterorum 3: 957. Cited from an unknown locality. Dalla Torre’s nitrator is a lapsus for Ich- neumon nitratorius Trentepohl (1829. Isis von Oken 8: 810), which is itself a typographic error for Ichneumon intratorius Fabricius (1793. Entomologia systematica . . . 2: 132). Fabricius’ intratorius was described from “Bar- barbia.’’ Trentepohl (ibidem) redeseribes his type and discusses the synonymy. Ichneumon pygmaeus Poda, 1761. Insecta musei graecensis ... p. 104. De- seribed very briefly (“I. niger, abdomine subpetiolate faleate, rufo, im- maculato alis nigris’’), without mention of sex or locality. The species has not been identified since it was described, and the location of the type (if it exists) is not known. ee PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO, 3, SEPTEMBER, 1961 WA Labium bicolor Brullé, 1846. Histoire naturelle des insectes hyménoptéres 4: 316. @. Described from New Guinea. Lectotype: ¢ (Macks abdomen), without locality (Paris). The genus Labiwm occurs in Tasmania and the southern half of Australia. Except for Brulle’s record it has not been reported from New Guinea. In the Paris Museum there is a short series of Labium bicolor, labeled ‘‘ Victoria.’’ It seems probable that the type of L. bicolor is part of this same series but lost its locality label and was erroneously described from New Guinea. JL. bicolor was not known to Turner and Waterston when they wrote their revision of Labiwm (1920. Proce. Zol. Soc. London 1920: 1-24). It runs in their key to the new species sculpturatum.. Mr. J. F. Perkins has compared for me a specimen of bicolor from the series mentioned above with the type of sculpturatwm. He re- ports that it is not the same as sculpturatum, differing in having the striae on the metapleurum mostly oblique. In the type of sculpturatum the striae are mostly horizontal. Mesostenus ferrugineus Brullé, 1846. Histoire naturelle des insectes hyménop- teres 4: 232. 9. Deseribed from “Brésil.” Types: 32, without data (Paris). The types represent a species of the Ethiopian genus Brachycoryphus near B. areolaris Holmgren. Brachycoryphus is unknown frem South America. Mesostenus ruficoxis Brullé, 1846. Histoire naturelle des insectes hyménop- teres 4: 215. 9. Described from “Hab. inconnue.” Type: 9, without data (Paris). This belongs in Lamprocryptidea, a genus restricted to the Neotropic Region. Roman (1910. Ent. Tidskr. 31: 151) reported a specimen of the species from Brazil. Mesostenus vesiculosus Brullé, 1846. Histoire naturelle des insectes hymén- optéres 4: 240. 9. Described from “Ile de Java.” Type: 9, labeled “Java” (Paris). The type represents a species of Xanthocryptus which seems to be common on New Guinea, Aru, and Mysool. : Larvae instars > 20 3 Fullgrown ard APRIL MAY JUNE JULY AUGUST SEPT. to MAR Fig. 4, summary of the life cycle of Monocesta coryli (Say) as observed in Virginia in 1939. These yellowish beetles with metallic greenish-blue markings were present in the field from the last few days in May until the end of the first week of July. Mating was frequently observed in the field dur- ing June, and most of the eggs were laid during a short period the last few days of June and the first few days of July. The yellow ego masses (fig. 1) were usually glued to the underside of the leaves. These masses of 30 to 50 eggs each hatched in from 7 to 15 days. The newly-hatched larvae devoured the egg shells and then fed gregarious- ly on the foliage during the first instar which lasted 3 to 11 days. The second instar larval stage lasted 8 to 15 days and the third instar larvae (figs. 2 and 3) fed 8 to 20 days before they entered the ground as full-grown larvae ready to overwinter. Figure 4 shows a summary of the approximate life cycle as observed in Virginia in 1939. DISTRIBUTION OF M. coryLI (Say) Monocesta is a tropical genus with species widely represented in North, Central and South America and in the West Indies. MW. cory (Say) is recorded from the following states (numbers in parenthesis indicating references): Mississippi (16-27); Alabama (16-19-24) ; PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1961 205 Florida (8-9-10-16-17-18-24) ; Georgia (16-24-26): South Carolina (24-26); North Carolina (16); Virginia (7-8-14-15-16-17-20-23-24- 25-26-28) ; Maryland (16-24-25-29-30); Pennsylvania (2-24); West Virginia (2-15-24); Ohio (24); Indiana (7); Illinois (7-9-14-18-24- 28); Missouri (2-9-11-18-20-23-24-25) ; Kansas (8-9-14-18-24-28) ; Oklahoma (24); Arkansas (1-2-3-4-16). It is rather interesting to note that this beetle is not recorded from Kentucky and Tennessee, which are in the center of the known distribution area. Fig. 5, adult of M. coryli (Say). BIBLIOGRAPHY 1. Baerg, W. J. 1929. Greater elm leaf beetle. Arkansas Agric. Expt. Sta. 41st Ann. Rept., Bull. 246: 50-51. Baerg, W. J. 1935. Three shade tree insects. II. Greater elm leaf beetle, eatalpa sphinx and eastern tent caterpillar. Arkansas Agric. Expt. Sta. Bull, sl7: -ii, fis. 3. Baerg, W. J. and C. G. Lineoln. 1947. Insect pests of shade trees and shrubs. Ark. Ext. C. 448: 9-10. bo or 206 PROC, ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL, 63, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1961 4. Baerg, W. J., and C. G. Lincoln. 1949. Insect pests of shade trees and shrubs. Ark. Ext. C. 448 (rev.): 9-10. 5. Beutenmiiller, Wm. 1890. Food habits of some Chrysomelidae. Entom. Amer. 6: 175-78. 6. Blackwelder, R. E. 1946. Checklist of the colepterous insects of Mexico, ete. U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 185: 686-87. 7. Blatchley, W. S. 1910. Coleptera or bettles known to occur in Indiana. p. 1164. 8. Blatchley, W. S. 1924. Chrysomelidae of Florida. Fla. Ent. 8(1): 4. 9. Craighead, E. M. 1923. Life history of and notes on certain Chrysomelidae. Ent. News 34: 118-21. 10. Craighead, E. M. 1950. Insect enemies of eastern forests. U. S. D. A. Mise. Publ. No. 657: 679. 11. Doane, Van Dyke, Chamberlin. 1936. Forest Insects. p. 239. 12. Felt, E. P. 1906. Insects affecting park and woodland trees. N. Y. States Museum, Memoir 8(2): 724. 13. Hague, W. 1883. Chrysomelidae—Leaf-eaters. Ent. Soe. Ontario 13th Re- port, p. 59. 14. Horn, G. H. 1893. The Galerucini of Boreal America. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 20: 57-136. 15. Howard, L. O. 1905. Miscellaneous results of the work of the Bureau of Entomology, VIII, Bull. 54: 81-82. 16. Insect Pest Survey Bulletin, Bur. Ent. & Pl. Quar., U. S. D. A.: Cory, E. N. 1929. 9(6): 255. Maryland. Baerg, W. J. 1929. 9(6): 313. Arkansas. Anderson, L. D. 1933. 13(8): 284. Virginia. Anderson, L. D. 1934. 14(7): 236. Virginia. Robinson, J. M. 1935. 15(9): 416. Alabama. Madden, A. H. 1940. 20(7): 408. Florida. Robinson, J. M. 1940. 20(7): 408. Alabama. Snap, O. I. 1940. 20(8): 466. Georgia. Grimes, M. L. 1940. 20(8): 466. Mississippi. Lyle, C. 1941. 21(9): 654. Mississippi. (Cooperative Economie Insect Report, Plant Pest Control Div., A.R.S., U.S.D.A.): Corriher, and M. H. Farrier 1957. 7(32): 650. North Carolina. Kelsheimer, E. G. 1957. 7(32): 650. Florida. 17. Kelsheimer, E. G. 1945. Notes on the great elm leaf beetle. Fla. Ent. 28(2): 25-27. 18. Leng, C. W. 1920. Catalogue of Coleoptera of North America, north of Mexico. 296 pp. 19. Loéding, H. P. 1945. Catalogue of the beetles of Alabama. Geo. Survey of Ala., Monograph II: 181. 20. Packard, A. S. 1890. Insects injurious to forest and shade trees. U.S. Ent. Com. 5th Report, Washington, D. C. 21 Perkins, G. H. 1890. Insects injurious to American elm. Vt. Sta. Bd. Agric. 11th Report, 96 pp., figs. 22. Peterson, A. 1951. Larvae of insects. 2: 156, pl. C36. PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1961 207 23. Riley, C. V. 1878. Report of the entomologist. U.S. Comm. of Agric. Ann. Rept. for 1878, Nov. 22, 1879: 207-57. 24. Sailer, R. I. 1960. Correspondence January 29, 1960. Specimens in U.S. National Museum collection. 25. Say, T. 1824. Descriptions of coleopterous insects collected in the late ex- pedition to the Rocky Mountains, performed by order of Mr. Colhoun, Secre- tary of War, under the command of Major Long. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sei, Philadelphia, 3(2): 403-62. 6. U.S.D.A. 1907. Yearbook, p. 550. 7. Weed, H. E. 1895. Miss. Sta. Report; 69-78. 8. Weise, J. 1924. Chrysomelidae: 13. Galerucinae. In Junk & Schenkling, Colept. Cat., Berlin, Part 78: 1-225. 29. Welden, G. P. 1907. Md. Hort. Soe. Reports: 62. 30. Welden, G. P. 1908. Entomological notes from Maryland. Jour. Econ. Ent. 1: 145-48. A NOTE ON THE MONROS COLLECTION Doris H. BuaKe, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D. C. The Monroés collection of chrysomelid beetles came to the United States National Museum in 240 small (744 by 10 inch) paper boxes with glass tops. The original figure given of 54,245 specimens is too small. A later count of the number contained in this collection was 58,364. The beetles are mounted European fashion on oblong paper mounts, with the legs and antennae nicely spread. The labels are for the most part entirely legible and uniform in size, printed beautifully in Monroés’ hand. Placed under his label is the original name label (which is frequently not so legible). In his locality labels Monrés tended to use different colors for different countries—the South American labels are white, United States yellow, European pink, African green, Australian gray, ete. This is not invariably the case, however. Monr6s’ interest in certain subfamilies is reflected naturally in the number of specimens as well as the type material in these groups. The following shows the original number of boxes in each subfamily : Sagrinae 4, Donaciinae 2, Orsodacninae 2, Criocerinae 12, (744 boxes of the genus Lema), Megascelinae 2, Megalopodinae 5, Clytrinae 20, Cryptocephalinae 14, Chlamydinae 7, Lamprosominae 3, Eumolpinae 36, Chrysomelinae 34, Galerucinae 13, Alticinae 25, Hispinae 24, Cassidinae 37. Of the following genera Monrds had species, subspecies, and aberra- tions: 293 of Lema, 40 of Megascelis, 73 of Mastosthethus, 18 of Aga- thomerus, 224 of Chlanisus, 76 of Lamprosoma, 58 of Nodonata, 47 of Colaspis, 139 of Maecolaspis, 36 of Rhabdopterus, 91 of Chalcophana, 208 PROC, ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO, 3, SEPTEMBER, 1961 53 of Typophorus, 81 of Zygogramma, 236 of Strichotaenia, 94 of Chrysolina, 46 of Plagiodera, 106 of Cephalolia. The Galerucinae and Alticinae are not so well represented, as Mon- ros never worked on these groups. At first glance it would appear that there had been little attempt at arrangement of his specimens of them. When I came to examine them, however, | found in these boxes of apparently miscellaneous beetles, a large number of specimens that bore handwritten name labels all folded up and stuck inconspicuously on the pin. These labels consisted usually of only an initial for the genus and the specific name without authority. Sometimes only the specific name was given. But when I had written out these labels I found that these specimens, which had evidently been taken one of a kind from a named collection (probably the Bowditch collection) formed the frame work for the genera and species of the Galerucinae and Alticinae. Monrés had not found time to write his usual neat labels and arrange them properly. The source of many of Monrés’ exchanges may never be known. He was in touch with entomologists all over the world, as his collection plainly shows, and in the groups in which he was most interested he had specimens from everywhere. Many African, southern Asiatic, Indonesian, Chinese, Japanese and Australian beetles are there. There are also European, North American, and, of course, predominantly South American collections. By far the largest number of types are his own. Next in order is Jacoby cotype material. A great deal of this came from the Bowditch collection in which Monrés exchanged specimens. But some of the Jacoby material must have come from some other source that I cannot trace. There is a fair amount of Bechyne type material. Besides these is Weise type material, some Uhmann and Spaeth, and some of Lefévre, Lacordaire, Clavareau, Fairmaire, and a few Pic, Bowditch, Baly and Lea cotypes. There are many specimens bearing Monros label ‘‘comparado con tipo.’’ At least 212 authentic holotypes are in this collection. Some that Monrés labelled ‘‘Holotipo,’’ however, seem questionable. The early taxonomists did not often designate a type, and where there is a series of several specimens, one can only say until a type is selected that they are all cotypes. Possibly Monros fully intended later to designate his specimen as the type, and so labelled them in advance. But since he never published anything to that effect, these specimens must remain cotypes. The paratypes, allotypes, cotypes, ‘‘adelphotipos’’ (whatever they are) roughly represent about 700 species besides the 212 holotypes and 83 doubtful holotypes. One can only marvel at the industry and painstaking care of this young entomologist who managed to accumulate such a collection, so beautifully mounted and laboriously hand labelled, when he was teaching classes, writing many papers, going on collecting trips, and even spending two years of study in foreign lands. PROC, ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1961 209 ADDITIONAL DISTRIBUTION RECORDS OF NORTH AMERICAN RAKE- LEGGED MITES (ACARINA: CAECULIDAE) Haroup G. Higgins and STanutEy B. Muuaix, University of Utah, Salt Lake City Rake-legged mites have been found over the western part of North America wherever intensive collections have been made. Specimens have been found in the United States from the Atlantic to the Pacific Oceans and from Mexico to Glacier National Park, Montana. AI- though one species, Caeculus oregonus, was originally found on moss bordering a marsh, most species to date have been found in rather dry areas. Intensive collecting will undoubtedly reveal additional species and specimens in more diversified habitats. Inasmuch as little of the ecology of this interesting group of mites is known, it was felt that the following list extending the ranges and habitats would be of value to future studies. Procaeculus brevis (Mulaik) Caeculus brevis Mulaik, 1945. Bull. Univ. Utah 35(17):11. New Records—4 specimens were collected from the Chiricahua Mts., South- western Research Station, 5 miles west of Portal, Arizona, by K. Bohnsack, June 18, 1958; 13 found 32 miles southeast, Laredo, Texas, by S. Mulaik, Sept. 3, 1946, under rocks in a relatively desert area where the rainfall is scarcely 12 inches a year. Procaeculus oregonus (Mulaik and Allred) Caeculus oregonus Mulaik and Allred, 1954. Proce. Ent. Soe. Wash. 56(1) :28-30. New Record.—1 specimen was found on a rotting log under redwoods, Under- wood Park, California, by H. Higgins, Aug. 25, 1956. Caeculus archeri Mulaik Caeculus archeri Mulaik, 1945. Bull. Univ. Utah 35(17) :13. New Record—1 specimen was collected from log mold at Cumberland Mt. State Park, Cumberland Co., Tenn. by M. Engelmann and O. Park, July 7, 1956. Caeculus calechius Mulaik Caeculus calechius Mulaik, 1945. Bull. Univ. Utah, 35(17) :5-6. New Records.—5 specimens were collected from under rocks at Moab, Utah, by Ted Tibbetts, June 1, 1955; 5 from a nest of wood rat, (Neotoma) in a juniper plant association on Little Granite Mt., Tooele Co., Utah, by W. Thomas, July 23, 1953; 24 under junipers (Juniperus utahensis (Englm.) Lem- mon) and squawbrush (Rhus trilobata Nutt.) near Cane Springs, Cedar Moun- tains, Tooele Co., Utah, by W. Thomas, July 2, 1953; 2 from aspen-douglas fir area, Old Ibapah-Callao Pass, Deep Creek Mts., Juab Co., Utah, by R. L. Gering, Sept. 25, 1953; 2 from debris and wood rat nest under junipers, SE end of Cedar Mts., Tooele Co. Utah, by W. Thomas, Sept. 17, 1953; 2 from wood rat nest on Beckworth Pass, 5500 ft., Cedar Mts., Tooele Co., Utah, by W. Thomas, May 21, 1953; 4 from sand dunes, SE of Research Laboratory, Dugway, Tooele Co., Utah, 210 PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO..3, SEPTEMBER, 1961 by R. Gering and E. Roscoe, June 22, 1953; 4 under greasewood (Scarcobatus vermiculatus (Hook.) Torr.), % mile N. Simpson Butte Gate, Tooele Co., Utah, by W. Thomas, Sept. 10, 1953; 4 from Cut Bank Pass, 7600 Ft., Glacier National Park, Montana, by H. Levi, Aug. 15, 1953; 4 from pass above Cobalt Lake, El. 7300 ft., Glacier National Park, Montana, by H. Levi, Aug. 11, 1953. Caeculus tipus Mulaik Caeculus tipus Mulaik, 1945. Bull. Univ. Utah, 35(17) :7. New Records.—1 specimen was collected from under a rock beneath junipers, 5 miles west of Duchesne, Duchesne Co.; Utah, by H. Higgins, June 4, 1953; 2 under shadseale (Atriplex confertifolia (Torr.) S. Wats.), 300 yds. SSE of Area D, Dugway, Tooele Co., Utah, by R. Gering, March 3, 1953. Caeculus valverdius Mulaik Caeculus valverdius Mulaik, 1945. Bull. Univ. Utah, 35(17) :6-7. New Records.—3 specimens from Chiricahua Mts., near Southwestern Research Station, El. 7600 ft., 5 miles west of Portal, Arizona by K. Bohnsack, June 18, 1958, and two additional specimens from the same locality, June 29, 1959. A NEW DISTRIBUTION AND HOST RECORD FOR IXODES MURIS BISHOPP AND SMITH, 1937 (ACARINA: IXODIDAE) One engorged female of Ixodes muris collected from a dog in Orono, Maine, was found among several lots of ticks identifiea for Dr. W. H. Anderson of the Insect Identification and Parasite Introduction Re- search Branch, E.R.D., U.S.D.A. This specimen was referred to Dr. Anderson by Drs. I. N. MeDaniel, Department of Entomology, and J. F. Witter, Department of Pathology, University of Maine, Orono. It appears to represent the first record of the occurrence of J. muris in this state, although this species has been reported from several adjoining states and from eastern Canada. This specimen is also the first to be recorded from a dog; the usual hosts for the adults are small rodents. The following remarks by Dr. Witter concerning the effect of the tick on the dog are of additional interest. ‘‘One tick was attached to the skin of the left shoulder over the area in front of the shoulder joint, making the dog lame. The area was highly congested, swollen and discolored as in a severe bruise. The area around the tick was exuding serum. After the tick was removed and the dog treated sub- cutaneously with antibiotics, the swelling subsided.”’ CARLETON M. CLiIrrorD and GLEN M. Kouts, U. 8. Department of Health, Edu- cation, and Welfare, Public Health Service, National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, Rocky Mountain Laboratory, Hamilton, Montana. i i PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1961 211 THE GROWING IMPORTANCE OF PALEOENTOMOLOGY W. Dwieut Pierce, 4025 Halldale Ave., Los Angeles 62. Calif.’ For many years the records of fossil insects were confined to the coal measures of the Carboniferous Period, to the shales of the Permian, Jurassic, Triassic, Eocene, and Oligocene Periods, and to deposits of Baltic amber. These fossil insects are of tremendous im- portance in tracing the phylogeny of the insect orders, but, except for the amber material, practically all of the insect specimens have been crushed to the two-dimensional state. In the last 16 years however, there have been added many deposits of three-dimensional fossils that give us true dimensions and more perfect pictures of the ancient insects. These three-dimensional speci- mens are being found in new amber deposits and in other gums such as kauri, copal, and copalite, in asphalt deposits, in lignite and peat, and in calcium carbonates formed in hot mineral wells, often resulting in onyx marble. Most exciting of all are the silica-replaced three- dimensional insects found in nodules formed in voleanic polluted waters. In addition there are slabs with arthropod foot prints from Arizona, and the borings of insects in petrified wood from many locations. Whereas the older materials were flat, no particular techniques of study were possible, other than drawing and photography. The new kinds of fossils require new techniques, in many of which various liquids come into play, some requiring considerable skill, in their use and most of them necessitating binocular microscope search because we are now finding whole petrified insects less than 1 millimeter in size as well as tiny petrified insect eggs. It is even possible that some of the new techniques which have been worked out in the past decade may be applied to the older flat fossils. A new group of enthusiastic workers is developing, but as yet without basic training in paleogeology and systematic zoology. Again we need zealous rock hounds, alerted to the field of fossil insects, but with the patience of the men who once handled waste coal day after day, rejoicing if one specimen a day was found. The coal measures of Pennsylvania, Illinois, and West Virginia have added ereatly to knowledge gained in Europe concerning the earliest in- sects. But there is coal in Colorado and Washington, and on a brief stop at Bellingham, Washington, I was told that the workers had found fossil insects, emphasizing the necessity of continued, tedious, tireless searching. The Permian field of Kansas has within the last few months been greatly extended into Oklahoma, and workers are now beginning to study the new finds, but there are many Permian deposits in America that must be carefully studied. The Oligocene shales of Florissant, Colorado, and the various cafons of Tdaho and Wyoming have IW. Dwight Pierce has the longest record of membership in the Society of any living person.—ED, 212 PROC, ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1961 recently been joined by fine insect deposits in Montana, Oregon, and other parts of Colorado. In my recent examination of some of the Montana material I began to wonder if some new information of value could be gained by liquid treatment. Peat and lignite occur in many parts of the world, and I have found insect material in every lot I have examined. A simple system of examination was found almost by accident. Having occasionally used glycerine to soften dried insect larvae, ete., I thought it might serve in the treatment of British Columbia lignite. But glycerine was then off the market, and the Los Angeles County Museum had a barrel of propylene glycol which had been bought as a possible re- placement for glycerine. It was not satisfactory for the purpose in- tended, but when I placed lignite and peat in the propylene glycol for 24 hours, and then soaked it in water for another 24 hours, it was possible to raise the plant material layer by layer, and recover the beautiful insect remains. Beetle elytra have not lost color in peat and lignite and are still three-dimensional. Only the British Columbia material has been reported on, but I have hundreds of fine, only partly studied, specimens from Pennsylvania interglacial peat. Certain genera such as Donacia occur in interglacial deposits across the Continent. Dr. Herman Weyland, a paleobotanist of Wuppertal-Elberfeld, Germany, recently reported to me that he is finding many kinds of insect eggs in Bavarian lignite. He is doing excellent microphotog- raphy of these eggs and will soon publish his preliminary results. The difficulty is that we entomologists have not yet worked up the comparative morphology of insect eggs. This pioneering work by Dr. Weyland means that we must reexamine the entire American field of Pleistocene peat and lignite for evidence of microscopic insects. Amber, copal, copalite, and kauri eum contain excellent specimens of insects. They are found in the Baltic area, Manchuria, Canada, Mexico, Zanzibar, Australia, and other countries. The Baltic amber and Zanzibar copalite fluoresce violet under ultraviolet light, and some of the recent pine resins fluoresce yellow. I believe that the paleoentomologists should seek suitable solvents to release specimens from various gums for slide mounting. Onyx marble found in Arizona and Mexico contains remains, some of which are of very rare insects of Oligocene origin; these are primi- tive insects, caught in rock cracks by the upwelling of boiling ealeium carbonate waters. In the Arizona deposit the onyx marble is intrusive in Permian and Devonian rocks. Because the surface of crude onyx marble is very rough, one cannot immediately tell whether there is any value in a piece of it, but if propylene glycol is brushed over the surface one can see into it for the depth of about a quarter of an inch or more. Since this is a calcium carbonate product I believe we ean use 20% formic acid for the release of the hidden insects. There are numerous onyx marble deposits in Arizona and California, and a Pacd 4 PROC, ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1961 213 it is said that insect remains have been found in Mexican onyx marble, revealing another field for research. The asphalt fields of Los Angeles, McKittrick, and Carpinteria, California, have yielded multitudes of insects, most of which are still unreported. Liquid recovery is also used for this material. Skulls and similar objects are soaked in kerosene to soften the asphalt so that it can be poured out of the cavity. Benzene or xylol is used to separate the asphalt completely from the dirt and biological frag- ments. When laboratory equipment is available, the best separation is the distillation of benzene in a Soxhlet apparatus through a cup containing the asphalt. The particles of different sizes are then sorted by sifting them through geological sieves, making them easier to examine under the microscope. Fossil insects also occur in South American asphalts but have as yet not been studied. Forty pounds of asphalt will keep one busy for weeks. In the sifted dirt there are plant material (seeds, leaves, stems, fruits) ; bones of mammals, birds, reptiles, and batrachians; molluses, insects and other arthropod material. Everything should be saved. The finest dirts will be wanted by the pollen experts. Our procedure is to first lay the separated fragments in pill boxes according to type of material. At first it takes considerable skill to separate plant, bone, and insect material. For example, there are many kinds of ring particles—amillipede segments, tracheal bones of birds, axis and atlas vertebrae of batrachia, reptiles, birds, and proventriculi of insects, prothoraces of beetles, and possibly even plant segments The insect parts are arranged on cotton in Riker mounts for each skeletal element. When a cue is found to place an insect fragment in family or genus, then modern insects of that group are dissected and laid out as an Atlas plate for reference and identifi- cation of all other parts. The new paleontologist will soon find that there has been too little done in comparative morphology of insects, in spite of the wonderful work by Dr. Snodgrass, and he must extend his efforts for the benefit of others. A related field is the sorting of insect re- mains from bird stomachs and lizard and bird droppings. We find such collections of insect parts in droppings in peat and lignite, and even in the nodules. The newest finds are silicified insects in calcareous lakebed nodules. These nodules are built up either concentrically or in level layers. Those beds containing nodules with silicified insects are only known as yet from lakes which were polluted by voleanie waters and gases; and, in fact, only andesitie voleanoes, which produced boron deposits. It is my opinion that algae living in the waters took the carbon dioxide from bicarbonates and precipitated calcium carbonate. There are two annual layers or varves, and the rate of deposit was about 25 vears to the inch. The deposits are found in the Calico Mountains at from 2400 to 3000 feet, and it is evident that there were long periods free from volcanic disturbance, Algae have an affinity for silica, 214 PROG. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1961 transforming it to the colloidal state. Boron probably acted as the killer of the insect and other life, and probably as the catalyzer to eause the transfer of the colloidal silica and the tissues, and then to transform the removed tissues into petroleum. These two catalytic processes took place, and it seems to me that boron fits best as the provocative agent. It remained as colemanite deposits in the immedi- ate vicinity of the deposits of nodules. The complete silica transfer has brought about perfect replicas of the original insects, algae, bird feathers, mammal hairs, and eggs of insects and fairy shrimp. Even the tiny hairs on the antennae of heleid flies and the compound eyes are preserved in silica. The processes which took place must have been very rapid, almost instantaneous; for the embryos in the eggs are clearly visible; a mayfly was killed in front of her cluster of eggs and embedded in the rock; flies partly emerged from the pupa case and insects in copula are so preserved. Because I believe that these processes took place rapidly in highly heated waters, I believe that our modern chemists, in vitro, can pro- duce petroleum by boron catalysis if they use the same ingredients that were present in the ancient lakes. As far as we know now there were present calcium bicarbonate, sulphuric acid, boric acid, or salts, silicic acid or silicates, some strontium, undoubtedly hydrogen gas, carbon dioxide, living algae, and living invertebrates. Many processes in chemistry today are started by microorganisms—algae and bacteria. Perhaps such conditions are needed as a starter, as we find that at Hot Mineral in the Imperial Valley, algae are dwelling in the hot ealeare- ous waters, and insects killed in the hot water are pe coated or erystallized and imbedded in the bottom. Thus I challenge well-equipped chemists to solve the problem of petroleum production from waste vegetable and animal réfuse, and give the next generation a new supply of the fuel which is rapidly being depleted. The recovery of insects from the nodules, which are now found in the Calico, Frazier, and Tehachapi Mountains and which I expect will be found wherever primary boron occurs, is a liquid process. We can accomplish it with 20% formie or acetic acid, or with 2 to 5% hydrochloric acid or nitric acid. The nodules can be wrapped in silk, rayon, or nylon cloth, which can be made into little bags, or simply wrapped in squares large enough to tie up. The solution of the nodule takes several days to weeks. On removal, the bag is rinsed in hot water, then opened and inverted in a flat dish. After washing with water, the solids that remain are gently removed by brush into aleohol and examined by microscone. The specimens are then gently removed to xylol and mounted in balsam on slides, using glass pieces to lift the cover glass if necessary. The specimens are very brittle. One percent of the nodules have petrified larvae or impressions on the outside. These larvae are not silicified and must be removed by the slower use of hydrogen peroxide. The impressions are often very PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1961 oh) distinct, and when latex is poured in, a perfect cast of the insect is obtained. A certain percentage of white nodules formed by rolling contain dragon fly nymphs, usually disintegrated but sometimes pre- served in an entirely different state of crystallization. The cast of the impression can, however, give a good representation of the occu- pant. Other kinds of nodules with insect remains have been found in Kansas and Oklahoma. Nodules also occur in Utah, Nevada, and California that are of different origin, but should receive careful study. We have found insect remains, in addition to the conditions already cited, by cracking pebbles from the sea shore, and by breaking up oil- well cores. The study of insect and arthropod footprints is interesting. At Ashfork, Arizona, the shales used for structures and stepping stones often are covered with footprints of many animals. That of a large scorpion indicated a gigantic species. This study necessitates making plaster casts of the footprints of living creatures, and from these measuring the size of the body relative to the length and width of the stride. The droppings of arthropods are often of value. In the asphalt we have found pellets of dry wood and dampwood termites and other pellets yet to be identified. In the nodules, the coprolites of fairy shrimp are very numerous. Fecal matter of wood boring insects is often found in fossil wood. When I train candidates for state license in structural pest control, I teach them how to recognize the various kinds of droppings. So, too the paleontologist must make a collection of the droppings of the kinds of inseets he expects to find in his work. The study of the insect borings in fossil wood often necessitates sec- tioning and polishing of the rock. This then will require carefully selected collections of borings and pellets of modern wood borers. Inasmuch as insects are good criteria of the type of climate, the paleoentomologist may ultimately reconstruct the story of the climate of ancient days. For an idea of my thought in this line I use the Calico Mountains nodules as an example. In Miocene times, twenty to twenty five million years ago, there was a great fresh water lake, where now the Calico Mountains stand. There were active volcanoes around the lake, and even in its midst, because this area was on the center line of the great terrestrial squeeze upon the triangle now known as the Mojave Desert. The Garlock Fault, bordered on its north side by the voleaniec Tehachapi and El Paso Mountains and pressed upon by the southward pushing Sierra Nevada, lies on the northern edge. The San Andreas Fault, bordered on its southwestern side by the San Gabriel and San Bernardino Mountain ranges of voleaniec mountains, was the boundary of the pushing upward from the southwest. The fulerum of the squeeze was at Tejon Pass, anchored by voleanic Mt. Pinos in the Frazier Mountains. The Calico Mountains are on the axis of the squeeze. 916 PROC. EN‘, SOC. WASH., VoL. 63, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1961 Our nodules come from the Tehachapi Mountains, from the slopes of Mt. Pinos, and from the Calico Mountains, and there are evidences that we can expect them in the San Gabriel Mountains, as near Lang, where primary boron exists and blue rock is reported. This blue rock . is an indicator of boron, and our upper strata nodules are bluish Living in the water were tiny fish, two of which have been found = in nodules. Prowling around were mammals, some of them with hairs over an inch long. Birds were present because their feathers have been preserved. There was woody vegetation, and five species of termites were living at its expense. One genus of these termites forms earthen tubes around stems, and retires in the heat of the day into the ground, where there is considerable moisture, indicating a high water table. Leaf hoppers of several species, thrips, and vari- ous bugs were living on the plants. A dermestid beetle lived upon the dead material. Moths and grasshoppers were present. In the water many kinds of algae were growing, and there were also mosses. Blood sucking midges (Ceratopogonidae) of at least seven species were breeding on the algae. Dytiscid larvae fed on the midges. A few Hydrophilidae, Nepidae, and Notonectidae, and other predaceous water bugs were present. Tiny water mites were preying on the insects. Collembola (spring tails) of both suborders, and aquatic moths, also other aquatic flies, stone flies, mayflies, damsel flies, and dragon flies, were breeding in the water. When catastrophes came, and these occurred from time to time over a period of hundreds of thousands of years, everything in the water was suddenly killed and instantly preserved. The nodules give us an ecological picture of these ancient times. Another kind of story was learned in the asphalt study, in which we had a modern flow at McKittrick, adjoining an ancient Pleistocene field of asphalt. Here we saw the insects, scorpions, reptiles, birds, and mammals caught in the living flowing tar, and watched the processes of disintegration. Then from the literature on the fauna and flora of cadavers, we found that at each step of disintegration of an animal, the bacterial flora, and the insect scavengers are distinct. Thus we determined that an animal caught in the tar slowly died and disintegrated, and we found the insects of each stage of disintegration. One raven which came down to feed on a caught rabbit, and was itself caught, was watched for two years as these processes continued until finally it was covered. And so we knew that the great animals eaught in the asphalt attracted others to feed on them, and one by one they were slowly imbedded in the liquid and accumulating debris. It may have been a water-covered pool of asphalt, or it may have been a thin flowing seep only a small fraction of an inch thick, but few creatures escaped when they accidentally stepped into the sticky stuff. We know that occasionally there was escape, because we have seen it happen. Thus the paleoentomologist strives to interpret the past. PROC, ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1961 217 For the records of the Society I give a brief abstract of my bibli- ography in this field. Fossil arthropods of California, Parts 1-5, Bull. So. Cal. Aead. Sei., XLITI (1): 1-18. 1944. parts 5a-8. op. cit., XLIV (1): 1-9. 1945. parts 10-12, op. cit., XLV (8): 118-132. 1946. parts 13-14, op. cit., XLVI (3): 136-143. 1947. part 15, op. cit, XLVIT (1): 21-33. 1948. part 16, op. cit. XLVII (2): 53-55. 1948. part 17, op.cit. XLVIII (2): 55-70. 1949. part 18, op. cit. LITI (1): 35-45, 1954. part 19, op. cit. LIITI (2): 93-98. 1954. part 20, op. cit. LITT (8): 142-156. 1954. part 21, op. cit. LVII (1): 13-24. 1958. part 22, op. cit. LVIII (2): 72-78. 1959. part 23, op. cit. LIX (2): in press 1960. Fossil arthropods from British Columbia. Parts 1-3. Bull. So. Cal. Acad. Sei., XLVII (1): 24-44. 1948. part 4, op. cit. XLVIT (2): 52-53. 1948. parts 5-8, op. cit. XLIX (1): 3-9. 1950. Fossil arthropods from onyx marble. Parts 1-3. Bull. So. Cal. Aead. Sci., XLIX (3): 101-104. 1950. parts 4-9, op. cit., L (1): 34-49. 1951. When does a thing become a fossil? Bull. So. Cal. Acad. Sei., XLIX (3): 105-107. 1950. Use of propylene glycol in paleontology. Bull. So. Cal. Acad. Sei., LIV (2): 104. 1955. Fossil insects from Montana. W. Dwight Pierce and Ruth A. Kirkby. Part 1, Bull. So. Cal. Acad. Sei., LVIII (1): 47-50. 1959. Insects (paleoecology). Geol. Soe. Amer. Mem. 67: 948-952. 1957. The search for fossil insects. Los Angeles Co. Museum Quarterly. 6(3): 13-17. 1947. A modern asphalt seep tells a story. op. cit., 7(3): 12-17. 1949. Birth of a ‘‘fossil’’ reeord. op. cit., 8(2): 21-23. 1950. USE OF POISON BY THE ANT, TAPINOMA NIGERRIMUM (HYMENOPTERA: FORMICIDAE) Neat A. WEBER, Swarthmore College, Swarthmore, Pennsylvania The poison of the widespread Mediterranean and southwestern Asiatic ant, Tapinoma nigerrimum Nylander, has been found (Trave and Pavan, 1956) to contain methyl-heptenone, propyl-isobutyl-ketone and a dialdehyde. The investigators refer to it as a defensive poison with insecticidal properties. The ants of the genus Tapinoma have a 218 PROC, ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL; 63, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1961 peculiar odor, often likened to rancid coconuts, that is easily per- ceptible to the human olfactory sense. The general winter activity and marriage flights of this species in Baghdad, Iraq in 1950-51 have been noted (Weber, 1952). Circumstantial evidence indicated that they caused the deaths of some driver ants, Dorylus fulvus, that are well known predators. Later in the season, and in the following year in Baghdad, other and unpublished observations were made, of which the following refer to the use of poison for the first time. The ants were well established in our brick and tile house and garden in 1951-52. By April 20, 1952 they were concluded to be definitely combative, rather than innocuous scavengers. One was then found to be carrying a dead Paratrechina longicornis ant and others were carrying spider legs. Some were seen to curve their gasters around in the direction of nearby smaller ants of the genera Pheidole, Nylanderia, and Monomorium subopacum F. Smith. They probably sprayed the ants with poison, or were prepared to, but this could not be seen. Both the Pheidole and the Monomorium are equipped with a stinging apparatus. By this date the Tapinoma ap- peared to have driven the Pheidole out from the corner of the house. It was the most active and numerous ant on the adjacent terrace. The Paratrechina was by far the quickest ant in its movements but less generally active. Positive reactions between the ZTapinoma and the Monomorium were finally witnessed on April 25. The latter ants were clustered about a fallen flower of phlox on the terrace step, taking nectar. The Tapinoma would wander by and always hostility would be evidenced. Several Monomorium maintained constant guard, head down, gaster vertical. As the T’apinoma approached, the guards quickly flicked their gasters towards the others exactly like scorpions. The T’apinoma then were seen to curve their gasters around and clearly must have sprayed the guards since the latter writhed about, curling up and then extending themselves before running off. Such dolichoderine ants as the above, Tapinoma melanocephalum and Iridomyrmex humilis have driven out native ants and other insects in many parts of the world. Their success would appear to be due not only to their possession of a poison, which might act passively in rendering nesting or foraging sites uninhabitable by the other insects, but also to their actively spraying their opponents. They lack a stinging apparatus and do not appear to attack with their mandibles. This does not appear to prevent such ants, and in addition Azteca in Tropical America, from dominating large areas. REFERENCES Trave, A. and Pavan, M. 1956. Veleni degli insetti Principi estratti dalla formica Tapinoma niggerimum Nyl. Riv. ‘‘la Chemica E L’Industria.’’ Anno XXXVIII, p. 1015, Milano, Italy. Weber, N. A. 1952. Observations on Baghdad Ants. Coll. Arts and Science Publ. No. 1, 30 pp. Baghdad, Iraq. PROG, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1961 219 JOSEPH SANFORD WADE 1880-1961 Joseph Sanford Wade, entomologist, bibliographer, biographer, reviewer of books and lover of art, was born on July 20, 1880, in Cumberland County in southern Kentucky. He was a son of James Ballanger and Naney (Beck) Wade. Here he lived until, at the age of 15 in 1895, he moved with his parents to Welling- ton, Kansas. His boyhood in Kentucky must have been spent in an entirely rural setting, surrounded by woods and streams filled with birds and other wild life. Possessed of a sensitive and observing nature, it was undoubtedly during these early years that he developed a love for natural history that remained with him during the rest of his long life. Although Joe Wade lived in Kansas for more than twenty years, he was very proud of the fact that he was born in Kentucky and always talked as if he considered it his real home. He published several articles on Kentucky history 220 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO, 3, SEPTEMBER, 1961 and on the activities in the State of such well-known naturalists as Rafinesque, John Muir, Audubon and Alexander Wilson. An autobiographical sketch of Joseph Wade appeared in ‘‘Who’s Who in Kentucky’’ in 1936. He was a member of the well-known Filson Club in Louisville. After the move to a farm near the little town of Wellington, Kansas, young Wade attended the local schools and worked on the family farm but he never took to farm work kindly. His interest was in books and intellectual pursuits and his far from robust physique rebelled at the long cold winters and hot summers and the hard physical work for which he was neither constitutionally nor tempera- mentally fitted. In his meagre spare time he devoured such books as were locally available and read as widely as was possible under the circumstances. In 1905-06 Wade attended Fairmount College (which later became Wichita University) in nearby Wichita. His only further study in an institution of higher learning was taking courses offered by the University of Chicago, 1923-25. Wade returned to the family farms for the next seven years but in this period he found time to publish a score of articles (a dozen of these in 1913) about local farming problems and local historical subjects. It is just possible that one of these, ‘‘The grasshopper year of 1874,’’ in the Wellington Kansas Daily Journal in March 1913 so attracted the attention of Professor F. M. Webster, Chief of the Division of Cereal and Forage Crop Insects of the Bureau of Ento- mology, U. 8S. Department of Agriculture, that he later in that year appointed Joe as a field assistant in a newly established field laboratory at Wellington, Kansas. This laboratory was set up to study the problem of the Hessian fly of wheat and of other insects affecting cereal and forage crops in the Central Plains States and to devise measures for the prevention or reduction of insect losses. While working at and out from the field laboratory in Wellington, Kansas, Wade became interested in the life histories of the false wireworms about which little was known up to that time. He made many observations on them and later deposited his collection of the beetles and their larvae in the USNM. He later published three papers on false wireworms, one by himself, ‘‘ Notes on ecology of injurious Tenebrionidae’’ (Ent. News 32:1-6, 1921); one with Dr. Boving, ‘“Biology of Embatheon muricatum’’ (J. Agri. Res. 22: 323-334, 1921); and another with Dr. St. George on ‘‘ Biology of the false wireworm, Hleodes suturalis Say’’ (J. Agr. Res. 26: 547-566, 1923). In 1917 Joe Was ealled to his Division’s Head Office in Washington, D. C., to be an assistant to Mr. W. R. Walton who had been appointed as successor to Professor Webster following the latter’s death. He later had the titles of Associate Entomologist and then Entomologist. Here in the Nation’s Capital, he was to remain for the rest of the 43 years of his long life, during the last 10% of which following retirement in 1950 he was a Collaborator with the U.S. Depart- ment of Agriculture. He never married, but his older sister, Mary E., came to Washington with him—here they lived together in a mutually harmonious and beneficial companionship until her death in 1956. Having developed a growing acquaintance with biological scientists in Wash- ington, Wade began to affiliate himself with several organizations. He had already joined the American Association for the Advancement of Science in 1913 (Fellow in 1925), and in 1915 had become a member of the American Association fe et a a PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1961 221 of Economie Entomologists and of the Entomological Society of America (he was elected a Fellow in 1937). A large part of his life, outside his official duties, was devoted to these organizations. They are really an index to his breadth of interests. The Entomological Society of Washington was quite naturally the first of these he joined. This was in 1917, during his first year in Washington. He became its President in 1934. His address as retiring president was entitled ‘‘The Officers of our Society for Fifty Years (1884-1934)’’ (Proc. Ent. Soe. Wash. 38(6) :99-145, 1936). This was biographical in nature and its preparation re- quired a great deal of painstaking research. As Recording Secretary, he pre- pared the minutes of the meetings from 1927-31, most of which were published in the Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Washington. He was elected to the Biological Society of Washington in 1921, and was Corresponding Secretary from 1933 to 1943, Vice President from 1943 to 1946, and President in 1946-47. In 1929 Mr. Wade was admitted to the Cosmos Club. He was very proud of this honor, especially since he was sponsored by no less a personage than Dr. L. O. Howard, Chief of the Bureau of Entomology of the U. S. Department of Agriculture and co-sponsored by his immediate Chief, Dr. W. H. Larrimer, Head of the Division of Cereal and Forage Crop Insects of the same Bureau. Through- out the rest of his life, Joe Wade was a familiar figure at the Club where he regularly attended the lectures and other activities and where he enjoyed enter- taining his many friends at lunch or dinner. The American Ornithological Union elected Mr. Wade a member in 1929 and later made him an Honorary Life Member. He published several book reviews and at least one obituary (Charles Popenoe) in the Auk, the official journal of the A.O.U. He attended the Diamond Jubilee Meeting of the Union in New York City in 1957. In 1933 Mr. Wade was elected a member of the Audubon Society of the Central Atlantic States, Inec., when it was known as the Audubon Society of the District of Columbia, Inc. He served, from 1933, on the Library Committee and was a member of the Board of Directors from 1936 to 1947. In the March, 1956, issue of the Atlantic Naturalist, official publication of the Society, he published a paper, ‘‘Vignettes of Early Days of the Audubon Society of the District of Columbia.’’ The year 1930 saw Mr. Wade honored by election to the Washington Academy of Science. From 1942 to 1945 he was on the Membership Committee, in 1947 he was the Delegate of the Biological Society of Washington to the Academy and in 1949 and 1950 he was on the Scientifie Achievement Committee. Libraries had a particular fascination for Joe Wade but of them all the Library of Congress was undoubtedly his favorite. He knew what it contained and how to use its facilities to an extent possessed, possibly, by few individuals outside of the key members of the staff. In 1941 he prepared at the request of and for the use of the Library a list of his entomological and other publications for the 40-year period, 1902-1941 inclusive, 528 titles with subject index. In 1955 he deposited in the Library a collection of 2500 of his papers. He often said that among his happiest hours throughout many years were those spent at his desk in the Jefferson Room surrounded by books which he was consulting 222 PROC, ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1961 in connection with the preparation of his many manuscripts. He made many trips to consult books in the New York and Boston Publie Libraries and the great Harkness Memorial Library at Yale in New Haven. He was well acquainted with the National Archives and often consulted its extensive files. _ No. account of the life of Joseph Wade would be complete without reference to his church. A deeply religious man, he had abiding faith in its teachings. He was a regular attendant at the New York Avenue Presbyterian Church and was a great admirer of its famous late pastor, the Rev. Peter Marshall. He contributed many articles on widely different subjects of interest to the Presby- terian Advance. A constant student of the literature of the subjects in which he was interested, Mr. Wade published, among others, the following three major bibliographies on entomological subjects: ‘*An annotated bibliography of the Hessian Fly, Phytophaga destructor Say.’’ USDA Mise. Publ. 198. 100 pp., 1934. ‘*A contribution to a bibliography of the described immature stages of North American Coleptera. USDA, E 358, 114 pp., (mimeo) 1935.’’ ‘A selected bibliography of the insects of the world associated with sugar cane, their predators and parasites.” 8 vo., cloth, 116 pp. Honolulu, Hawaii. Inter- national Society of Sugar Cane Technologists, Memoir No. 1, 1951. As a reviewer of literature, Mr. Wade accomplished a considerable feat by publishing a little over 300 reviews of books and articles. According to his own classification, these fall into the following categories: biographical 12, biological 18, botanical 45, entomological 95, ornithological 23, travel and exploration 64, zoological 28, miscellaneous 28. And so we come to the close of the life of a cultured gentleman of the old school, a distinguished writer and historian and above all else a thoughtful and helpful friend to many more than we ean count. During his last few months he was in poor health following an operation in March from which he could not fully recover. He died early Sunday morning on New Year’s Day, 1961, of a heart attack at his home in the Argonne Apartments in Washington, D. C. The following paragraph, found in his personal papers, apparently written to describe someone unknown to us, so aptly fits Joe Wade himself (except for the statement as to ‘‘length of days’’), that we here quote it as a tribute to him: ‘“While we may not lament the release of our friend and co-worker from pain and weakness, we deplore the loss of one in whom we recognize the highest qualities of intellect and personality. Though denied the strength of body or length of days, it has been his high privilege to love nature and to extend widely the bounds of human knowledge. Possessed of unrivalled power of observation and depth of insight, broad culture, accurate judgment, and a kindly spirit, he has lived a life and accomplished a work which render his memory secure in the affectionate regard of his contemporaries, as well as in the unqualified admiration of all naturalists who may follow in the lines of his unique studies.’’ Mortimer D, LEONARD WALTER H. LARRIMER to bo (JC) PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1961 BOOK REVIEW SEUCHEN IM MENSCHEN (MENSCH, TIER UND PFLANZE IM KAMPF UND AUSGLEICH MIT IHREN PARASITEN), by Erich Martini. The Ferdinand Enke Press, Stuttgart, Germany. 1959. This is a compilation of the significant known facts, interspersed with some philosophical speculation, pertaining to epidemic human diseases for which para- sites are responsible. The author attempts to review the whole field of parasitism, even touching upon parasitic plants, and emphasizing viruses, protozoa, bacteria, fungi, nematodes and arthropods (25 per cent of the known German insect species are said to be parasitic). There is speculation concerning the origin of endoparasitism, and there is some consideration of morphological adaptations of parasites to hosts. For each group of organisms the place of entrance and the seat and development of infection are considered; but much of the discus- sion is historical review of epidemics. It is a somewhat rambling treatment of the subject, including discussion of situations that have only a very indirect bearing, or none at all, upon the main theme. The book does not seem to fill any particular need and is therefore disappointing C. F. W. Murseseck, JU. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. SOCIETY MEETING 698th Meeting, April 6, 1961 The 698th regular meeting of the Society was called to order by the President, J. F. Gates Clarke, on April 6, 1961, at 8:00 p.m. in Room 43 of the U. S. Na- tional Museum. Forty-three members and 11 visitors signed the register. The minutes were approved as read. Five new members were accepted: Philip B. Dowden, Oliver S. Flint, Jr., Preston E. Hunter, Arthur D. Moore, and Arlo M. Vance. Howard R&. Bullock was presented as a candidate for membership. New members present were in- troduced. Helen Sollers announced that the annual picnic will be held at Log Lodge, ARS, on June 7, 4:00—8:00 p.m. W. E. Bickley notified the Society of the next meeting of the Washington Academy of Sciences and urged the members to attend. W. H. Anderson invited the Society to attend the Prince Georges County Sci- ence Fair which is being held in the Cole Field House of the University of Mary- land on April 15—16. An exhibit of space vehicles is to be available in addition to the student projects. F. L. Campbell represented the Society, substituting for W. E. Bickley, at the recent meeting of the Board of Managers of WAS. J. C. Jones reported his finding 4 or 5 sterile males of Aedes aegypti in his laboratory colonies. These males were without germ cells in the testes. 224 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1961 Three newly published books were exhibited by J. F. Gates Clarke: How to Know the Butterflies by Ehrlich and Ehrlich; Monograph of Immature Stages of Neotropical Timber Beetles by Duffie; and Handbook of Insects (Japanese) in Colour. The speakers for the evening were both entertaining and authoritative in their presentations. Major R. M. Altman, Walter Reed Army Institute of Research and the University of Maryland, discussed the Army program of insect control in Panama and illustrated his comments with Kodachromes. A. M. Heimpel, En- tomology Research Division, ARS, USDA, described the use of microorganisms in the control of forest insects. Both talks were followed by a great deal of lively discussion. Among the visitors present were R. E. Wheeler of the University of Massa- chusetts, and R. L. Cowden. The meeting was adjourned at 10:00 p.m.— ERNESTINE B. THURMAN, Record- ing Secretary. PUBLICATION DATE The date of publication of Vol. 63, No. 2, of the Proceedings is 20 June 1961. The date of publication of Vol. 63, No. 3, will be found in Vol. 63, No. 4. OUT OF GEIGY RESEARCH... herbicides ATRAZINE - SIMAZINE PROMETONE insecticides DDT - DIAZINON - DIPOFENE™ METHOXYCHLOR: SPECTRACIDE™ SEQUESTRENE® metal chelates minor elements for plant nutrition CHLOROBENZILATE miticide serving agriculture and industry a Geigy ORIGINATORS OF DDT INSECTICIDES i GEIGY AGRICULTURAL CHEMICALS. Division of Geigy Chemical Corporation» Saw Mill River Road, Ardsley, N.Y. VELSICOL INSECTICIDES Versatility and lasting residual action have made them useful throughout the world for control of insects that attack homes HEPTACHLOR fOr soil insect control in agriculture! In hundreds of soil insect control tests conducted since its introduction, Heptachlor has proven to be a most efficient soil insecticide for use on corn and other major crops. mesemcenencetreneemnennetn rr ie) oi hard fo kill pests of major crops! Endrin is relatively new, but 1960 saw the development of many new uses for this powerful, versatile insecticide. Apples, potatoes, cotton and other crops were ex- tensively treated with Endrin during the past year. ~ CHLORDANE and gardens, damage crops, and carry disease. = ... for termite, public health, household, lawn and garden insect control! Chlordane continues to be a most popular insecticide with pest control operators and homeowners. It has an excellent safety and per- formance record. TECHNICAL INFORMATION AVAILABLE ON REQUEST FROM tee VELSICOL CHEMICAL CORPORATION 330 East Grand Avenue, Chicago 11, Illinois Velsicol International Corporation, C.A., P.O. Box 1687 — Nassau, Bahamas, B.W.1. CONTENTS (Continued from front cover) PIERCE, W. D.—The Growing Importance of Paleoentomology _____ PIPKIN, SARAH B.—Taxonomic Relationships within the Drosophila victoria Species Group, Subgenus Pholadoris (Diptera: Drosophilidae) ___. TODD, E. L.—Lectotype Selection for and a Synonym of Aleptinoides ochrea B. and McD. (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae) — TOWNES, HENRY—Some Ichneumonid Types in European Museums That Were Described From No Locality or From Incorrect Localities (Hymenoptera) * 22 ek ee ee WEBER, NEAL A.—Use of Poison by the Ant, Tapinoma nigerrimum (Hiymenoptera:” Formicidae). 2.0) ee ae eee z OBITUARY—Joseph Sanford Wade, 1880-1961 _-- BOOK REVIEWS and NOTICES (2 ae ee 164, 192, 202, SOCIBTY MEETING) 220i) Oe Me 211 145 191 165 217 223 223 1. 63 DECEMBER, 1961 No. 4 75,70673 os PROCEENINGS NTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY « WASHINGTON U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM WASHINGTON 25, D. C. PUBLISHED QUARTERLY CONTENTS ARTHUR, D. R. and C. M. CLIFFORD—Ixodes bakeri, a New Species of Wick from Nyasaland (Acarina: Ixodidae). 272 BAILEY, S. F.—A Review of the Genus Kurtomathrips With the Descrip- tion of a New Species (Thysanoptera: Thripidae) === = tCt«SS COOK, D. R.—New Species of Bandakia, Wettina, and Athienemannia From Michigan (Acarina: Hydracarina) —— = ==> rome 07 DAVIS, R.—A Mite, Allothrombium mitchelli, New to Science, Predator on the Balsam Woolly Aphid (Acarina: Trombidiidae) _.—-..._>>_>_ e269 EDMUNDS, G. F., JR.—A Key to the Genera of Known Nymphs of the eemmmenceriiciae: Crevmameropitorr yok a BES EMERSON, K. C.—The Vernon L. Kellogg Mallophaga Type Material in the United States National Museum __...-_-—=_ Mats of oe ee FAIRCHILD, G. B. and R. F. HARWOOD—PhAlebotomus Sandflies from Animal Burrows in Eastern Washington (Diptera: Psychodidae) —_ 239 HUBERT, A. A. and W. W. WIRTH—Key to the Culicoides of Okinawa and the Description of Two New Species (Diptera: Ceratopogonidae) __.___ 235 (Continued on back cover) 8i¥. INS. 8.2 SAwme wews ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON ORGANIZED MARCH 12, 1884 OFFICERS FOR 1961 J. F. G. Ouarkn, President Division of Insects U. S. National Museum Washington 25, D. O. H. H. SHpPARD, President-Elect FMRD-CSS U. S. Department of Agriculture Washington 25, D. C. ERNESTINE B. THURMAN, Recording Secretary Division of Research Grants National Institutes of Health Bethesda 14, Maryland PavuL WOKE, Oorresponding Secretary 7213 Beacon Terrace Bethesda, Maryland Price Piguett, Treasurer Entomology Research Division, ARS, USDA Pesticide Ohemicals Research Laboratories ARO, Beltsville, Maryland RroHarp H. Foors, Editor c/o Division of Insects U. S. National Museum Washington 25, D. O. A. J, CONKLE, Oustodian Plant Quarantine Division, ARS, USDA Washington 25, D. O. THOMAS MOINTYRE, Program Committee Chmn. R.D. 2, Bowie Road Laurel, Maryland W. S. Murray, Membership Oommittes Chmn. APWO, Chesapeake Building No. 57 U. S. Naval Weapons Plant Washington 25, D. O. W. E. BIOKLEY, Representing the Society as a Vice-President of the Wash- ington Academy of Sciences Department of Entomology University of Maryland College Park, Md. Honorary President R. E, Snoperass, U. 8. National Museum Honorary Members ©. F. W. Muzszsxoxr, U. S. National Museum L. H. WaEip, Arlington, Virginia T. E. SNYDER, U. S. National Museum Regular meetings of the Society are held Room 43 of the U. S. National Museum on ¢ first Thursday of each month from October to Juz inclusive, at 8 P.M. Minutes of meetings are pu lished regularly in the Proceedings. Members shall be persons who have demo strated interest in the science of on na Annual dues for members are $5.00; ini fee is $1.00 (U. S. currency). PROCEEDINGS Published quarterly beginning with March | the Society at Washington, D. C. Members in go standing are entitled to the Proceedings free charge. Non-member subscriptions are $6.00 p year, both domestic and foreign (U. 8. a payable in advance. All remittances should made payable to The Entomological Society Washington. The Society does not exchange its publicatio for those of other societies. All manuscripts intended for publication shou be addressed to the Editor. Acceptable papers su mitted by members will be published in the ord received and will be given precedence over the by non-members. Immediate publication may obtained at a cost to the author of about $14, per printed page, plus cost of all engraving. of papers should be concise but comprehensive a! should indicate the systematic position of the su ject insect. By-lines should indicate present ma ing address of the author and his organisatioz affiliation, if possible. Citations in the text of , pers longer than one printed page should be author and date and should refer to a list of Fr cluding references in which authent ~~ name of publication, volume and page are oe that order. In shorter articles, references a ture should be included in parentheses in the te Proportions of full-page illustrations shou closely approximate 4-5/16 x 6” (26 x 86 pleas this usually allows explanatory matter to appear the same page. Cost of illustrations in excess that for one full-page line cut will be borne by t author. Reprints of published papers may be obtained the following costae plus postage and provided that a statement of the number accompanies the returned proofs: 2pp. pp. Spp. A8pp. 16 pp. Cove 50 copies: $4.00 $6.00 $10.00 $11.20 $12.60 $8. 100 copies: § 5.00 7.60 12.00 14.40 16.50 9%. Additional copies, per 100: it 2.00 2.80 4.00 5.20 6.30 8. Purchase of reprints by institutions whose voices are subject to notarisation or other in fees will have the cost of such fees added to purchase price. WOTH: Send all changes of address to Corresponding Secretary. Second olass postage paid at Washington, D. C. PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Vol. 63 DECEMBER, 1961 No. 4 PROSIMULIUM DOVERI, A NEW SPECIES FROM ALASKA, WITH KEYS TO RELATED SPECIES (DipreRA: SIMULIIDAE) KATHRYN M. SOMMERMAN, Arctic Health Research Center, Public Health Service, Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, Anchorage, Alaska The bionomics and morphology of the larvae, pupae, and adults led me to consider this a distinct species of the Prosimulium hirtipes com- plex. In addition, the patterns of the salivary gland chromosomes of mature larvae are different from those of all other members of the hirtipes complex that have been analyzed to date (July, 1958) by Dr. Rothfels and his colleagues. In the literature this species was previ- ously referred to as hirtipes E by Sommerman (1958), and under the name of P. travisi Stone, Sommerman (1953) illustrated the head capsule of the larvae and gave the distinguishing larval characters in the key. Likewise the bionomie notes, which were based solely on lar- val observations appearing in Sommerman eft al (1955) under the name of travisi, refer to this species. The other Alaskan member of the hirtipes complex has been referred to as hirtipes 2 by Sommerman (1958). Syme and Davies (1958) dis- eussed its relationship with the Canadian species in the complex, mix- tum 8. & D., fuscum 8. & D., and fontanum 8S. & D. Comparison with only a very few specimens of Canadian mixtum suggests to me that this common Alaskan species is distinct. But knowing the variation that occurs in the species treated herein, comparison with less than a half dozen specimens may not give a true picture. To avoid later con- fusion in the literature this common Alaskan species will still be referred to as hirtipes 2 in this paper. I am indebted to Dr. K. H. Rothfels and Mrs. Parvathi K. Basrur of the Botany Department at the University of Toronto for informa- tion concerning the chromosome patterns of the mature larvae. I am also grateful to Dr. D. Davies for kindly sending specimens of mixtum and fuscwm for examination. All the following descriptive comments refer to alcoholic specimens. It might be well to point out here that reared adults allowed to live only-a day or two are not darkened completely so pigmentation of the 1Dr. Rothfels informed me by personal correspondence that a restudy of the chromosome patterns of the Alaskan hirtipes 2 indicates that it is distinct from mixtum, so a formal description is in preparation. 226 PROC, EN'T, SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1961 integument can be misleading. The “young” adults of hirtipes 2 and travist have pale brown, almost beige, basal antennal segments, femora and tibiae, instead of dark brown as in the older specimens. Regard- less of age, the terminal antennal segments have fine pile which the basal two-and-a-half segments lack. This pile makes the segments appear lighter. Color comments refer to the apparent color, pile included. The direction of the light is important in determining the color of the overall vestiture, so the head is directed toward the hght source for all color comments except those referring to the terminalia, ventral view, which are also directed toward the light source. The drawings were made from terminalia cleared in warm NaOH, rinsed and propped in position on a gob of vaseline submerged in alcohol in a Syracuse dish. A stereoscopic microscope was used with a “squared” ocular. The male ventral plates, ventral view, were placed in position so that the tip of the lip coincided with the arch of the anterior internal fork and the separate dististyle was placed so that its condyles were superimposed, resulting in a sub-dorsal view. The larval and pupal drawings were made from uncleared specimens in alcohol. Prosimulium doveri, new species Prosimulium dovert is named in honor of Lewis Howard Dover, whose keen observations and enthusiastic and painstaking collecting, while assisting the author during the summer of 1948, contributed immensely to the success of the biological studies conducted by the Alaska Insect Project. It was during those studies that this species first came to the author’s attention. All the following type specimens were individually reared from pupae and each is accompanied by the pupal exuviae and case. The larval head capsule also accompanies the holotype. The pupae of these type specimens were collected by the author on July 10, 15, 21 and 25, 1958, from tiny spring-fed streams close to the margin of Eklutna Lake, elevation 875 feet and 40 miles northeast of Anchorage, Alaska. The male types emerged between July 11 and 30 and the females between July 27 and 31. Holotype: Female, collected at trickle 11-B, July 21, 1958, emerged July 29, killed Aug. 7. Allotype: Male, collected at trickle 11-B, July 25, 1958, emerged July 30, killed Aug. 2. Paratypes: 15 males, 15 females. The holotype, allotype and 4 para- types of each sex are deposited in the collection at the United States National Museum; 5 paratypes of each sex are deposit@d at the Illinois Natural History Survey, and 5 of each in the Canadian National Col- lection; 1 of each sex at the Arctic Health Research Center. Larvae, pupae, and additional reared adults, as well as wild adults, are also deposited in the above-mentioned collections. Female.—General color golden (yellow-orange) and brown, so also the vesti- ture. Wing length 4.4-5.0 mm. Head golden brown mostly, but with dark brown band immediately behind eyes; setae mostly yellowish, a few dark; frons and clypeus golden brown; frons distinctly widened above. Antennae with 11 chunky CS PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL, 63, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1961 227 parapr. ant gon OOVERI FULVUM HIRTIPES 2 TRAVIS! 3. SENSORY SEGMENT OF 9 PALPS DOVERI 2.9 TERMINALIA OOVERI 1. 6 TERMINALIA HIRTIPES 2 TRAVISI KK DOVERI TRAVIS! 5. 68TH STERNITES rm 4.% ANTENNAE FULVUM 6.3 THORACIC PATTERN ventral 2 dorsal 2 / OOVERI / HIRTIPES 2 OOVERI FULVUM 7% BASAL PART OF LEFT PUPAL RESPIRATORY ORGAN DORSAL VIEW on mesad 3 8. DIAGRAMS OF LEFT PUPAL RESPIRATORY ORGANS i DORSAL VIEW, SEGMENTS TO SCALE Se ~--base —upper crofch “upper cr olch spiracle e spiracle ® spiracle RS 9. LARVAL HISTOBLASTS TO SCALE TRAVIS FULVUM ; HIRTIPES 228 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1961 segments,—the first and second usually lighter and more yellowish than the clypeus, proximal half of third segment usually more nearly the same shade as elypeus, the remaining segments darker but covered with dense silvery pubes- cence; third segment almost as long as second, fig. 4. Sensory segment of palps darkest, same shade as mesosternum. Sensory organ knotty and gnarled in addi- tion to tubercles, occupying most of the basal half (length) of segment, with the opening rather large, almost as wide as the organ, fig. 3. Mandible serrate; maxilla with retrorse teeth. Pronotum, humeri of scutum, and usually depression before scutellum, yellowish brown like seape and pedicel; scutum darker brown, like tarsi, but with a light strip along sides, and with recumbent yellow hairs. Seutellum yellowish-beige like femora and tibiae, with erect yellow hairs. Post- seutellum usually brown like scutum. Pleuron for the most part various shades — of beige to brown, with hairs of pleural tuft fine and yellow; sternopleural hairs absent; mesosternum dark brown, fading to yellow near pleural membrane. Hairs on base of costa mixed, brown and yellow, on stem vein yellow. Legs yellowish beige with some brown as follows: forecoxae with brown along base, sides and distally, and a small brown area posteriorly; the remaining coxae and all trochan- ters with both yellowish orange and very light brown areas, with posterior surface of middlecoxae dark brown; very faint distal brown band on femora and proxim- ally on tibiae, the distal band on tibiae darker brown and all segments of tarsi dark brown. Claws without teeth. Abdomen pale, becoming more fumose posteri- orly, with sclerotized parts yellowish brown, tergites flecked, fourth tergite notice- ably narrower than scutellum; the whole abdomen covered with fine yellowish pubeseence. No sclerotized sternal plates cephalad of the seventh sternite. Anter- ior gonapophyses slightly tapered with rounded apex, fig. 2, very pale, almost white, mesal sclerotization usually yellow-brown. Paraprocts and cerci dark, con- trasting with pale yellowish seventh and eighth sternites. Though characters vary somewhat, the following key helps to distin- ouish the females of these closely related Alaskan species, P. fulvwm (Coq.) ineluded. 1. Thorax almost entirely yellow; sensory organ cylindrical and densely eHow OSwR OUI Fs MHepMmukony (efi nome Sey ciewr, Vadale eee REDE. SRAS EES Hoo Bie a ee fulvum Thorax predominantly brown or blackish brown; sensory organ not eylin- drical, but gnarled and knotty, fig. 3, doveri, hirtipes 2, travist_________ 2 bo Femora and tibiae yellowish and tibiae usually without proximal brown band, or with an inconspicuous one; mesad sclerotized margin of gona- pophyses usually yellow-brown; seventh and eighth sternites pale yellowish, sharply contrasting with brown cerci and paraprocts; fourth abdominal tergite conspicuously narrower than width of scutellum -—.doveri Femora and tibiae beige to brown and tibiae with conspicuous proximal brown band; mesad sclerotized margin of gonapophyses brown to black and seventh or eighth sternites brown, much like cerci and paraprocts; fourth abdominal tergite about as wide as scutellum —______-_____________--- 3 3. Ventral view, third antennal segment almost as long and wide as second, fig. 4; opening of sensory organ small, about one-half width of organ; distance from base of segment to organ less than length of organ, fig. 3; gonapophyses tapering and twice dorso-ventral length of cerei, with PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1961 229 sclerotized pigmented area along mesad margin extending more than Jae be ngutelaean oy clo) ae senpk Bale ee ES ESE Sa Se travisi Ventral view, third antennal segment shorter and narrower than second, fig. 4; opening of sensory organ large, about equal to width of organ; distance from base of segment to organ, greater than length of organ, fig. 3; gonapophyses generally rounded and less than twice dorso-ven- tral length of cerci, with sclerotized pigmented area along mesad margin usually not more than half way to tip -——-.___-_--_— _.....hirtipes 2 Male.—General color dark brown, the vestiture being blond and blackish brown, with only that of the seutum, scutellum and stem vein yellowish, while that on base of costa is dark. Wing length 4.0 to 4.5 mm. Legs, light brown to dark brown, with the bare ventral strip of middle and hind femora yellowish. The following leg segments are densely clothed with erect hairs longer than width of respective segment: fore and hind femora, hind tibiae and first three hind tarsal segments. Abdominal sternites sclerotized, dark and clothed with blond and dark brown hairs. Terminalia, fig. 1, with eighth sternite bluntly rounded at anterior end; lip of ventral plate broad, rounded and deeply concave dorsally; dististyles with two stout teeth at apex. The following key helps to distinguish the males of these closely related Alaskan species. 1. Mesad area cephalad of seutellum darker than adjacent lateral area, fig. 6; hind femora (dorsal view) beige with contrasting distal brown band Mesad area cephalad of scutellum concolorous with adjacent lateral area, exclusive of structural sheen; hind femora (dorsal view) brown, almost GH Seu Ses Galo way aya lg eke Nee ee a Rg i ee 2 bo Dorsally, hind femora and first tarsal segment with dense erect hairs longer than width of segment; bare ventral strip of middle and hind femora yellowish; setae on stem vein yellow, on base of costa dark LS ci OIE gs WR ary ce ne A ag ee A Meee Nn eters a Nes Mee eee a ee OY Cd Dorsally, hind femora and first tarsal segment with few or no erect hairs longer than width of segment; bare ventral strip of middle and hind femora beige or brown; setae on stem vein pale or yellowish, on base of costa mostly pale 3. Highth sternite almost as wide as long, fig. 5; lip of ventral plate wide, but pointed, the whole tapering gently from arch of anterior internal fork; opening of sensory organ small as in female and about one-half width of organ; distance from basal end of segment to sensory organ about equal to length of organ Ao ae AER eee SONS ES Sell 2 TO re Sede de See EL) ES GMOS OAR AVE CB Ia U8 __.._-travisi Eighth sternite, fig. 5, almost twice as long as wide; lip of ventral plate narrow and rounded, arising abruptly from arch of anterior internal fork; opening of sensory organ large, as in female, and about equal to width of organ; distance from basal end of segment to sensory organ considerably more than length of organ SETUPS Sg BE SSRN Lee aR ONedS ba i Py Md Yak ab SC RET EMA ord i Ret cee Be a hirtipes 2 230 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1961 The following terms are defined to facilitate use of the distinguishing characters of the pupal respiratory organ: trunk, the solitary basal segment of the organ; filaments, the terminal filmentous processes; branch, a structure arising from the trunk, which subsequently termi- nates in filaments. The branches are composed of segments delimited by furcations, or by bases of filaments. The segments are counted from the trunk distally. The branches are designated mesad, laterad, anter- ior, posterior, dorsal, antero-dorsal, etc. with reference to the location of their bases on the trunk with respect to the general body directions. It is often desirable to refer to particular segments of a branch, especially those relatively near the trunk. An abbreviated system of nomenclature has been adopted consisting of a capital letter followed by one digit, and if necessary a second digit separated from the first by a dot. The letter is the first letter of the branch name. If the branch name is a compound word the first letter of each word is used. The first digit is the segment number. Often more than one segment on a branch will turn up with the same letter-digit combination, in which case if they arise from the same segment they can be distinguished by using the terms mesad, dorsal, etc. preceding the name, eg. dorsal and ventral A2 or lateral, middle, and mesad D2. The second digit (number following the dot) is the total number of filaments supported directly and indirectly by that particular segment. It is used only when synonymy necessitates further distinction. However, sometimes use of the second digit may be less cumbersome and more distinctive than use of the preceding adjective. In more complicated branches where double-digit synonymy occurs in remote segments, further dis- tinction can often be made simply by reference to the segment which precedes the one in question, eg. each D3.2 of hirtipes 2 is supported by a D2 with a different digit following the dot. For examples and clarification see fig. 8. The diagrams are all to the same scale and represent the left respiratory organ as seen from above, but with the branches straightened and as if flattened (two- dimensional), hence the angles are not true but are suggestive. The diagrams were made by turning the pupa in alcohol and measuring the length of the segments and jotting the measurements on a rough diagram which was made as the measurements were taken. Then the diagram was redrawn makine the segments the correct length with a ruler. The specimen was left intact. Anterior is toward the top of the page, laterad to the left, mesad to the right, and posterior toward the bottom. The central dot indicates the trunk and the uniform arrows represent filaments of varying lengths. The first letter of the branch name appears at the distal end of the branch. All segments are labeled to illustrate the system of numbering even though only a few are re- ferred to. “Laterad” and “mesad” are shown on only a few of the segments in synonymy. Pupa.—The preserved pupa is approximately 4mm. long, exclusive of the respiratory organ, which is approximately 2 mm. long. The exuviae is pale brown PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1961 231 with dorsum of thorax just slightly darker. The trunk of the respiratory organ supports three widely divergent branches, the anterior and laterad branches each with 4 filaments and the dorsal branch with 8, making a total of 16 respiratory filaments per organ, figs. 7 and 8. The first segments of all three branches are short but that of the anterior branch is longest. Both the anterior and laterad branches are dichotomous. Segments A2 are dorsal and ventral. D1 directly sup- ports three D2 segments; the mesad and laterad D2 each indirectly supports a total of three filaments, while the posterior (middle) D2 supports only two fila- ments. Dorsal trichomes 6, rather long and fine, directed anteriorly. Abdominal segments III and IV dorsally each with 8 stout hooks on posterior margin, and segment IT with 8 small, delicate hooks; segments V to VIII dorsally with anterior row of many fine spines; terminal hooks long; slender, almost straight; segments V to VII ventrally Be with 4 long slender retrorse hooks on posterior margin. The females can be distinguished from the males by the smaller eyes, antennae reaching the rear margin of the eyes, and by the slight median emargination ventrally on the posterior margin of abdominal segment VIII, which has a distinct, short, median thickening. The pupal case is very loosely woven, covering all, or all but the respiratory organ. It often contains pebbles and bits of organic matter as well as entrapped diatoms and algae, so is well camouflaged. The following key distinguishes the pupae of these closely related Alaskan species. 1. Dorsum of thorax strongly rugose and deeply pigmented; branches of respiratory organ closely clumped, unidirectional; trunk directly sup- porting only two branches, a laterad and antero-dorsal, fig. 8 -—__ -_.. travisi Dorsum of thorax not rugose; some branches of respiratory organ diverg- ents trunk: directly. supporting three branches: 22 0) 2 eee 2 2. D1 and L1 somewhat unidirectional, so from side view L1 tends to obscure D1; D1 directly supporting only two segments; laterad branch dichoto- TAA OUUS tse ol ONO: Gea Ta Oye ACM pct ge) Sal snail hirtipes 2? D1, L1 and Al diverging so from side view each is Aieet entirely visible ; D1 directly supporting three segments deel paki PAN Lae ieee PRN BOS BS 3 3. Laterad branch dichotomous; Al longer than D1 or L1; A2, dorsal and AVE TIL Neral pet O'S Ne /ee TNL) AS oe Teak oat ein Me ty EO ae NE a Re I al a doveri Laterad branch rarely strictly dichotomous; L1 longer than D1 or Al; A2, LATENT AC PALCHANIES AG LO Se rpeculn et Sy ate ete ee ch en PAE Ni Odes MEE fulvum At pupation the respiratory organ swings up and slightly backward, therefore the dorsal branch of the pupal organ was the anterior branch >The few mixtum specimens available for examination differ in the following gross respects from hirtipes 2: Al and L1 somewhat unidirectional, so from side view L1 tends to obscure Al; Al longer than L1 or D1, fig. 8. The few fuscum specimens examined have the first segment of all three branches diverging so from side view each is almost entirely visible; Al longer than L1 or D1, fig. 8. In addition mixtum and fuscwm appear to differ from each other in that on fuscum the mesad D2 (2.2) may or may not support a D3, but if the D3 is present it is longer than its proximal D2. Also on the laterad D3, a D4 may be present or absent, but if present it is longer than its distal filaments. On mixtum the mesad D2 supports a D3 which is much shorter than its proximal D2. Also the laterad D3 supports a D4 which is shorter than its filaments. 232 PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1961 of the larval histoblast, and the laterad and anterior branches of the pupal organ were the posterior and inner branches respectively of the larval histoblast. Larva.—The mature preserved larvae are 7 to 8 mm. long, with a light brown head capsule, and light body which is faintly smoky-brown dorsally. The head capsule of the larva is illustrated by Sommerman (1953) fig. 15. The dorsal head pattern consists of two long, narrow, median dark spots with two dark lateral spots on each side and a distinct dark horizontal band posteriorly. There are 24 to 27 rays in the mouth fan. Ventrally, the throat cleft is shallow and rounded or almost truncate, and there usually are two elongate dark spots near each side. The median submental tooth is longest with the tips of its secondary teeth about half way up. Usually there is a tiny tooth on each side at the base of the median tooth. The tips of the last lateral teeth are almost as high as the tip of the median tooth, and the tips of the two inner teeth are about as high as the tips of the secondaries on the median tooth. The inconspicuous innermost lateral tooth is the shortest, appearing like a tiny secondary tooth about half way up the second innermost lateral tooth. At various stages of development sometimes individual larvae of dovert may be confused with larvae of hirtipes 2, fulvum or travisi depending upon variation in particular characters, but the mature larvae are distinct, as indicated in the following key. 1. At least two crotches distinetly above level of spiracle, the uppermost being about 2/3 distance from level of spiracle to base of respiratory OTSA Ae Os Pal Va AN MOVE: ee wee Sete yee UN Ay Re 2 Only one crotch much above level of spiracle, it being about half way or less from level of spiracle to base of respiratory organ, fig. 9, hirtipes 2 FY aXo Pn (fia 0 HD) hy Pelee net se vn aL eet Ri ae ne aeeReMT EL SU Lue 2) ee PEUN MID ROM een 2 TENTS 3 2. Head capsule straw-colored, almost uniform dorsally; 17 to 19 rays in paakoyoheley aerehal ogrlaweayenm Colleinim iavlenmerkeh aye plaice Neh eee we A paisa fulvum Head capsule light brown, dorsal pattern usually distinet; 24 to 27 rays in mouth fan; throat cleft rounded to truneate____—-__-- 2 Ue doveri 3. Head capsule yellow-brown, dorsum usually with at most three darker spots, the middle one anterior to the lateral ones; throat cleft rounded ho” trumioeite tks a ies I ae NUE le er hirtipes 2 Head capsule dark brown, dorsum usually with two darker median spots and two darker lateral spots on each side, as well as a spotted hori- zontal band posteriorly, and a pale crescent on each side at suture bends throat eletbstlbtrxcim onl aie aso nae ee eee eeron ha eae travisi Prosimulium doveri has been taken from spring-fed streams in the Anchorage area, to the northeast about 40 miles to Eklutna Lake and to the southeast for about the same distance to the old abandoned Girdwood Mine. The preferred habitat is tiny spring-fed streams, ex- posed or shaded, ranging from the foothills to above timber-line. It seems quite probable that some of the stream are temporary and do not flow in winter. Most of the streams were less than an inch deep, PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1961 233 but three ranged to two inches in the deepest flowing water. The widths varied from 3 inches to 3 feet, the wide ones being extremely shallow. The stream speeds were estimated to be from less than 1 to 2.5 feet per second. The water was almost always clear although in some streams a considerable amount of organic matter became evident when a white cup was filled at little falls. The stream bottoms consisted of just about any combination of moss, fine sand and tiny pebbles, small stones, dead leaves, roots and pieces of dead wood. In some of the more oravelly exposed places the tiny streams were shaded with a dense growth of horsetails. At many of its habitats dovert was the dominant species of black fly and in some habitats the only species. Occasionally Simulium (£.) bicorms D., R. and V., and P. travisi were relatively abundant, and sometimes sparse populations of one or more of the following were also present: P. frohneit Somm., fulvum, hirtipes 2 and a species of Gym- nopais. Though the populations of immature bicornis, travisi and dovert were in direct association, the development of dover? slightly succeeded that of bicornis and travisi. P. doveri has one generation a year, with winter being passed in the ege stage. In some streams the hatching period must ‘begin as early as late April because small and medium larvae were present the first week of May (the earliest visits of the year) when the stream temper- atures ranged from 34° to 45°F. At that period some of the habitats were exposed to bright sunshine so warmed considerably during the day. Throughout the season in exposed trickles the larvae were found directly in the current attached to the undersides of loose stones and sticks, but in shaded places they were also found on the upper surface of stones, sticks and leaves. Larval development required about eight weeks, the first mature larvae being found the last few days of June with the majority maturing in July and August and a few stray ones being present right up until freeze-up in early October. The larvae feed on detritus, judging from the gut contents of a few matur- ing and mature larvae examined from several streams. Occasionally “all larval exuviae were included with the detritus, obviously in- eested as cast skins because the gut was not present as it is when com- plete larvae are eaten by predaceous species like frohnet. The pupae were attached to stones, sticks and leaves, often at their line of contact with the sand and pebbles, and somewhat removed from the direct current. This seeming retreat to quieter waters may have been the result of a subsequent decrease in the depth of the water and not a definite choice of the larva. Pupae were present from early July until freeze-up. Most of the adults emerged during the last three weeks of July and first two of August. As usual the males started to emerge before the females. Mating and oviposition were not observed. Only wild-caught females were taken, in flight or while probing and biting, from early August until mid-October. In the Anchorage area doveri is one of the vicious human biters, particularly trouble- some in alder thickets and spruce forests near its larval habitats. 234 PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1961. Females were biting when the sky was cloudy, overcast, durine drizzle or light rain, and even in bright sunshine on cooler days. The air tem- peratures at the time of biting were usually in the fifties, Fahrenheit. Biting occurred during the entire over-all daytime observation period, 11:00 AM to 4:30 PM; sometimes it was fierce and at other times caused little or no trouble. The females were attracted to my hair, dark brown, often alighting on it under the visor of my cap, or along the hair line, then crawling down into the hair to bite. They also favored the areas around my eyes, eyebrows, ears and in my ears. Generally the initial stab could be felt but the rest of the actual biting was painless. A drop or more of oozing blood or a tiny dark speck indicated a fresh bite. Immediately thereafter the area reddened and a welt developed. Bites close-by resulted in a constantly red, hot, swollen area that itched or burned maddeningly at times for about a week, as did the individual welts. The lab-emerged males and females had access to water from the cotton-filled tubes supporting the pupa (Sommerman, 1956), upon emergence and thereafter. The day after emergence a small drop of maple syrup was put on the lid of the individual’s cage, and the adults discovered it quickly and fed. The adults have survived as long as three weeks in captivity, with or without blood meals, one individual or one of each sex, per tiny emergence cage with maple syrup on the lid. Survival was longest when the cages were kept in a shaded, screened window-box on the north side of the lab where the temper- ature approached that of the out-of-doors, since the afternoon sun raised the temperature above 80°F. in the lab. The adults sometimes became stuck to a drop of excrement and died shortly thereafter. For biting, the females were transferred from the individual emerg- ence cages to 34 x 2 inch shell vials, which were held open-end against my arm. They usually fed readily the third day after emergence, which often was their first opportunity to bite. They were usually given only one chance to feed per day, and generally just on alternate days. They fed individually on me at any hour from seven in the morning to eleven at night in subdued light in the lab. It usually re- quired about three to five minutes for them to fill up, but occasionally took as long as ten to twelve minutes of continuous biting. If they succeeded in drawing blood on the first try they normally bit only once at a feeding. However, several times they appeared to be feedine properly when the blood welled up around their mouthparts, which they quickly withdrew, moved over a few millimeters and inserted again. Sometimes a tiny drop of excrement was forcefully ejected during feeding. The drying, oozing blood from prior bites did seem to induce others to bite when they happened to probe over it, especially if they had been reluctant to bite. The lab-emerged females took several blood meals, often as many as five, with seven being the maxi- mum. The blood meals were taken from the second day of adult life through the sixteenth, suggesting a probable two week feeding period in nature. 1a PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, No. 4, DECEMBER, 1961 235 According to laboratory evidence mating is not necessary for the development of what appear to be mature eggs, but blood meals are necessary, and scant evidence suggests that the more blood meals taken the greater the number of mature eges produced. Females having no blood meals but with access to maple syrup throughout adult life showed slight egg development, the eggs having finally reached ap- proximately 0.1 mm in length when the females were three weeks old. With only one blood meal, eggs had developed to 0.2 mm by the time the adults were 10 to 15 days old. With two blood meals the maximum ege@ size was 2.5 mm at 11 to 14 days. With five or more blood meals the maximum egg length was almost 0.4 mm at 14 to 21 days. LITERATURE CITED Sommerman, K. M., 1953. Identification of Alaskan Black Fly Larvae (Diptera, Simuliidae). Wash. Ent. Soe. Proce. 55 (5): 258-273. , 1955. Biology of Alaskan Black Flies (Simuliidae, Diptera). Ecol. Mon. 25: 345-385. —————., 1956. Do-It-Yourself Entomological Equipment. Mosquito News. 16 (4): 306-308. , 1958. Two New Species of Alaskan Prosimulium, With Notes on Closely Related Species (Diptera, Simuliidae). Wash. Ent. Soe. Proc. 60 (5): 193-202. Syme, P. D. and D. M. Davies, 1958. Three New Ontario Black Flies of The Genus Prosimulium (Diptera: Simuliidae) Part 1. Descriptions, morphological Comparisons with Related Species, and Distribution. Can. Ent. 90 (12): 697-719. KEY TO THE CULICOIDES OF OKINAWA AND THE DESCRIPTION OF TWO NEW SPECIES (DIPTERA, CERATOPOGONIDAE ) ALEXANDER A. Husert! and Winuis W. WirtH2 Examination of extensive light trap collections made by Captain Carlyle Nibley, Jr., from March through September 1959, has resulted in the discovery of three species of Culicoides not previously known to occur in Okinawa. Culicoides mihensis Arnaud is reported from the island for the first time, and C. nibleyi and C. arnaudi are described as new. Arnaud (1956) provided descriptions and figures for nine species from Okinawa in his excellent paper on Japanese Culicoides. 1 Department of Entomology, Walter Reed Army Institute of Research, Wash- ington, D. C. 2 Entomology Research Division, A.R.S., U.S. Department of Agriculture, Wash- ington, D. C. 236 PROC, EN‘l. SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1961 Two of these species, balius Arnaud and longidens Arnaud, were not collected in 1959. We are indebted to Miss Thelma Ford of Walter Reed Army Insti- tute of Research for preparing the illustrations. We also wish to thank Rogarciano Yecla of U.S. Army Medical Service Group, Ryukyu Islands, for his work of separating the ceratopogonids from the other material in the numerous light trap collections. bo iMG). Kery TO THE CULICOIDES OF OKINAWA (Females) Win swith o whe paler Sy Otsego ie ea LA a ae eh balius Arnaud Wangwithtwo.or more pale spots 20%. 5 eee 2 Wing with lumen of cell R5 at least partly in pale spot —_____ 3 Wine with. lumen:of ‘cell “RS completely darki{. == eee 4 Hind femur dark to apex; wing with two pale spots in distal part of anal cell, pale spot in cell M4 not touching vein M3t4 __amamiensis Tokunaga Hind femur with subapical pale band; wing with only one pale spot in distal part of anal cell, pale spot in cell M4 touching vein M3t4 (syn. kitaokai Tokunaga, vide Wirth and Hubert, 1961) jacobsoni Macfie Wing with palespot, at extreme apex of cell Rb 2 ee 5 Wing without pale spot at extreme apex of cell R5 — ff Wing usually with small pale spot in cell R5 posterior to second radial Celllisone spetamaphie canoe eee eek eee Ne eat aegleOe arakawai (Arakawa) Wing without pale spot in cell R5 posterior to second radial cell; two spermathecae SAE pe ONE ps Es UNNI a Wi Oe ee a i 6 Wing with small pale spot only on distal side of crossvein, pale spots in Pete Gil £15 Waa st 0 hes epee pane eld ec Ce ARRIOLA EMR AYE AL mihensis Arnaud Wing with large pale spot over R-M crossvein, pale spots in cell R5 very NUH oka su ae GUO eg TN sO) Ie oh wr Gane reel IM Betas lai okumensis Arnaud Wing with one or more pale spots in cell R5 distal to poststigmatie pale Ch OX aie ae a lia a NL PAR OM RU eco lr caMMe Mme TOI Ban TC se ae 8 Wing without any pale spots in cell R5 distal to poststigmatie spot —— 9 Wing with small round pale spot in cell R5 posterior and slightly distal to poststigmatie pale spot, apical spot in cell R5 more or less double (syn: OLYSTOMASASIC LET) eo aat dette ets taser eb ene een __schultzei (Enderlein) Wing without pale spot in cell R5 posterior to poststigmatie pale spot, apical spot in cell R5 round aN al dane Senge Wer 8 DEE fon AN nibleyi, n. sp. Wing with very large pale spots at base and over R-M crossvein. ee AEN Ey SE Ee OTe SC rhe cl dues ee a eae ee ae eos Cs ORT OF Che ome aE Wing without pale spot at base, spot over R-M erossvein small or moder- SPOS IN. SIZE. tele a! Dal Ne ae 1 SR NGPA 10 Legs with pale rings at bases of all tibiae and at apex of front femur; wing usually with faint pale spots in cell M4 and in distal part of anal NE a a rE OI La NIUE URNA CR arnaudi, n. sp. Legs without pale rings; wing without pale spots in cell M4 and anal Ae EL Ss ese Tea AU ae NE se Wa okinawensis Arnaud s . i \ von ee ~} PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1961 20 Culicoides (Oecacta) nibleyi Hubert and Wirth, n. sp. (Figures 1-3) Female.—Length of wing 1.22 mm. Head: Eyes separated dorsally by the width of one facet. Antenna not measurable; multiple, prominent, distal sensory tufts present on segments III, VII-X. Palpal segments (fig. 3) with lengths in pro- portion of 13-31-40-13-20; third segment almost triangular in profile, very broad, widest near middle, 1.7 times as long as greatest breadth, with an extremely large Bes Re SS Saat < ~ Saha gi pes Ss Wi, Wi an nt Se Culicoides nibleyi, n. sp., figs. 1-3, and C. arnaudi n. sp., figs. 4-8. Figs. 1, 4, female spermathecae; 3, 6, female palpi, male parameres; 8, male genitalia, parameres removed. open pit extending from just beyond middle of segment to the apex. Mandible with 16 small, even teeth. Thorax: Scutum dark brown, pleuron brown above becoming darker brown on lower half. Legs brown; all legs with dark knees, an indistinct narrow, sub-basal, pale ring on each tibia; fore femur slightly paler at distal fourth; hind tibial comb with four spines, the one closest to the spur longest. Wing (fig. 1): as figured; single dark brown spot on costal margin covering second radial cell and apex of first radial cell; pale spot over R-M ecrossvein small; cell R5 with two pale spots, the first reaching costa narrowly, immediately beyond second radial cell and becoming considerably ey Ry q - 238 PROC. EN'T, SOC. WASH., VOL. 63, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1961 broader posteriorly forming an “IL” or an inverted “T,” second spot oval, half- way from first spot to apex of wing; cell Mi with elongated pale spot in basal half and small irregular spot near apex; cell Ms with elongated pale spot proximal to medial fork, narrow pale streak down middle of cell, and small oval spot near wing margin; cell M: with large pale spot reaching wing mar- gin; anal cell with oval plate spot proximal to medio-cubital fork, base of cell pale; macrotrichia rather dense at wing tip, sparse over most of wing, few or no macrotrichia proximad of R-M crossvein and anal angle. Costa extending to 0.54 of distance to wing tip. Halter pale. Abdomen: Brown. Two spermatheca (fig. 2), subequal, each measuring 0.055 by 0.033 mm., oval, with rather long, slender necks. Male.— Unknown. Holotype, female, Yaka, Okinawa, June 1959, C. Nibley, light trap (type no. 64895, USNM). Of the Japanese and Okinawan Culicoides, this species is most closely related to schultzei (Enderlein) from which it can readily be separated by the characters given in the accompanying key. This species is named in honor of Captain Carlyle Nibley, Jr., U.S. Army Medical Service Group, Ryukyu Islands, whose extensive collections have added greatly to our knowledge of the Ceratopogonidae of Okinawa. (Figures 4-8) Culicoides (Oecacta) arnaudi Hubert and Wirth, n. sp. Female.—Length of wing 1.22 (1.06-1.32, n=9) mm. Head: Eyes very narrowly separated. Antenna with lengths of flagellar segments in proportion of 19-12-12- 12-13-13-13-13-30-32-34-35-49, antennal ratio 1.69 (1.57-1.81, n=6); distal sensory tufts present on segments III, V, VII, IX, XI-XV. Palpal segements (fig. 6) with lengths in proportion of 10-21-31-12-15; third segment 2.5 times as long as greatest breadth, with a broad, shallow sensory pit. Mandible with 15 (13-16, n=15) small, even teeth. Thorax: Scutum dark brown, seutellum medium brown, post-scutellum and pleuron dark brown. Legs brown; fore and mid femora with indistinct subapical pale rings, that on mid femur particular- ly faint; knees blackish; all tibiae with narrow sub-basal pale rings; hind tibial comb with 4 slender spines, the two nearest the spur equal in length and longer than the other two. Wing (fig. 4): As figured; one dark spot over second radial cell; two pale spots along costal part of wing, a rather large one covering R-M crossvein and most of first radial cell, second spot small and round, located in cell R5 just distal to second radial cell and covering vein R5 at apex of cell; faint round pale spot in distal part of anal cell adjacent to M-Cu fork; faint pale spot in cell M4; very indistinct pale area at extreme base of anal cell; macrotrichia moderately dense in distal half of wing, ‘extend- ing proximad to near bases of cell My and anal cell. Costa extending to 0.62 (0.61-0.63, n=9) of distance to wing tip. Halter infuscated. Abdomen: Brown. Two spermathecae (fig. 5), subequal, measuring 0.060 by 0.040 mm., ovate, widest at apical third, entrances to ducts very narrow, unselerotized. Male = a i a } PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 64, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1962 Pals on Rhagoletis he had done many years before, expanded it, added the new knowledge, and out came a magnificent piece of work. In 1956 he turned to the metamorphosis of the Crustacea, a sub- ject which had long been loaded with outworn phylogenetic specula- tion, and brought order to chaos. In 1959 he produced another de- hehtful work on the anatomical life of the mosquito. In 1961 he wrote two more pieces, one on the caterpillar and the butterfly, the other on insect metamorphosis, in which he introduced the term “retromorphosis.” I would like to take note at this point that he was never satisfied with his earlier findings on insect structure and produced three revisionary papers: In 1957 a revised interpretation of male genitalia ; in 1958, the evolution of arthropod mechanisms; and finally in 1960, facts and theories concerning the insect head. Who could talk of the work of Robert E. Snodgrass and not mention his exquisite and precise skill as an illustrator, his capacity for finding just the right choice of words, and his pleasing yet discriminating style of writing. And who could forget those delightful Smithsonian Annual Reports with papers in the popular vein but still filled with entomological wisdom for all of us. This is a very poor summary of the legacy of knowledge that he leaves us. Perhaps equally important is the legacy of principle— his firm belief that it is no crime to err in reporting the facts. The crime is to persist in error. That, he said, is inexcusable. How are we going to perpetuate the memory of this great man? That is the question which I shall leave to the next speaker. Dr. Ernestine B. Thurman, National Institutes of Health, P.H.S., Bethesda, Md.: “Robert Evans Snodgrass died September 4, 1962.” That single statement is all that Dr. Snodgrass considered to be necessary for announcing the occasion. When I asked him why, he rephed in his usual quick manner, “All those who should know me, do.” True, Though we, who have had the privilege of knowing him, wish to pay tribute to him and to his contributions to mankind. We have heard Dr. Schmitt’s tribute to his remarkable contributions to the scientific world. As an individual Robert Snodgrass was equally as remarkable. A writer, a critic, an artist, a sculptor, a philosopher, a traveler and explorer, a teacher and a source of inspiration for all scientists. Physically Dr. Snodgrass was remarkable. Some 20 years after re- tirement he was still physically fit and mentally alert, though he had become somewhat fragile. He continued his daily research at the Smithsonian Institution. He cared for his garden and the main- tenance of his home. He continued to participate in social affairs and professional organizations. His conversations were spiced with his ready wit and clearly showed his intensive, almost fierce in- dependence. He had strong convictions and the courage to maintain 214 PROC, ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL, 64, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1962 them. As a youth he was expelled from the Methodist Church because of his stated belief in evolution. He then joined the Unitarian Chureh and remained a life-long member. Because of his independence and ability to make his own interpreta- tions, many were of the impression that he was not a religious man. On the contrary, he read the Bible studiously and he lived each day with completely unselfish devotion to his fellowman regardless of race or creed. I do not know of a single instance when he purposely was unkind or hurt a living thing. Dr. Snodgrass was born in St. Louis, Missouri, on the 5th of July 1875, the eldest of three children. Before the age of eight he made scientific observations though at that time he could not interpret his observations. He was fascinated by the legs of grasshoppers which continued to kick after having been cut off by his father’s lawnmower. Thus, was the beginning of the greatest entomologists of our genera- tion. The family moved to Wetmore, Kansas, where Robbie, as he was called then, learned taxidermy. This was his solution to owning a gun and being forbidden to shoot birds. He received parental per- mission to shoot a pair of each kind of bird for scientifie study. Thence, from Kansas to California and ultimately to Stanford University where Rob Snodgrass entered at the age of 20. After graduation there, Robert Snodgrass began to teach at the State Col- lege of Washington, Pullman. His brief appointment terminated mainly because of his love for playing jokes: He did not tell me the details but it had something to do with a bicycle being found in the girls’ dormitory. From Pullman he returned to Stanford University. Fulfilling a responsibility there cost him his job. He had the duty of feeding silkworm larvae; hence, he stripped the leaves from the mulberry trees in front of the boys’ dormitory. The trees incon- siderately died. Robert Snodgrass, ex-professor, now turned to art and sculpturing in San Francisco. The chain of unexpected events continued: The 1906 earthquake directed his steps eastward to Washington, D. C., and Dr. L. O. Howard. After a few years with the U. S. Department of Agrieul- ture; a carefree trip to England; a few years of being a freelance artist and selling cartoons to popular magazines in New York; a gay venture in selling paintings to farmers in Indiana; and two years of entomological work in Indiana; he returned to Washington, D. C., and the U. 8. Department of Agriculture. His days of carefree roaming were over: He met the lovely musician, Miss Ruth Mae Hansford, whom he married in 1924. As a result, he reported, he had a wife, two daughters, five grandchildren and real-estate taxes. Mrs. Snodgrass enhanced the beauty and gayety of his life and assisted him in his scientific endeavors. She en- couraged his efforts and typed and edited his manuscripts. Dr. Snod- grass wrote quickly and easily, seldom having to rewrite anything. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 64, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1962 215 He modestly explained that he did not want to impose upon Mrs. Snodgrass by having her retype the papers. Dr. Snoderass was an avid reader of an array of subjects. His favorite was about animals, particularly The Wind in the Willows by Grahame. One of his manuscripts deals with observations made through the eyes of a cockroach. One of his favorite poems was “The Nightingale and the Glow-worm” by Cowper. Let me quote two lines from that poem: “|. For ‘twas the self-same power divine Taught you to sing and me to shine... .” Our cherished friend lived with a great deal of enthusiasm, a zest which never diminished. I do not know of a time in which he was bored nor of a situation which caused him to become bitter. He had some very strong dislikes: Barking dogs, radios, getting up in the morning, and nutmeg in apple pie. The only disappointments he ever mentioned to me were that his teeth remained solid only through his 84th year and that neither of his daughters followed in his sci- entific career. One daughter is following in his career as an artist. Many of us have benefited as sons and daughters by his careful euidance and his constructive criticisms. He gave generously of his time and talents in reviewing and editing manuscripts for stu- dents throughout the world. His contributions and correspondence were not limited by geographical nor political boundaries. Thus, the newly established Robert E. Snodgrass Memorial Fund will serve as a living memorial to this great man. The Fund, being admin- istered by the Entomological Society of America, will support future students of entomology who probably will not have had the privilege of knowing Dr. Snodgrass personally. On Monday, September 3rd, Dr. Snodgrass had spent the day at home, quietly smoking his pipe as he wrote on his new book. In the evening he completed his usual tasks around the home and enjoyed the early hours with his family before settling down at his desk for his customary three or four hours of writing on his manuscript for a new book on insect morphology. Sometime during the early morn- ing hours, probably just at sunrise, as he slept peacefully, God touched him and he continued to sleep. We are consoled because his departure was as he wanted it, quiet, painless and without a lengthy period of infirmity. Not so long ago, Dr. Snodgrass and I were philosophizing about the Hereafter. He expressed a desire to study the musculature of the angels in order to learn the mechanism of their flight. At that time I thought of the verse from St. John, “. .. in my Father’s House are many mansions .’ In one of those mansions, Dr. Snodgrass may well be embarking upon investigations with a new subject, rapidly and accurately sketching with a pencil in each hand, and interpreting his observations on the mechanism of the flight of angels. 216 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 64, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1962 | promised Dr. Snodgrass that there would be no emotional scenes, no morbid obituaries, no mourning when he ceased to live on earth; there would be a prayer of thanksgiving in the heart of each of us for the privilige of having known him and for the riches which he had added to our lives. One of the many friends who have written to Mrs. Snodgrass wrote, “The qualities for which this great man was admired and loved are imperishable.” Let me close by quoting Dr. Snodgrass. “Adversity is seldom dull. The things we do in this world do not count for half so much as those that happen. I would not exchange the unexpected in my life for all that I’ve achieved through efforts of my own. The events we set in motion by preconceived design take us along conventional routes that we expect will lead on to success, W hile. those that fate ordains create all the diversity and give all the excitement that make it worthwhile to live.” THE SNODGRASS MEMORIAL FUND It is widely recognized that a university education, even for deserv- ing students, is becoming more and more difficult to attain. Increased costs of delivering an education have resulted in higher university fees and increased costs of living have not lessened the burden on those seeking higher learning. To the end that these obstacles not block entirely the progress of promising students in entomology, the Snod- orass Memorial Fund has been established. Administered by the Entomological Society of America under the supervision of Mr. Robert H. Nelson, its Executive Secretary, the fund is deposited in its own account and at the present writing amounts to about $250.00. When the fund has grown effectively, an appropriate decision will be made about its investment. Donations in response to this appeal for funds can be made by cash, check or money order and can be sent or given to any of the three persons listed below : Mrs. R. E. Snodgrass 3706 13th St., N.W. Washington, D. C. Dr. Ernestine B. Thurman 5617 Sonoma Road, Bethesda, Maryland Mr. R. H. Nelson Executive Secretary, Entomological Society of America 4603 Calvert Road, College Park, Maryland PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 64, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1962 217 MEDITATIONS OF A COCKROACH Translated from the Blattan R. E. Snoperass, Washington, D. C. Those large two-legged human animals with whom I live call my kind “cockroaches,” but this is just their phonetic way of pronouncing the Spanish word cucaracha, which means neither “cock” nor “roach.” Some make it worse by calling us simply “roaches,” but a roach, since the days of Isaac Walton at least, has been a kind of fish, and we of course have no relation to fishes. This is just one example of the human disregard of nomenclatural errors. My family name is Blattidae, and I belong to the species scientif- ically called Blattella germanica, though I am not German. My aneces- tors came to Europe from Africa, and perhaps first settled in Ger- many. A Swede called Linnaeus then gave them the name germanica, which by their silly rules of nomenclature cannot be changed. From Europe we came to America on ship along with the human migrants, and now we are spread all over this country. We did not take to the fields and woods, since we preferred the shelter of the human’s houses, which we found were usually warm and comfortable the year around, furnished with plenty of food and water, and contained places of easy concealment just suited to our retiring habits. Our life in houses, however, has not always been agreeable, because the human species is a cruel animal and resents our intrusion, though we do no harm and usually try to keep out of sight. United States cockroaches, living in houses, seldom if ever bite their hosts, as do the blood-thirsty bed bugs, fleas, and mosquitoes. From the tropics, however, come reports of cockroaches biting sleeping persons, espe- cially children, which cannot be denied, but we should not all be condemned for the misdeeds of a few. Some humans are said to eat cockroaches, and in earlier times cockroaches dried or powdered were widely prescribed as a cure for various human diseases. Now we are accused of carrying numerous kinds of viruses, bacteria, and other disease germs, which we get from association with the humans, and so we are set down as a menace to the public health. Yet I have heard of no authentic record of any human getting a disease from one of us. In one respect we have a common tie with the humans, which is that we both like the same kinds of food. They, however, keep their food supplies mostly in tight containers or in the refrigerator, so what little we consume is generally crumbs found on the kitchen floor, in unswept corners, on the pantry shelves, about the sink, or scraps left by the house cat or the dog. In cleaning this up, therefore, we are really contributing to the sanitary condition of the kitchen. Yet, sO unreasoning is prejudice, that every effort is made to exterminate us—we are swatted and poisoned without mercy. Personally, I have lived safely a long time with the family of my present residence. At times some of them have swatted at me, but I have been too alert for them, and I make it a point wherever I go always to remember where the nearest crack or hole is into which I 218 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 64, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1962 can dash for safety. The best rule for cockroaches of any species is to remain in concealment during the day and come out only at night when the hghts are turned off. During the latter part of my mature life I have been much in- terested in observing the ways of the humans—comparing their habits with ours, and in noting how differently we are made. Though we both have organs for doing the same things, it is surprising how different they are. The humans are really four-legged animals, but they are practically bipeds because they stand on end and walk only with their hind legs. The fore legs, or arms as they call them, swing freely about and are used mostly for grasping and holding things. How much better is our way of walking or running on all six of our legs, with our body in a horizontal position. If something happens to one of our legs we still have five others to go on; the biped is crippled if one leg should be injured. The young humans at first go on all fours, showing that this is nature’s way of locomotion; when later they start to walk upright they frequently have bad falls. The habit of standing up on the hind legs was started by the apes, and no insect has imitated them. Members of my species can walk up a vertical glass surface, which is something no human can possibly do, though neither can some cockroaches. The adult human, with his head way up in the air, has to use his arms to bring food up to his mouth. With us, our mouth is always forward where it comes into direct contact with any food we en- counter, which can at once be consumed. Our young ones are able to find their own food and eat it as soon as they are hatched and begin running around. The young human for a long time after birth must be fed by its parents. The human head has a queer look to us cockroaches because as in- sects we are accustomed to associate a pair of antennae with the face. Antennae are indeed most convenient and useful things to have, espe- cially long, slender, highly flexible and movable ones like ours. They give us a very delicate sense of touch at a distance, and contain our organs of smell. Some insects can hear with their antennae. If the human wants to touch or feel something at a distance he has to reach out with his fore legs; we retain complete use of our legs for walking or running, and by waving our antennae about we know what is im- mediately ahead without bumping into it. The humans probably have better eyesight for seeing objects with their two small eyes on the front of the head, but our large, convex lateral eyes give us instant recognition of movement. For this reason we are adept at avoiding swatters or attacks by birds, since any moy- ing object is always to be suspected of being dangerous. It is particularly interesting to see how different the feeding organs of the humans are from ours, though we both eat the same food. We have a pair of strong, toothed jaws, or mandibles, that work side- ways in biting or chewing the food. They are mostly covered by a broad upper lip, or labrum. Behind the mandibles is a second pair PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 64, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1962 219 of organs, called mazxillae, that work back and forth and are used for bringing food back to the jaws. Below or behind these parts is a broad, flat under lip, or labiwm. All these active feeding organs are outside the mouth, as is also a median tongue like structure known as the hypopharynx. The labrum and the labium enclose the other parts in a preoral food cavity. Between the base of the hypopharynx and the front wall of the cavity is a special food pocket, the cibarium, in which the masticated food from the mandibles is deposited before being taken into the mouth. Our taste organs are located in the pre- oral cavity, so we can taste our food before it is taken into the mouth. Moreover, our salivary glands open over the base of the labium, and the saliva is mixed with the food in the preoral cavity. Our food, therefore, when taken into the mouth is all ready to be swallowed. The mouth of the human is a transverse opening on the lower part of the face, and leads directly into a mouth cavity. The Jaws, two in number, one above, the other below, are entirely enclosed in the mouth cavity and the lower jaw works up and down against the stationary upper jaw. Each jaw is armed with a long row of teeth, but the teeth are set into sockets of the jaw bones. The teeth, therefore, often be- come loose, or break off, and are particularly subject to decay, pro- ducing such pain that they have to be pulled out and replaced with artificial teeth. One old man in my human family has lost all his teeth, and has a bad time with a false set that will not stay in place while he eats. I am certainly glad that I am a cockroach with solid teeth on my jaws. In all my life I have never heard of a cockroach losing a tooth or of complaining of having a toothache. Again, consider the differences in the ways we breathe. The human animal breathes through two little holes on a thing that sticks out on the front of his face called a nose. From these apertures a passage leads to his throat cavity. On the floor of the throat is a single open- ing into a tube that runs down through the neck and branches into a pair of spongy sacs in the thorax known as lungs. Blood circulates through the lungs and takes up the oxygen from the inhaled air. The blood is then conveyed through a vessel to the heart, from which it is finally pumped through branching arteries all over the body. The returning veins carry the waste carbon dioxide back to the lungs, from which it is expelled through the nose. With such a complex breathing system, it is not surprising that the human is subject to all kinds of respiratory troubles, such as sneezing, colds in the head, bronchitis, tuberculosis and cancer of the lungs. We cockroaches and other insects, by contrast, have our breathing holes distributed along the sides of the body, as many as ten pairs of them. From these spiracles finely branching air tubes go to all internal parts of the body and deliver oxygen directly to where it is needed. How much simpler and efficient is this plan than the complex human system! We insects are practically free from respiratory troubles. The human always carries with him a small rag, called a handkerchief, used principally for wiping his nose. Our spiracles need no such attention. 220 PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL, 64, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1962 The human organs for perceiving smells inside the nose, are easily affected by inflammation of the nose cavity. Ours are carried on the antennae, where they are at all times freely exposed to the air, which probably accounts for the keen sense of odor perception many insects possess. The antennae of some insects bear also organs of hearing. Probably the human ear inside the head is a better organ than ours, but since we make no sounds we have little use for hearing. The males of some of our relatives, such as the crickets and katydids, make a lot of noise by scraping their wings together, called singing, to please the females, which have ears on their front legs. By contrast, the voice organ of the human animal is inside his throat, and he has to open his mouth to be heard. Insects have one great advantage over the humans in that most of them have wings and are able to fly. Though the humans have no vestiges of wings, it seems that they would like to have wings, for I have sometimes heard them say they expect to have wings after they die. They believe they are going to be resurrected as winged creatures called angels, suggesting that they must envy us while alive. Our wings are entirely different from the wings of any other flying animals. They grow out from the sides of the back of the thorax while we are young and are ready for use when we become adults. In some insects during the juvenile stages they are concealed in pockets of the skin. At maturity we are fully capable of flight without any in- struction or practice. The birds and the bats have acquired their wings by a reconstruction of their front legs into flying organs, and thereby they have lost the use of these legs for anything else. We insects, on the contrary, have kept all six of our legs for walking or running, and have wings in addition, most species having two pairs but some only one pair, and only a few are wingless. The humans in order to fly have made what they call ‘flying machines,” which are really air ships, since they “fly” by whirling propellers and not by wings. These machines make an awful noise, and frequently have accidents that kill a lot of people. Nothing like this ever happens to us; our only air casualties result from flying into bright hghts at night, which are too attractive to some insects. Most cockroaches have wings, though they do not fly much. Members of my species have well-developed wings, but we have practically given up flying. Another funny thing about the humans is that they wear artificial clothes, which they are all the time taking off and putting on again. Now, with us insects our clothes grow on us. Wien one suit gets too tight during our growing season, another grows beneath it, and we discard the old one. The clothes we have at maturity last the rest of our lives. Our clothes, by their colors and markings, are distinctive of our species. The humans wear different kinds of clothes, but under- neath they are all pretty much alike, except that you can nearly always tell the sex of an individual by the style of the clothes. We cockroaches are a quiet lot. We have no voice, and no need for one, nor do we have sound-making implements as do the erickets, katydids, and cicadas. On the contrary, the humans in the house are _ PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 64, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1962 often distracting with their loud talking, quarreling, and constant shouting at the young ones, which themselves are always making some kind of unnecessary noise. As if all this were not enough, they have noise-making machines that they keep going for hours at a time. Since we like quietude we are lucky that our hearing is poor. We do not envy the family life of the humans we live with and avoid them as much as possible by coming out of our retreats mostly at night when the kitchen is dark and deserted. While we have good eyesight, we do not need our eyes in the dark, except to tell us when the light is suddenly snapped on, which means that a human has entered the room and is likely to make trouble for us. Socially we are individualists, but we get along perfectly well with one another, We are not gregarious by nature, but sometimes a crowd of us may assemble at one “place attracted by favorable conditions such as protection, warmth, or an abundance of food. We have no rules of conduct because we know by instinet what is proper behavior for a cockroach. We have no marriage laws or ceremonies. A con- genial pair may mate at any time by mutual consent, and they may separate without recourse to a court of law. Our matrimonial freedom we owe to the fact that our young are hatched directly from eggs, and need no care or attention from their parents. By this common- sense arrangement there are no illegitimate children, and it is con- ducive to rapid multiplication of the species. A cockroach female discharges her eggs into a chamber at the end of the abdomen. Here the eges are enclosed in a capsule formed by the secretion of glands. Most species carry the capsule, or ootheca projecting from the end of the body until the eggs are ready to hatch, or deposit it in a safe place. Some, however, store the capsule in a large pouch of the end chamber and keep them there until the eggs hatch. In this case it appears that the female is giving birth to live young, but the hatching of eggs in an open pouch. is In ho way com- parable to the birth of live young by animals that do not lay eggs. I myself have actually seen newly-born mice, miserable little things, blind, utterly helpless, and dependent on their mother for care and feeding. This is an awful way to be born, and I am told it is the same with the humans, who, moreover, must give years of attention to their offspring. How much simpler and easier it is to lay an egg than to give birth to a live, squirming infant. Ugh! Again I am thankful ‘that I am a cockroach. Since all of us animals have to do the same things in order to live, that is, we must eat, breathe, avoid danger, and reproduce our kind, it seem strange that different animals have been endowed with such different ways and means of performing these few necessary fune- tions. They call it “evolution” and “survival of the fittest,’ but we insects are the most populous and diversified inhabitants of the earth, and our ancestry goes back at least 300 million years. But I am only a cockroach, and cannot understand what satisfaction the human animals get from their complex ways of life. Probably they do not realize how simple and satisfactory is the life of a cockroach. 299 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 64, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1962 SUTURE OR SULCUS? R. E. Snoperass, Washington, D.C. The question of usage raised by these two words is a general one. Should scientific terms mean what they say by their derivation, or may they be mere labels for facts to be used for descriptive purposes without regard to their linguistic origins? The term suture as commonly used in entomology is given to any external groove of the insect skeleton. Yet the name comes from the Latin sutura meaning a seam, derived from the verb swo, to sew. Literally, therefore, the only true anatomical sutures should be those made by surgeons. In vertebrate anatomical terminology, however, the zig-zag lines of union between centers of ossification in the skull have long been called “sutures.” Since these lines suggest a coarse stitching between the bones, this nonfactual usage of the term can be condoned as figurative. These so-called sutures are at least lines of union. When the early entomologists, being familiar with their vertebrate anatomy, then carried the term “suture” over to the grooves on the insect cranium and other parts of the skeleton, they applied the word to features that in no sense, figurative or otherwise, should be called sutures. Most of the surface grooves of the insects are linear inflec- tions of the cuticle that give strength to the body wall along lines of mechanical stress, as has been well shown by Strenger in her studies of the insect head (1942, 1950, 1952), though she still calls the grooves Nadhte (German for sutures). In other cases the inner ridges give attachment to muscles, as the antecostae of the segmental plates and the phragmata of the thorax. Rarely a groove marks a line of union between sclerites. The cuticular ingrowths of the body wall constitute the so-called endoskeleton of the insect, which is functionally com- parable to the framework of a wooden house. In the building of the insect, however, the wall is put up first, and the framework is then formed by infoldings of the wall where needed to give extra strength. Well-known examples of body-wall strengthening by cuticular in- flections are the internal ridges of the thoracic pleura. These ridges brace the pleural walls first for the support of the legs, and then in the wing-bearing segments for the support of the wings. Clearly it is an absurdity to call the ridge-forming grooves of the thoracic pleura the pleural “sutures,” as if they are lines of union between the episterna and the epimera. The same is true of the head grooves that are formed along lines of stress in the cranial wall. An excep- tion is the so-called “epicranial suture,” which is now recognized to be a preformed line of weakness in the immature head where the cuticle will split at ecdysis (see Snodgrass, 1947). It has been argued that if we discredit the use of a vertebrate term for an insect structure on the basis of non-homology, we should have to re-name all the parts of the insect, since there can be no homology of insect parts with those of vertebrates. This contention, however, overlooks the fact that terms, which only by priority are vertebrate PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 64, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1962 223 names, are given to anatomical parts of insects and other inverte- brates on the basis of functional identity, or in some cases of analogy. A food tract extending through the body, for example, is literally an alimentary canal in any animal. A locomotor organ for progress on solid surfaces is functionally a leg regardless of its origin or structure. An organ of flight is a wing, whether of an insect, a bird, a bat, an angel, or the devil. Similarly a head is a head on an animal, a nail, or a pin. A respiratory tube may be a trachea in an insect as well as in a vertebrate. An organ for aquatic respiration by any animal is a gill. A blood-pumping organ is a heart wherever it occurs. The vertebrate names given to the segments of an insect’s leg are cases of naming parts by analogy. The term suture does not come in this category of vertebrate names that can be applied to insect parts either on a functional basis or one on analogy. An anatomical suture can be only a line of union between parts originally separate. The ridge-forming grooves of the insect skeleton have no relation whatever to anything properly called a suture. The term “suture,” therefore, should be discarded from entomological terminology, except where it may be correctly used. Fortunately we have an easy substitute in the familiar word sulcus (pl. sulet), which is Latin for furrow, or groove. Since both “suture” and “suleus” have an initial S, if this letter has stood for “suture” on published drawings, the same will stand for “sulcus.” To persist in the use of “suture” for the ridge-forming grooves of the insect skeleton not only perpetuates a nomenclatural error, but it disregards the mechanical significance of the grooves. Students learn the superficial facts of insect anatomy, probably accepting “sutures” as lines of union between sclerites, and get little or no understanding of why the insect is made as it is. Learning defini- tions is a large part of elementary anatomical education. Definitions, therefore, should meet their responsibilities. REFERENCES Snodgrass, R. E., 1947. The insect cranium and the “epicranial suture.” Smith- sonian Mise. Coll., vol. 107, No. 7, 52 pp., 15 figs Strenger, Anneliese, 1942. Funktionelle Analyse des Orthopterenkopfes. Zool. Jahrb., Syst., vol. 75, pp. 1-72, 23 figs. , 1950 Funktionsstudie des Kopfes von Forficula auricularia. Zool., Jahrb., Anat., vol. 70, pp. 557-575, 4 figs. , 1952. Die funktionelle und morphologische Bedeutung der Nahte am Insektenkopf. Zool. Jahrb., Anat., vol. 72, pp. 467-521, 18 figs. 294 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 64, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1962 THE REALITY OF STERNITES IN THE MESOTHORAX OF HYMENOPTERA HAROLD CoMPERE, Specialist, Citrus Research Center and Agricultural Experiment Station, University of California, Riverside Surface sternal plates are not supposed to occur in the mesothorax of Hymenoptera according to a theory that was advanced by Ferris in 1940 and which has been widely accepted since then with few dis- sentions (Ferris, 1940). The most noteworthy dissenter is Snodgrass. He has not made any concessions to the Ferris theory. (Snodgrass, 1942, p. 48 and 1956, pp. 88-90.) Photographie evidence is presented here to show that external sternites do occur in the mesothorax of some Hymenoptera. In a systematic paper attention was directed to Astymachus japonicus How. and Scelioencyrtus mymaricoides Comp., Rao, Kaur., as having structural pecularities that might prove in- structive to expert anatomists in tracing the evolution of the thorax in the Eneyrtidae (Compere, Rao, and Kaur, 1960). This was an understatement. One need not be an expert anatomist to realize that these insects do more than this. They prove that the Ferris theory and the modifications of this theory by others concerning the morphol- ogy of the thorax in the Hymenoptera are untenable; that facts of anatomy have been foreed to fit untenable theories; that evolution in the Hymenoptera does not follow a simple uniform basic pattern; that patterns may move in one direction and sometimes in another direction ; that sclerites, ridges, sulci, and clefts may come into exist- ence on stationary, pre-existing, substrates; that it is a mistake to assume that morphological regions necessarily follow shifts in the sclerotization. Snodgrass regards the muscle connections as providing good perma- nent landmarks and what seems to be the most decisive evidence against the Ferris theory. In the honey bee (Snodgrass, 1956, fig. 49) the large tergo-sternal wing muscles of the mesothorax are not carried off by the sternum, which is supposed to migrate and invaginate according to the Ferris theory. It is hardly to be supposed that a migrating sternum should pass its muscles to an invading pleuron. Nothing has been written above that is new or that has not been expressed or implied by Snodgrass in one place or another in his publications but in different words or communicated in letters. Astymachus japomcus and Scelioencyrtus mymaricoides are not typical of the Eneyrtidae, and may not fall in this family in a perfected classification. These two genera are so distantly related that they may not even belong in the same family. They resemble typical Encyrtidae in having large mesopleura with inner side walls and sterno-pleural ridges.2 Aside from thoracic characters there is 2These are the ridges which extend lengthwise from the lateral coxal articula- tions to the anterior margin of the mesopectus and to which Snodgrass applied the name sterno-pleural (Snodgrass, 1910, p. 80, and pl. 9, fig. 4). In this article sterno-pleural is restored to the ridges to which this name was applied in 1910 by Snodgrass. bo | PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 64, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1962 2% little similarity between the typical Encyrtidae on the one side and A. japonicus and 8. mymaricoides on the other side. The latter are highly specialized for crawling between the sheaths and culms of graminaceous plants for hosts living between closely appressed sur- faces. The encyrtid parasites are paper thin and weakly sclerotized. In life the bodies may even be compressible. There is a correlation here between structure and habit giving support to the idea that the insect skeleton may be moulded by the mechanical needs of each kind of insect.* Generalizations have been made about the thorax in the Hymenoptera with little or no regard for the Chalcidoidea—in some cases as if this important superfamily did not exist. Yet the Chal- cidoidea is a major group by any standard. The species exist in enormous numbers and present an almost kaleidoscopic array of mesothoracic patterns which do not conform to the basic plans that have been laid down for the Hymenoptera. In typical Encyrtidae the region of the mesopectus between the sternopleural ridges is occupied by a large composite sclerite, while in Astymachus japonicus and Scelioencyrtus mymaricoides the cor- responding region is occupied by two pairs of sclerites. It is evident that the regions between the sterno-pleural ridges are stationary and identical morphologically. It requires too great a stretch of imagina- tion to believe otherwise. The photographs of Astymachus japonicus and Scelioencyrtus mymaricoides show the two pairs of sclerites on the venter of the mesopectus between the sternopleural ridges. It is not exaggerating much to state that these sclerites bear identification labels with the name furcasternite on the inner pair and laterostermte on the outer pair. There is no median furca. The widely separated apophyses are earried on the lateral margins of the inner pair of sclerites and attach to the pleura distally. These apophyses are evidently homologous with the furcal arms of typical Eneyrtids, therefore the sclerites on which they rest are identified as furcasternites. There is a striking similarity between the furcasternites in the Hymenoptera and the sternites associated with the first pair of legs in the symphylan, Scutigerella immaculata (Newb.). In the latter the long sternal apophyses are carried on the lateral margins of the sternites. Presumably, objections will be raised to identifying sclerites in the Hymenoptera as sternites. It is clearly evident that the sternites in the Hymenoptera did not come into existence in the same way as those in the Blattidae. In the latter the sternites came into existence by the partial desclerotization of a pre-existing sclerotized sternum (Snodgrass, 1935, pp. 170-171, fig. 94). In the Hymenoptera the sternites appear to have come into existence by sclerotization on a pre-existing membranous substrate. This poses several questions. Is a membranous sternum antecedent to a sclerotized sternum in insects or vice versa? Should the same name or different names be applied 3This is not my idea but that of Snodgrass. It was contained in a personal letter under date of August 2, 1961. 226 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL, 64, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1962 i) ae G Fig. 1.—Surface sternal plates in the mesothorax of Hymenoptera. Fig. A, Astymachus japonicus Howard; fig. B, Scelioencyrtus mymaricoides Compere, Rao, Kaur; fig. OC, Encyrtus fuliginosus Compere. A and B cleared stained specimens photographed at 160X. C cleared specimen photographed at relatively low magnification with different equipment. a = e PROC. EN'T, SOC. WASH., VOL. 64, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1962 227 C Fig. 2.—Simplified drawings of specimens shown photographically in fig. 1. The inner walls of the mesopleura and the sternal apophyses shown separately in the offset drawings are hatched. The membranous sternal substrate stippled im A, B, and C. Explanation of the lettering: A, apophysis; 4p, apophyscal pit; Cx, coxa; Fs, furcasternites; Ls, laterosternite; Ppct, prepectus; Pl, pleuron; S, spina; Stn, sternum; q, sterno-pleural ridge; WP, wing process. 228 PROC, ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 64, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1962 to corresponding sclerites which have the same relative positions, proportions, and values but which came into existence by different processes ? The photographs do not show that the lateral margins of the furcasternites which carry the apophyses are raised slightly above the membranous substrate. This can be seen when the specimens are viewed at oblique angles. The widely separated apophyseal pits show clearly in the photograph of Scelioencyrtus mymaricoides but not in that of Astymachus japonicus, although the pits are present in the latter. The apophyses which arise from these pits presumably attach to the furcasternites secondarily. Prior to studying Astymachus japonicus and WScelioencyrtus mymaricoides I took for granted that in the Chalcidoidea a spina was a cardinal landmark of identifying the venter of the prepectus when the latter is membranous as in the Encyrtidae and Eupelmidae. However, in A. japonicus the spina appears to be located anteriorly on the midline of the mesopectus, and in S. mymaricoides there is no spina on either the prepectus or mesopectus. In the great majority of the Chalcidoidea examined by me only one apophyseal pit can be seen and this is located posteriorly on the midline of the mesopectus. In Ophelosia crawfordi Riley, an anoma- lous Chaleidoid now classified under the Pteromalidae, two micro- scopic pits can be seen close together in a small depression. This is not evidence that one apophyseal pit is indicative of primitiveness. Yet Ferris (1940, p. 88) reasoned that since in the majority of insects, probably 95 percent or more, the two apophyseal pits are close together on the midline therefore this is the more primitive position. Some of the widely accepted theories are based on reasoning no more sound than this. No new theories have been presented in this article, for according to Snodgrass (1958, p. 26) arthropod morphology is overburdened with theories, and Astymachus japonicus and Scelioencyrtus mymari- coides attest to the soundness of this assertion. LITERATURE CITED Compere, H., B. R. Subba Rao, and R. B. Kaur, 1960. Two species of Encyrtidae parasitic in the pink mealybug of sugar cane in India. Proc. Nat. Inst. Science, India, 26B(1): 45-50, illus. Ferris, G. F., 1940. The myth of the thoracic sternites of insects. Microentomol- ogy, 5(3): 87-90. Snodgrass, R. E., 1910. The thorax of the Hymenoptera. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 39: 37-91, illus. , 1935. Principles of insect morphology. McGraw-Hill Book Company, Ine. 1-667. 1942. The skeleto-museular mechanisms of the honey bee. Smith- sonian Mise. Coll., 103(2): 1-120, illus. , 1956. Anatomy of the honey bee. Comstock Publishing Associates, Cornell Univ. Press. 1-334, illus. , 1958. Evolution of arthropod mechanisms. Smithsonian Mise. Coll., 138(2): 1-77, illus. — PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL, 64, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1962 229 NOTES ON HABITS OF TWO BLOODSUCKING BUGS, TRIATOMA DISPAR LENT, 1950, AND ERATYRUS CUSPIDATUS STAL, 1859 (HEMIPTERA: REDUVIIDAE) PEDRO GALINDO and G. B. FAIRCHILD, Gorgas Memorial Laboratory, Panama, R. de P. Triatoma dispar Lent In July, 1950, while carrying out studies on arboreal, day-flying, forest mosquitoes on the slopes of Cerro Campana in Panama, we noted the presence of a two-toed sloth, Choloepus hoffmani, on a crotch some 65 ft. above the forest floor and about 20 ft. above a platform where we had stationed a mosquito collector. This sloth was reported present on the same crotch during the following month until it was finally captured and bled for yellow fever immunological studies. About a week after the sloth was removed from the crotch, seven fifth-instar triatomine nymphs were captured by the mosquito col- lector while attempting to feed on him. On the following days addi- tional nymphs were taken and the collector noted that the insects were crawling down from the crotch formerly occupied by the sloth. Close examination of the crotch revealed the presence of five adult triatomines and many nymphs of all stages, some of which were partly engorged. Subsequently, in November, 1950, at Bijao, on the slopes of Chiriqui voleano, Republic of Panama, three additional nymphs of the same species were taken from a crotch of a tree where a two-toed sloth was resting about 45 ft. above the forest floor. In June, 1958 a single adult female was captured while attempting to feed during the day on a mosquito collector on a 60 foot platform in the Cerro Azul area, about 20 miles east of Panama City. Dr. Herman Lent of the Instituto Oswaldo Cruz, Brazil, determined one female and two nymphs from our material as Triatoma dispar Lent 1950. It is, according to Dr. Lent, the species erroneously re- ported by Champion (1889) and Usinger (1944) as Triatoma venosa Stal. Evidently Triatoma dispar is highly arboreal in habits. The fact that it was found twice associated with Choloepus hoffmani may in- dicate a predilection for this edentate, although its collection at human bait suggests that it may have a wider host range among arboreal mammals. Eratyrus cuspidatus Stal This bloodsucking bug is apparently seldom taken, and little is known of its habits. Neiva and Lent (1941) gave the distribution as Colombia, Venezuela and Panama, and Usinger (1944) recorded it only from Panama. Specimens have been found infected with trypanosomes in Venezuela and in Panama (Dunn 1934). Specimens in the collection at Gorgas Memorial Laboratory, aside from 3 nymphs and 1 adult, the progeny of Dunn’s specimen, are all 230 PROC, ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 64, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1962 adults taken attracted to light, as follows: 2 ¢, Barro Colorado TId., C. Z., 25, 27 July 1960; 1 ¢, Madden Dam, C. Z., 20 Apr. 1960;1 9, Almirante, Bocas del Toro Prov., 5 Sept. 1951; 1 8, Esquintla, Guatemala, 20 Apr. 1945. This last is smaller and paler than the Panama specimens. On 30 June 1962, two last-instar nymphs of what were suspected to be Hratyrus, were taken in the crevices of a piece of old termite nest and under a small board lying on the concrete floor of the instru- ment platform of an abandoned artillery-range tower. This tower (one of two on a ridge back of the Caribbean coast in the Fort Sher- man reservation, Canal Zone), is an enclosed concrete structure about 80 feet high, surmounted by an observation-instrument platform, roofed over but open on all sides. A small colony of bats, species not determined, had been established for some years in a space just be- neath the platform near the hole through the center of the floor which gave access to the instrument emplacement. No bird’s nests or evi- dence of the presence of other animals were noted, and the construction of the tower is such that the only animals likely to make use of its top, and only, room, are bats or birds. The top of the tower rises slightly above the surrounding essentially virgin forest, which was left for concealment when the towers were built. Through the kind cooperation of Mr. B. S. Holderman, H. M. C., U.S. N., of the Navy unit attached to this laboratory, who fed the nymphs successfully on mice, one of the two nymphs transformed to an adult Fratyrus cuspidatus about 10 Aug. 1962. Both specimens are being held alive with the hope that they may be used to establish a colony. Neither specimen was infected with trypanosomes. REFERENCES Champion, G. C., 1899. Biologia Centrali Americana, Insecta, Rhynchota, 2:209 Tab. XII, fig. 23. Dunn, L. H., 1934. Am. J. Trop. Med., 14(3):291-292. Neiva, A. and Herman Lent, 1941. Rev. Ent., Rio de Janeiro, 12(1-2):88. Usinger, R. L., 1944. The Triatominae of North and Central America and the West Indies and their public health significance. Public Health Bulletin No. 288, U.S.P.H.S. Washington, D. C., pp. 61-62, Plate IX fig. I. , ANNOUNCEMENT Short scientific articles not exceeding one printed page, with or without illustra- tions, are welcome and usually will be published promptly. See previous recent issue for format.—ED. PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL, 64, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1962 231 A SECOND SPECIES OF ICHNEUMONIDAE BELONGING TO SCOLOMUS TOWNES (HYMENOPTERA ) LUELLA M. WALKLEY, Hntomology Research Division, ARS, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C. The genus Scolomus was described by Townes and Townes (1949, pp. 420-421, Pl. V, fig. 43) for a single male from “Chubut, Patagonia” which they named Scolomus viridis. A male specimen recently received from Miss Etcheverry C., Instituto Pedagogico, Santiago, Chile, repre- sents a new species, the second one, in Scolomus and is described below. Like the type species this is pea green and black. A true green color is rare in the Ichneumonidae, even in iridescent specimens, and all the species with green coloring known to me are from the Neotropical region. Scolomus magellanicus, new species @igs. 1,2 Holotype—Male, El Ganso, Magellanes, Chile, February 14, 1952 (Maria Etcheverry C.); U. S. National Museum, Type No. 65905. Length: 10 mm.; head and thorax 4 mm.; abdomen 6 mm.; forewing 8.5 mm.; antennae broken but evi- dently nearly as long as body. Head.—Slightly narrower than the thorax; temples long and strongly but roundly sloping; the eye, viewed dorsally, not more than three-fourths the length of the temple; ocelli large, the lateral ocelli more distant from each other than from margin of compound eye; face nearly as broad as long but appearing longer; clypeus a little less than twice as broad as long (8.5::5) only indistinetly separated from face and with anterior border emarginate medially; malar space approxi- mately 148 times as long as basal width of mandible; mandibles rather small and somewhat concealed by elypeus, and apically about one-half basal width, teeth not clearly visible but apparently more or less blunt; apex of labrum visible; palpi not unusual. Head, except impunctate vertex, with fine, dense punctures, those of face medially less dense and of elypeus less fine and more sparse in apical half; longer of two broken antennae with 26 remaining flagellar segments without tyloids; oceip- ital carina incomplete, not reaching either base of mandible or hypostomal carina. Thorax—Scutum densely, finely, and evenly punctate, no notaulices; no epomia on propleurum; tegular ridge with backward-projecting spine; propleurum, and mesopleurum dorsally and ventrally, densely, finely punctate, mesopleurum else- where more sparsely so, with speculum smooth and shining; seutellum and postseu- tellum strongly elevated; propodeum (fig. 3) with basal median longitudinal carinae elevated and converging posteriorly, not extending beyond elevated basal transverse carina, dorso-lateral longitudinal carinae strong, explanate above spira- cles, elevated at intersection with basal transverse carina, and continuing on to form apophyses in apical third of propodeum, the apical transverse carina missing between apophyses. Legs slender with stout tarsal segments, the fifth or claw seg- ment of fore- and middle legs longer and stouter than basitarsus, in hind legs only stouter; claws large, strongly curved or bent, that of middle tarsus especially so (fig. 2); apex of front tibia with a small tooth on outer side. Wings slightly 232 PROC, ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 64, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1962 infumate; venation unusual in there being two anal cells in forewing, the basal cell bordered posteriorly by a distinet anal vein that runs along hind margin of wing, except at extreme base (fig. 1), to transverse anal vein which is more dis- tinet in left forewing than in the right where it becomes a little fuzzy medially. Abdomen.—Shining, impunetate, long, slender, and club-shaped; petiole slender with spiracles slightly before the middle and with deep lateral grooves reaching from base to spiracles causing petiole to be so narrowed above grooves that ventro- lateral areas visible when viewed dorsally (as in Mesochorinae and Opheltes) ; postpetiole fully as long as second abdominal segment, a little longer than third. Head, thorax, and abdominal segments beyond the third black or blackish, with elypeus and tarsi more castaneous; antennae brownish with faint greenish-blue iridescence; legs (except tarsi) and first three segments of abdomen green, that of the middle and anterior legs a more yellowish green. Comparison of the types of the two species of Scolomus shows that S. magellanicus differs from viridis in having: A longer and propor- tionately narrower petiole and postpetiole; longer legs, with femora Scolomus magellanicus, new species. Fig. 1, forewing; fig. 2, middle tarsus; fig. 3, propodeum. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 64, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1962 233 proportionately less stout and claws larger and heavier but less strongly bent; face narrower and clypeus apically emarginate; areola (fig. 3) lacking (present in viridis although open behind) ; converging median dorsal carinae forming a triangle basally, dorso-lateral carinae sharper and more explanate above spiracles; wings more hyaline with a crossvein in the small cell (this is only suggested in viridis) and with anal vein reaching crossvein; spine on tegular ridge not as widely extended. Townes placed Scolomus in the subfamily Tryphoninae, tribe Try- phonini, and remarked that despite its many aberrant characters it was closely related to (Dyspetus Thomson) = Dyspetes Foerster. What the affinities of the genus are I cannot say without seeing the female. Certainly magellanicus shows less resemblance to Dyspetes than does viridis. LITERATURE CITED Townes, Henry K., and Townes, Marjorie C., 1949. A revision of the genera and of the American species of Tryphonini (Hymenoptera: Ichneumonidae). Ann. Ent, Soc. Amer. 42; 321-447; 5 plates. BOOK REVIEW SILENT SPRING, by Rachael Carson. September, 1962. Houghton Mifflin Co., Boston. 368 pages. Rachel Carson, noted as a superb writer for her The Sea Around Us, has written Silent Spring with her enviable skill. In alarm and anger she arouses her readers by picturing a birdless spring of the future. The indiscriminate use of chemicals against insects and rodents has killed wild life; no birds sing, no animals roam the forests, no fish swim the streams; the vegetation is brown and dead. Silent Spring has been selected for October by the Book-of-the Month Club. The SATURDAY REVIEW (October 6th issue) poll of book reviewers give it 25 votes out of 44, The publisher’s publicity sheets state that 90 percent of the letters addressed to the author are favorable, that Justice William O. Douglas writes that a Bill of Rights is needed against the 20th Century poisoners of the human race, and that advance printings amounting to 100,000 copies already have been ordered. Despite all of this favorable publicity, Miss Carson presents a one-sided and over-emphasized picture of the problem; her attack on the integrity of some sei- entists is unwarranted. Articles in Time, September 28, and by L. L. Baldwin in Science, September 28, point out in detail some of these errors. 234 PROC, ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 64, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1962 Pesticides used properly constitute no threat to the public. Less than 5 percent of all of the area of the United States is treated annually. 613 million acres of the 640 million acres of Federal forest land have never been treated. Birds some- times leave areas because nesting sites have been destroyed, or for other environ- mental reasons. While other methods of insect control are being investigated, chemical insecti- cides are still necessary to protect our food supplies. The National Academy of Sciences is sponsoring a program in which a panel of outstanding scientists, representing both the users of chemicals and the protectors of wild life, is studying their interrelationship. Two publications have been issued, a third is in preparation. Miss Carson deserves praise for attracting attention to the mis-use of chemicals. However, the values conferred on many by the use of chemicals far out-weighs any losses which may have been suffered. THOMAS E. Snyper, Washington, D.C. HYDRACARINID MITES PARASITIC ON THE MOSQUITO, CULEX TARSALIS COQUILLETT (ACARINA and DIPTERA: CULICIDAE) On August 31, 1961, the author collected a female Culex tarsalis Coq. heavily parasitized with mites. This specimen was taken 514 miles north of Thistle, Utah Co., Utah, resting in an abandoned cellar. Subsequent examination revealed 29 immature hydracarina mites attached to the abdomen of this specimen. The female became active prior to capture and did not appear to be inconvenienced by the presence of the mites. Occurrence of larval mites on the adults of mosquitoes and other aquatic Diptera has been reported previously by various authors. While larger numbers of mites have been en- countered on other Diptera, record of such a heavy infestation on mosquitoes is not known to the author. Mites were found on the dorsal and lateral sides of the first seven abdominal segments. They were all attached to the intersegmental membranes. The majority were dorsal in position. Identification of immature hydracarinid mites to species is extremely difficult and often impossible to aec- complish with the existing literature. However, these immature forms were identified by Mr. C. D. Jorgensen, Brigham Young University, Radiation Ecology Project, Mercury, Nevada, as belonging to the genus Piona. This genus of mites is rather common in northern waters. This specimen was collected as part of a study project of Rocky Mountain mosquitoes supported by a PHS research grant, E-4121, from The National Institutes of Health, Public Health Service. Jay H. Linam, Department of Zcology and Entomology, University of Utah, Salt Lake City. : PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 64, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1962 235 SOMATOCHLORA MARGARITA, A NEW SPECIES OF DRAGONFLY FROM EASTERN TEXAS (ODONATA: CORDULIIDAE) THomas W. DONNELLY, Dept. of Geology, Rice University, Houston, Texas In late May and early June, 1961, several males and females of a new species of Somatochlora were taken in the vicinity of Cleveland, Texas. The discovery of this new species raises to five the number of species in the Somatochlora filosa group (which ineludes_filosa (Hagen), provocans Calvert, ozarkensis Bird, and calverti William- son and Gloyd and also extends the range of the genus southwest- ward into eastern Texas. Somatochlora margarita, n. sp. Holotype male-—Head. Labium and labrum pale yellow, the latter margined with dark brown and with an obseure median dark spot; anteclypeus pale; post- clypeus pale with two dark punetae (clypealsinus); lower margin and sides of frons pale; upper part of frons metallic green with two pale yellow spots on the dorsum; vertex metallic violet-green with pale anterior margin; occiput dark with dark hairs; rear of head black with short pale hairs. Thorax.—Prothorax dark brown, paler on sides; front and hind lobes pale. Pterothorax dark brown with greenish iridescence, paler laterally, yellow as fol- lows: anterior half of mid-dorsal carina, spot on mesepisternum (about 1.5 mm. long), stripe on mesepimeron (about 5 mm. long and 1.5 mm. wide, with upper end rounded, lower end narrowed, and posterior border slightly sinuous), a small stripe below metastigma adjacent to metinfraepisternum, stripe on metepimeron (maximum width 1.5 mm.) which extends ventrally to unite with the stripe on the opposite side, and the antealar sinuses and interalar areas. Wings.—Hyaline, membranule smoky brown, costae yellow, other veins and stigma dark brown. Legs —Dark, coxae pale postero-ventrally; anterior trochanter pale; postero- mesal surface of femora paler proximally; front and middle femora with two and hind femur with six rows of denticles posteriorly, the mesal row in each ease terminating in a prominent tooth; front and middle tibiae with two rows of from 6 to 10 black spines; tarsal claws with a large inner tooth. Abdomen.—Segments 1 and 2 dark brown, 3 to 10 dark metallic green, pale yellow as follows: on segment 1 the postero-lateral edge and a smaller dorsal- apical stripe; on 2 a large subtriangular patch anterior to the transverse carina, a smaller patch on the posterior half of the genital lobe, two subtriangular postero-dorsal spots, and a pale line along the transverse carina; the inter- segmental area between 2 and 3; on 3 a conspicuous antero-lateral triangular spot and the antero-ventral margins of the tergo; on 4 to 8 obscure antero-lateral pale spots. Appendages brownish-black. Appendages.—The superior appendage is longer than 9 + 10, moderately angu- lated in lateral view, with a prominent lateral shelf along the basal half. In dorsal view the appendages are nearly parallel sided but converge evenly from the mid point to the tips, which then diverge slightly. The inferior appendage is triangular and typical for the filosa group. 236 PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL, 64, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1962 Variation among the type series—The pale dorsal spots of the frons are absent in two of the six males but are well developed in the other four. The vertex varies from almost completely dark to almost completely pale according to the extent of the anterior pale color. The pale spot on the mesepisternum is nearly absent in one specimen and varies from 0.75 to 2.5 mm. in length in the others, extending in the palest case to the anterior border of the pleura. The pale stripe of the mesepimeron varies from 0.75 to 1.5 mm. in width, and is narrowed at the upper end in one specimen only (similar to ozarkensis). The pale stripe below the metastigma is nearly absent in one specimen. The pale stripe of the metepimeron varies from 1.0 to 1.5 mm. in maximum width. Two specimens lack the obseure antero-lateral pale spot on abdominal segment 4, and three speci- mens (not including the holotype) have the ventral margins of 9 and 10 ob- securely pale. Three specimens (not including the holotype) have an obscure postero-dorsal pale spot on 10 and a fourth has a vivid pale spot here. The holotype specimen represents the mean of the series for extent of pale color generally, except that it has the broadest pale metepimeral stripe of the six. Allotype female.—Coloration as in the male, differing as noted below: pale spot on mesepisternum smaller; pale lateral stripes of the thorax more narrow; pale color on abdominal segment 2 consisting of a broad triangular patch nar- rowing upward and extending dorsally as a narrow yellow stripe that does not meet its fellow of the opposite side dorsally, and a very obscure pair of postero- dorsal pale spots. The remainder of the abdomen dark with basal pale markings more obscure than in the male. Appendages and vulvar lamina.—The appendages are parallel sided with sharp tips and are typical for the group. The vulvar lamina is parallel sided in both ventral and lateral view, and it appears slightly pinched in ventral view. The tip is broadly rounded in both views. Variation among the females.—The three females show little variation of note, except for size (discussed below). One female lacks the mesepisternal pale spot and one (not the same) has the pale color of segment 1 reduced. Venation.—The six male specimens average 8 antenodals in the fore wings (varying from 7 to 9), 5 antenodals in the hind wings (one additional half-vein in one wing), 5 postnodals in the fore wings (4 to 6), 7 postnodals in the hind wings (6 to 9), 11 cells between M1 and Mla in the fore wings (8 to 16), 12 cells in this space in the hind wings (10 to 16), 3 cells bordering the triangles in both wings (2 cells in one fore wing and in two hind wings). Two of the males have only 2 cell rows in the fore wings from the triangle to the hind margin of the wing, one has an imperfect 3rd row in one wing, one has a 3rd a few eells long in both wings, and two (including the holotype) have imperfect 3rd rows in both wings. All specimens have 2 cell rows for only a short length behind the triangles in the hind wings. All specimens have subtriangles of 3 cells in the fore wings and 1 cell in the hind wings, and all have one vein behind the stigma. The three female specimens average 8 antenodals in the fore wings (varying from 7 to 8), 5 antenodals in the hind wings (no variation). Half the fore wings contain 5 postnodals and half 6. The specimens average 7 postnodals in the hind wings (6 to 8), 15 cells between M1 and Mla in the fore wings (13 to 19), 15 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL, 64, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1962 237 Somatochlora margarita, figs. 1-6; S. ozarkensis, figs. 7-10. Figs. 1 and 2, color patterns of male and female; figs. 3 and 7, lateral view of male appendage; figs. 4 and 8, dorsal view of male appendages; figs. 5 and 9, lateral view of female appendages; figs. 6 and 10, ventral view of female appendages. 238 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 64, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1962 cells in this space in the hind wings (13 to 17), 3 cells bordering the triangles in both wings (one fore wing and two hind wings have 2). The allotype female has 2 cell rows between the triangle and the hind margin of the fore wings, with a well-developed 3rd row. The other two females have more imperfectly developed 3rd rows. All females have 2 cell rows in this space in the hind wings for a distance of only a few cells, as in the males. Triangles and subtriangles as in the males. Measurements.—Abdomen without appendages: male, average 33 mm. (31.5 to 34 mm., holotype 33.5 mm.); female 36 to 41 mm. (allotype 41 mm.). Hind wing: male, average 35 mm. (32 to 36 mm., holotype 36 mm.); female. 34.5 to 37 mm. (allotype 37 mm.). Hind femur: male, average 7.5 mm. (7 to 8 mm.); female 8 mm. (7.5 to 8 mm.). Ratio of apical width to length on male segment 5: average about 3/5, varying from 1/2 to 2/3. Appendages of male 3.5 mm. i= long, longer than 9 + 10. Appendages of female 2 mm. long. Stigma 2.5 mm. long. Related species—tThis species belongs to the distinctively southern group of Somatochlora mentioned above. The following discussion of relationships is based on descriptions published by Walker (1925), Bird (1933), and Williamson and Gloyd (1933), and on examination of two specimens of S. ozarkensis from Oklahoma. Because of con- vergences in certain characters, I feel that it is no longer useful to modify Walker’s excellent key to the genus; instead I will attempt to discuss the variation in more general terms. Somatochlora margarita is very slightly smaller than the other species, although all of the species are similar in size. Margarita is generally paler than the others, but calverti (based on only two males) appears to have larger pale spots on the mesepisternum and on the dorsum of 10. Only margarita appears to have obscure pale basal markings on segments 4 to 8 of the abdomen. Although no dorsal pale spots on the frons were reported for ozarkensis in the original description, they are present in the topotype male (but not the fe- male) I examined. They are absent in provocans and calverti but rather consistently present in margarita. The shapes of the male superior appendages are distinctive for each species, those of filosa differing so much that further comparisons with that species have not been made. In lateral view provocans has the least angulated appendage (about 30°), margarita the next (35°), ozarkensis 40° and calwertc 50°. In dorsal view the appendages of margarita are nearly straight, those of ozarkensis are knobbed mid- way to the end, those of calverti are excavated apically and divergent at the tips, and those of provocans are strongly angulated as well as knobbed. Only calverti lacks the prominent lateral marginal shelf along the basal half of the superior appendage. The vulvar laminae of provocans and margarita are very similar and without having studied actual specimens of the former I will not attempt to distinguish them. That of ozarkensis is broader and bo wo © PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 64, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1962 more rounded in both ventral and lateral view, and is more pointed at the tip. The female of calverti is unknown. The new species margarita is probably closest to ozarkensis, but is easily distinguished from that species by the shape of the male ap- pendages, the vulvar lamina of the female, and the color pattern of both sexes. Material examined.—Holotype male: Big Creek, 5 miles south south-east of the Double Lake Recreation Area, Sam Houston Na- tional Forest, San Jacinto County, Texas, collected 30 May, 1961. The remainder of the specimens were collected at the same locality on 28 May, 30 May, 4 June, and 11 June. The actual locality was along a dirt road which crossed the creek in a pine woods, and no specimens were taken along the stream. A male of S. ozarkensis from Wilburton, Latimer County, Oklahoma, and a female from the Ouachita National Forest, LeFlore County, Oklahoma, both collected during 1934 by A. KE. Pritchard, were examined. The holotype male and the allotype female have been deposited in the collection at the University of Florida. A paratype male and fe- male are in the Williamson collection in Ann Arbor, another male is in the collection of the Royal Ontario Museum in Toronto, and another male is in the collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. The remaining paratypes will remain in the author’s collection. Habits—Somatochlora margarita was found flying along a dirt road in the pine woods of the Sam Houston National Forest in east- ern Texas. The country is low and gently rolling here, and the streams are clear, sandy, and not conspicuously colored by tannin. Most of the specimens were netted while flying rather high above the road; indeed I was forced to catch the majority of them with a long-handled net while I stood on the roof of a pickup truck! The technique was to drive slowly along the road until a hawking Somatochlora was seen, and then to climb out onto the roof and attempt to net the dragon- fly. A few specimens (mostly females) were taken while they flew closer to the ground. All of the specimens were taken early in the morning or late in the afternoon; at mid-day no Somatochlora were seen at all. Flying with the new species were Somatochlora linearis (Hagen), Macromia georgina (Selys), Cordulegaster obliqus (Say), Libellula needhami Westfall, and Tramea onusta Hagen. The nearby stream with its incredibly rich Odonate fauna (about forty species, largely gvomphines, aeschnines, and cordulines) is the probable breeding site for this species, but no nymphs were found. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS It is a pleasure to acknowledge the loan of specimens of Somato- chlora ozarkensis by Minter Westfall. The new species is named for 240 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL, 64, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1962 Miss Margaret Stevenson, a delightful companion of my wife and myself on all of our collecting trips during the spring of 1961, and a very great help to us during the bizarre maneuvers which were re- quired in order to net this most elusive and beautiful insect. REFERENCES Bird, R. D., 1933. Somatochlora ozarkensis, a new species from Oklahoma (Odonata: Cordulinae). Occ. Papers Mus. Zool. Univ. Mich., no. 261. Walker, E. M., 1925. The North American dragonflies of the genus Somatochlora. Univ. of Toronto Studies, Biol. Ser., no. 26. Williamson, E. B. and Gloyd, L. K., 1933. A new Somatochlora from Florida (Odonata-Cordulinae). Occ. Papers Mus. Zool. Univ. Mich., no. 262. A NEW SPECIES OF MALLOPHAGA FROM NEW GUINEA K. C. Emerson, Stillwater, Oklahoma In a small collection of Mallophaga received for determination from the Bernice P. Bishop Museum was a series from a New Guinea Wallaby which apparently represents a new species. That form is herewith described and illustrated. Heterodoxus maai, new species Holotype male——General shape and chaetotaxy as shown in figure 1. Male genitalia, minus genital sac, as shown in figure 3. The male genital sae is with- out heavy spines found in Heterodoxus longitarsus (Piaget, 1880) as illustrated by Werneck (1941). Thoracic sternal plates with fewer setae, and the abdominal sternites with more setae than in Heterodoxus forcipatus (Mjoberg, 1919) as illustrated by Werneck (1948). The heavy spines on the prothorax are not found on Heterodoxus spiniger (Enderlein, 1909). In addition to differences in chaeto- taxy, the male genitalia are distinctive. Total length, 3.47 mm. Allotype female:—General shape and chaetotaxy, except for termi- nal abdominal segments, as in the male. Terminal abdominal see- ments as shown in figure 2. Total length, 3.45 mm. Type host:—Dorcopsis veterum. (Lesson, 1826). Type material:—Holotype male, allotyne female and paratypes of both sexes collected by T. C. Maa at Eramboe, Netherlands New Guinea on November 2, 1960. The Bernice P. Bishop Museum num- ber is TMP 2052. The host skin is presently in the American Museum of Natural History (AMNH 193156) and was identified by H. M. Van Deusen. Discussion:—This species 18 unusual in that it is the only known species of Heterodoxus with the antennae completely concealed inside lateral indentations. The dorsal and ventral surfaces of these indenta- tions are of equal expansion. This is the first record of Mallophaga from this genus of host. — PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 64, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1962 24] LITERATURE CITED Werneck, F. L., 1941. De um estranho parasito do Cao (Insecta, Mallophaga). Rev. Brasil. Biol., 1: 47-55. , 1948. Os Malofagos de Mamiferos Parte I: Amblycera e Ischnocera (Philopteridae e parte de Trichodectidae). Rio de Janeiro. Heterodoxus maai, n. sp. Fig. 1, dorsal-ventral view of holotype male; fig. 2, dorsal-ventral view of terminal abdominal segments of allotype female; fig. 3, male genitalia. All figures are drawn to the same scale. 242 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 64, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1962 BOOK REVIEWS THE CHRYSOMELIDAE (COLEOPTERA) OF CHINA AND KOREA. PART 1, by J. L. Gressitt and S. Kimoto. Pacific Insects Monograph 1A, pub- lished by Bernice P. Bishop Museum, Hawaii, 1961. 299 pp., 77 figs. Paper covers price $4.00 or £Stg 1/9/-. This is the first of a new series of monographs designed to supplement the quarterly journal “Pacific Insects”; others will appear at irregular intervals. In this first part of their monograph, Gressitt and Kimoto deal with 691 species, belonging to 12 of the 17 subfamilies to be treated. The layout is highiy sys- tematized, and includes full synonymies and indications of holotype locations. Keys are provided at all levels of classification. The illustrations, by Dorothy Rainwater, Kimoto and others, are of the very high standard that one has come to expect in papers emanating from the Bishop Museum. The monograph was printed in Japan. Apart from extensive new distribution records, the monograph introduces many new synonymies and new combinations, while 65 new species are described. With two exceptions, no additional descriptive information is given concerning pre- viously-deseribed species. Although a high proportion of such species have been dealt with in fairly recent revisionary papers, many of these references are in rather inaccessible journals. The keys appear well devised and are of the type, much appreciated by the user, that can be worked in either direction. Some species from Taiwan, eastern Siberia, and north Vietnam are included in the keys; the inclusion of species from Taiwan is a little puzzling, as the authors refer to their preparation of a separate paper on the chrysomelid fauna of that island. The authors have carried out a very large and difficult task with distinction, and the first part of their monograph represents a major contribution to our understanding of a little-known fauna, besides setting a high standard for the new series.—P. B. CARNE, Division of Entomology, C.S.I.R.O., Canberra, Australia. ENTOMOLOGIA MEDICA. 1° Vol. By Oswaldo P. Forattini. Dept. Parasitologia, Fac. Hig. e Saide Publ. Sao Paulo. 662 pp. illus. 1962 (in Portuguese). Nearly half of this volume is devoted to introductory material and a discussion of arthropods, insects, Diptera, and Culicidae. The re- mainder treats the Anophelini, particularly the Neotropical species, in detail. There is a long chapter on malaria and an appendix on the techniques of studying Anopheles. The volume is very well organized, contains a wealth of information, and is well illustrated and indexed. It will serve as a valuable text and handbook for medical entomologists and public health workers and it is to be hoped that it will soon be suc- ceeded by volumes treating other medically important arthropods. —ALAN STONE, Entomology Research Division, ARS, U.S. Department of Agri- culture, Washington, D. C. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 64, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1962 243 DESCRIPTIONS OF TWO NEW SOUTH AMERICAN COCKROACHES BELONGING TO THE GENUS XESTOBLATTA (ORTHOPTERA: EPILAMPRIDAE) TsoupA Rocua E SILvA ALBUQUERQUE!, Museu Nacional, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil In the present paper I describe two new species of Xestoblatta Hebard from the collection of the United States National Museum. I wish to thank Dr. Ashley B. Gurney for the opportunity to study this collection, for the facilities during my visit, and for personal advice and assistance. Xestoblatta tingomariensis, sp. n. (Figs. 1-5) The present species is readily distinguished by its distinctive pro- notal color pattern. It is apparently very close to X. ecuadorana Gurney and X. zetecki Gurney on the bases of genitalia and dorsal specialization of abdomen. Type &: Tingo Maria, Peru, Feb. 14, 1950, at light, H. A. Allard (U. S. Na- tional Museum Type No. 65793). Size small for the genus. Head projecting but little cephalad of the pronotum. Interocular space, at vertex, slightly narrower than distance between ocellar spots and two thirds the width between antennal sockets. Ocellar spots distinet. Maxil- lary palpi with penultimate segment shorter than ultimate, this subequal to ante- penultimate. Pronotum as characteristic of the genus, convex, greatest width meso-caudad; caudal margin obtuse-angulate produced, with rounded apex. Teg- mina and wings fully developed, the former with 12-radial sectors (10 anterior and 2 apical), some of them subdivided, and one posterior branch of radius inserted medially. Media vein with two branches, the anterior branch forked once. The posterior branch of cubitus vein has about five apical rami. Seven anal veins. Wings having three rami of R1, about nine ramified radial sectors. Radius vein with one posterior branch. Media simple. Cubitus with two branches that go to the margin and one that goes to the first plical area. Interealated triangle dis- tinet. Abdomen with sixth tergum broadly emarginate, overlapping seventh ter- gum, this with transverse oval pit; eighth and ninth strongly transverse. Supra- anal plate with intercercal portion moderately produced with a distinct, broad, V-shaped emargination at apex. Cerei with eight segments. Subgenital plate asymmetrical with right stylus curved, longer than left, which is minute. Ventro- cephalic margin of femur I with a row of long spines which decrease in size distad and terminate in three elongate spines. Pulvilli, arolia and tarsal claws moderately developed. Allotype 2: Divisoria, Peru (about 80 miles s.w. of Rio Ueuyali at Pueallpa), 1600 meters elev., Aug. 18, 1947, J. M. Schunke. This sex differs from the male in the following features: Form broader and interocular space slightly wider; supra-anal plate triangularly produced between 1This work was done while studying in the United States under a grant from the Guggenheim Memorial Foundation. 244 PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 64, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1962 cereal bases, with rounded and bilobate apex; subgenital plate simple, free margin rounded and broadly convex. General coloration ochraceous tawny. Head with two spots below antennal area and elypeus dark brown. Ocellar spots whitish. Antennae with two proximal seg- ments of the pale color, remainder brown. Pronotum broadly margined with ochraceous tawny, narrowest cephalad. Mesal portion of pronotum ochraceous buff, with a brown suffusion at caudal margin, produced cephalad on the sides, nearly reuniting cephalad. Tegmina cinnamon brown, translucent paler along costal margin. Wings transparent with costal area infusecated. Abdomen fuscous, each sternite with latero-distal brown spots. Legs pale with flecks of prouts brown at bases of spines. Coxae I with a brown spot at base and another near apex. Coxa II and III with four dark brown spots; one at base, two near lateral margins (about one third the distance from base) and one near apex. Femur I with a brown spot at base. Total length: ¢ and 2, 19-20 mm:; length of pronotum: ¢ 3.3, 9 3.5; width, 6 and 2 5; length of tegmina, ¢ 16; @ 15; width, ¢ and @ 4. There are three male paratypes, all collected ‘in jungle” at Tingo Maria, Peru, by Dr. Allard, two of them on Feb. 14, 1950, the third one on Feb. 12, 1950. Xestoblatta bananae, n. sp. (Figs. 6-11) This species in general appearance resembles X. ecuadorana Gurney, differing in the very distinctive male genitalia and dorsal abdominal specialization. Type ¢: Intercepted in plant quarantine from Ecuador, at San Diego, Calif., April 14, 1953, with bananas, through R. F. Wilkey (U. S. National Museum Type No. 65794). Size medium for the genus. Head projecting but little cephalad of the prono- tum. Interocular space equal to very slightly over half the distance between antennal sockets, lateral margins of interocular space nearly parallel. Ocellar spots distinet. Pronotum as characteristic of the genus, convex, greatest width meso-caudad; caudal margin obtuse angulate produced, with rounded apex. Teg- mina and wings fully developed, the former with 11 radial sectors (10 anterior and 2 apical) some of them subdivided. Media with two forked branches. Cubitus with one forked anterior branch and three posterior ones. Seven anal veins. Wings having R1 forked medially. Seven radial sectors (6 anterior and one apical). Media simple. Cubitus with 6 rami that go to the margin and 4 that go to the first plical area. Interealated triangle distinct. Abdomen specialized as in fig. 8. Supra-anal plate produced between cerei and slightly bilobate. Subgenital plate asymmetrical as shown in figure 10. Ventro-cephalic margin of femur I with a row of long spines which decrease in size distad and terminate in three elongate spines. Pulvillus, arolia and tarsal claws moderately developed. Allotype @.—Intercepted in plant quarantine from Ecuador, in California, March 30, 1953. This sex differs from the male in the following features: Size slightly longer, form broader, and interocular space wider; supra-anal plate triangularly pro- PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL, 64, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1962 bo nse i) | N= Xestoblatta tingomariensis, n. sp., holotype. Fig. 1, head; fig. 2, pronotum; fig. 3, portion of wing; fig. 4, supra-anal plate; fig. 5, apex of subgenital plate, pos- terior view. Xestoblatta bananae, n. sp. (figs. 6-10 from holotype, fig. 11 from allo- type). Fig. 6, head; fig. 7, pronotum; fig. 8, dorsum of specialized portion of abdo- men; fig. 9, supra-anal plate; fig. 10, subgenital late; fig. 11, supra-anal plate. 246 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 64, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1962 duced between cerei, with a distinet and bilobate emargination; cerei with 14 segments; subgenital plate broad, with free margin rounded and convex. General coloration: ochraceous tawny. Head ochraceous buff, deepest on vertex and interantennal space. Ocellar spots whitish. Antennae with two proximal seg- ments of the pale color, remainder brown. Pronotum margined with ochraceous tawny, this narrowest cephalad, disk with brown patches on each side of mesal area, as shown in Figure 7. Tegmina translucent cinnamon brown. Wings infus- cate and transparent. Abdomen ochraceous tawny, each sternum with latero-distal brown spots. Legs ochraceous buff with flecks of prouts brown at bases of spines. Dorsal margin and apices of tibiae dark brown. Coxae with a brown spot near lateral margin. Pulvilli whitish. Arolia and tarsal claws cinnamon brown. Total length: ¢ ¢ and 2 26 mm.; length of pronotum ¢ 4; 2 5; width: ¢ 6; Q 7; length of tegmina: ¢ 21; @ 22; width: 6 5; @ 5.7. There are three female paratypes, as follows, all intercepted by plant quarantine inspectors examining bananas from Eeuador: San Diego, Calif., March 30, 1953; Brownsville, Tex., April 26, 1952; New Orleans, La., Feb. 16, 1955. REFERENCES Gurney, A. B. 1939. A revision of the Neotropical genus Xestoblatta Hebard. (Orthoptera-Blattidae-Pseudomopinae). Proc. Ent. Soe. Wash. 41(4): 97-128, joey atalie DROSOPHILA MELINA, NOM. NOV. (DierERA: DROSOPHILIDAE ) It has recently come to my attention that the name Drosophila gilva Wheeler and Takada is a junior homonym, being preoccupied by Drosophila gilva Burla. To replace the rejected homonym, I am proposing the new name: Drosophila (Drosophila) melina Wheeler, nom. nov. =Drosophila gilva Wheeler and Takada 1962, n Wheeler, Takada and Brneic 1962, Studies in Genetics II. Univ. Texas Publ. 6205 :407. Nee Drosophila (Hirtodrosophila) gilva Burla 1956, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin 32 (2) :263. The type locality of D. melina is St. Lucia, B.W.I.; other known localities are: Almirante, Bocas del Toro Pr., Panama; Popayan, Colombia (30 km. north); Villavicencio, Colombia (3 miles west). Type specimens are located in the U. S. National Museum, the col- lection of the California Academy of Sciences, and the Drosophila Type and Reference Collection of the Genetics Foundation, The Uni- versity of Texas, Austin. MARSHALL R. WHEELER, Department of Zoology, The University of Texas, Austin. bo > ~I PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 64, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1962 TWO NEW SPECIES OF LAELASPIS MITES (AcARINA: LAELAPTIDAE)1 Preston E. Hunter and Rosert Davis,? University of Georgia, Athens A review of the genus Laelaspis, family Laelaptidae (Hunter, 1961), included a list of the known species of mites in this genus. The present paper describes two new species of Laelaspis mites from material which was not available for inclusion in the above publica- tion. This brings the total number of species listed in the genus to 17, six of which have been recorded from North America. The body setae appear to bear the most distinguishing and easily recognized characteristics for separating closely related species of Laelaspis. In instances where gross morphological features appear to be very similar, quick and consistent separation can be made by checking two or three specific body setae. The setal characteristics found to be the most important are the type (spinose, simple, lanceo- late, ete.) and length of the median and marginal dorsal setae, and the type and length of the ventral body setae. Laelaspis bakeri, new species (esl) Both sexes may be recognized by having long, spiny dorsal plate and ventral body setae and except for length these setae are similar in appearance; the seta enlarges above its base before tapering to a spined point. The setae on the ventral body plates are also long, especially on the female. The striation patterns of the ventral plates are distinct. Female.—Rounded, 650 long, 570 wide. Distinct scale-like reticulations on dorsal plate (fig. 1A); dorsal plate setae slightly enlarged above base, long (up to 120 w) and bearing 3-5 pairs of minute spines on terminal one third. Ventral surface. Sternal plate 135 w long on midline, 150 uw at widest point between coxae II and III; margins thickened, reticulations limited to anterior half; anterior margin of sternal plate with shallow indentation posterior to base of tritosternum; sternal setae long, second and third pair about as long as shortest length of sternal plate; position of sternal pores and setae as illustrated (fig. 1B). Metasternal setae arise from well developed metasternal plates. Genito- ventral plate 345 u long on midline from posterior margin of sternal plate, 280 u at greatest width behind coxae IV; striations as illustrated (fig. 1B); genital setae long, arise from surface of genitoventral plate; first pair of ventral plate setae arise from margin of and attach to genitoventral plate, second and third pair arise from integument at margin of genitoventral plate. Metapodal plates 1Journal Paper No. 159 of the College Experiment Station of the University of Georgia College of Agriculture Experiment Stations. 2Assistant Professor and graduate student, respectively; Department of Ento- mology. 248 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 64, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1962 elongate, lateral of first pair ventral plate setae. A single parapodal plate on each side lateral of coxae III, IV, and the posterior half of coxa II; plate enlarges posteriolaterally of coxa IV. Peritremal plate extends posteriorly almost Fig. 1, Laelaspis bakeri, n. sp., female. A, posterior portion of dorsal plate; B, ventral view; C, chelicera. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 64, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1962 249 to hind margin of parapodal plate; with a small circle on surface approximately half way between stigmata and posterior end of plate. Anal plate 125 long, 1380 wide; small lateral projection-on margin of plate just anterior to anal A B Fig. 2, Laelaspis bakeri, n. sp., male. A, posterior portion of dorsal plate; B, ventral view; C, chelicera. 250 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 64, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1962 opening; distinct reticulation pattern as illustrated; position and relative length of anal plate setae shown in fig. 1B. Ventral body setae arise from integument, long (up to 1504), with minute spines, especially on anterior margin of setae; setae slightly enlarged above base as in dorsal plate setae. Legs II more robust than others; all tarsi with well developed claws; sclerotization of legs as illus- trated. Lengths, including claws and coxae, as follows: leg I, 425 uw; leg II, 390; leg III, 3604; and leg IV, 4404. Gnathosoma shows no specific modification ; chelicerae strongly chelate, digits of about equal length, both with teeth (fig. 1C). Male.—Smaller and with more oval body shape than female; 500m long, 375 u wide. Dorsal plate reticulations and setae (fig. 1A) like that of female; dorsal setae up to 65m long. Ventral surface. Holoventral plate 435 4 long, 150 u wide between coxae II and III; 230 wide behind coxae IV; nine pairs of setae in addition to the three anal setae, arise from this plate. Location of sternal pores and setae as shown in fig. 2B; reticulations as illustrated, becoming somewhat indistinct between coxae III. In the specimen illustrated one anterior corner of sternal plate was missing. Single parapodal plate on each side, but posterio- laterally of coxae IV not enlarging as much as in female. Peritremal plate as in female. Ventral body setae spined (fig. 2B) up to 85u long. Legs II notice- ably more robust than others; measurements including claws and coxae as follows: leg I, 380 uw; leg II, 310 w; leg III, 290 uw; and leg IV, 358 uw long. Gnathosoma without distinct modification; chelicerae chelate (fig. 2C), the movable digit being slightly shorter than the fixed digit, only movable digit with teeth. A strong, digitlike spermatodactyl is present laterally of the movable digit and extends slightly beyond the end of the fixed digit. This species was described from 13 females and 1 male all with the following collection data: “Livingston Co., Michigan, April 27, 1956; with Myrnuca fracticornis, colr. P. Kannowski.” Six nymphs were also included in the series of specimens. The female holotype and four paratypes, and the male allotype will be deposited in the U. S. National Museum. Three female paratypes will be deposited with the Institute of Acarology, Wooster, Ohio. The remaining para- types will be retained in the Department of Entomology collection University of Georgia. This species was named for Dr. Edward W. Baker who has given us much valuable help in our work. Laelaspis pauli, new species (Garis 3})) Only the female is known. The female is distinct in having long, spiny, dorsal and dorsal marginal setae, spiny ventral body setae which arise from small individual platelets, a very narrow peritremal plate, and the presence of two parapodal plates on each side. The markings of the sternal and genitoventral plates are also distinct. Fig. 3, Laelaspis pauli, n. sp., female. A, ventral view; B, portion of dorsal plate with seta. 252 PROC, ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 64, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1962 Body oval, 530 long and 430 wide. Dorsum covered by dorsal plate; reticulations on the plate form a scale-like pattern (Fig. 3B); dorsal setae spined, up to 70 long on the middle of the dorsum, dorsal marginal setae up to 1004 long. Ventral surface. Sternal plate distinctly wider than long, 200 wide and 120. long at its largest dimensions; anterior lateral corners not prolonged into narrow points; only lightly notched at base of tritosternum; reticulations mainly restricted to area even with, and anterior to, the first pair of sternal pores; position of the sternal setae and pores are as shown (fig. 3A). Metasternal setae arise from well-developed metasternal plates. Genitoventral plate 295m long on midline from posterior margin of sternal plate, 240 wide behind coxa IV; striations as shown (fig. 3A). This species shows fewer cross striae compared to many Laelaspis species. The genital and first ventral plate setae arise from the surface of the plate; the second and third pairs of ventral plate setae arise from small individual plates at the margin of the genitoventral plate. Anal plate measures 80 4 long and 100 wide; bears a few transverse striations on anterior part; unpaired posterior seta much heavier and over twice as long as the paired setae. Metapodal plate rectangular-shaped, well sclerotized. Peritremal plate narrow, forward of coxae II only as wide as the peritreme; ends posteriorly in a small knob-like process at the posterior margin of coxa IV; a small circle is present on the plate between the stigmata and the posterior end of the peritremal plate. Two parapodal plates are present on each side lateral of the coxae; the anterior plate narrow, extending from the middle of coxa II to near the posterior edge of coxa III; posterior plate wider, extending behind and lateral of coxa IV. Fifteen pairs of spinose ventral body setae are present posterior to leg III; each seta arises from a small platelet in the integument; position and relative length of the setae are shown in fig. 3A. Legs well developed; claws and caruncles are present on all tarsi; sclerotization very light or absent on the segments of the legs; legs including claws and coxae measure as follows: leg I, 4904; II, 3204; IIT, 3454; and IV, 450 long. Gnathosoma. Chelicerae chelate, both digits well- developed and selerotized; small pilus dentilis present on the fixed digit; fixed digit has three teeth and the movable digit two teeth. This species was described from five specimens all with the follow- ing collection data: Morgan Co., Ga.; May 19, 1960; J. J. Paul, Col- lector; from ground ltter around nest of ant, Crematogaster sp. The holotype and two paratypes will be deposited in the collection of the U. S. National Museum. The remaining two paratypes will be re- tained in the collection of the Department of Entomology, University of Georgia. , REFERENCE Hunter, Preston E., 1961. The Genus Laelaspis with description of three new species. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 54:672-683. bo On Je) PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 64, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1962 DESIGN FOR A MALAISE TRAP Henry Townes,! Museum of Zoology, The University of Michigan, Ann Arbor In 1937, Dr. René Malaise of Stockholm published an account of a novel insect trap, with construction plans (Ent. Tidskrift 58: 148- 160). The trap was a tent-like structure of fine netting, into which fly- ing insects would wander, and their natural tendency to work up- wards when trying to escape would eventually pass them into a col- lecting apparatus at the top of the trap. This type of trap merits more development and use than it has had. The design and construc- tion details presented below describe a model used by the author since 1959. An example of the model was exhibited at the Annual Meeting of the Entomological Society of America at Detroit, in December, 1959. Since then there have been many requests for plans of the trap, which resulted finally in the preparation of this paper. It should be understood that the Malaise trap is capable of endless modification for convenience of construction, and for adaptation to particular types of insects and particular habitats. The design below is presented with some hesitation, as its publication might tend to freeze the model at this stage of development rather than encourage further experimentation with it. This model was developed for catch- ing Ichneumonidae, for which it works very well. It also catches all other kinds of actively flying insects, particularly Diptera, Hymenop- tera, and Lepidoptera. The types of insects caught depend to a large extent on where the trap is set. Modifications of its size, shape, baffle arrangement, and collecting assembly would influence the quantity and relative proportions of various species collected, and the color of the trap would also have some effect. All these factors need further experimentation. The present trap measures six feet square and al- most eight feet high. Plans for another type of Malaise trap have been published by Gressitt and Gressitt (1962, Pacifie Insects 4: 87-90). In comparison with the design described below, this model is much more portable and easier to make, but is possibly less efficient for some kinds of in- sects. The Gressitt design is basically a good one and merits further development. It could probably be improved by making more upward slope along the top edge into the collecting chambers at each side, reduction of the expanse of the trap but not of the side and top baffles, use of a more transparent type of netting, and elimination of the darkened areas in the collecting cones caused by doubling of the net- ting where it is tied to the plastie collectors. A greater capacity for the plastic collecting chambers would also be of advantage. The Malaise trap can be to students of flying insects what the Berlese funnel has been to students of soil arthropods. It will gather 1This paper is an incidental result of research supported by the Dow Chemical Company, National Institutes of Health, and National Science Foundation. 254 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 64, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1962 large numbers of elusive species. It can operate almost anywhere, in- cluding places that are not easily accessible, or where the briefness of favorable weather or the paucity of the fauna would discourage the ordinary collector. It can work efficiently in mosquito-infested localities where a collector would not stay for long, and it can be cc Vicar mmo a sro oi + oF : as 254 1. PART A, pattern #42 —— + oz > 6 a 43° alma [e- =~ Slots_ Ax F#—__ 2 a es le) | re o — 4. PART D, pattern - —1¥- 5. PART E, pattern 26K A t nl - PART C, bent (peat ee eee cece ca ee haa eh abe ae : je SS ee eS yl FR Stove Bolt [aes —— 2 6. PART F, pattern hoisted to the tree tops to collect the high flying insects which have never been adequately sampled. It collects with equal efficiency in sun, rain, or at night. Only temperatures too low for insect flight will stop its operation. The ecologist can use Malaise traps for sampling insect faunas that have previously been very inconvenient to study. Although such samples do not measure populations in terms of numbers per unit area, they are objective and can be standardized for comparisons from one locality to another and from one part of a season to another. Since the traps do not actually attract insects, they can be used for sampling the faunas of small areas. The only commonly used collect- ing device with similar capabilities is the rotary trap. Probably specially designed Malaise traps will eventually prove to be efficient control measures for a few kinds of inseet pests. Some of the most likely prospects are Tabanidae. 3elow are lists of materials for constructing one trap, and the tools needed. Then follows a list, with drawings, for the more complex parts, directions for assembly, and finally operating instructions. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 64, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1962 250 9. PART G, side, top, & 2 end views PART B, 6 | 13. PART M 86" : ~ 14. PART N 15. SUPPORTING FRAME, assembly diagram Mareriats LIst Dry goods.— White netting 49 inches wide, 4 yards long; another piece 32 inches wide and 3 yards long. The netting should be strong, and with 18 to 30 mesh per linear inch. Probably the best material is saran. Saran netting is available from 256 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL, 64, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1962 17. FRAME OF COLLECTING ASSEMBLY, from below Ale eae Staples Part D 18. SEAM PLAN OF ROOF PARTS 16. COLLECTING 19. ALTERNATE BAFFLE PLAN 20. PART H 21. TRAP side view 22. TRAP, top view 23. HORIZONTAL SECTION, near ground level Part M Chicopee Manufacturing Corporation, Cornelia, Georgia, as their material no. 1828-000, 36 inches wide, at about 29¢ per running foot. This being narrower than 49 inches, some piecing will be required. Another possible material is dacron. Nylon is not good because it rots rapidly in sunlight, and a trap made PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 64, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1962 257 of this is good for only one or two seasons of use. In his original design Malaise found cotton bobinet satisfactory. Black or very dark colored netting, 42 inches wide, 54% yards long. This should be similar to the white netting but black instead of white. A dark olive-green saran netting is sold by the above company as their material no. 1828-002, 36 inches wide, about 27¢ per running foot. Black muslin cloth, 2 pieces 10 inches wide, 81% feet long. White or colored binding tape, 1 inch wide, 25 yards. Zipper, approximately 30” long. Cotton thread, no. 50, one large spool. Cord, 1/8 to 3/16 inch diameter, 28 inches. Cord, any strong cord, 4 yards. Hardware.— Aluminum strips, 4%” thick. 14%” wide, 2514” long; 1 piece 3%” wide, 111%” long, 1 piece 1%” wide, 27” long; 2 pieces 1%” wide, 21%” long; 1 piece 1%” wide, 18%” long; 1 piece Angle iron, 1 inch on each side, 4%” thick, 1 piece 10%” long. Tron rod, °4” diameter, 1114” long. Stove bolts, 3/16” diameter, %” long; 13 pieces, with 12 nuts. Stove bolts, 3/16” diameter, 21%4” long; 26 pieces, with nuts. Galvanized wire screening, about 18 mesh to linear inch, 1 piece 18” x 24”. Aluminum rivets with beveled heads for countersinking, 3/16” diameter, *<” long; 9 pieces. Heavy gauge staples for stapling machine, about *4” wide and 4” long; 20 pieces. Softwood (pine, fir, or spruce ).— 8 pieces 34” x 4” x 50”. These can be sawn from a %4” board 744” wide and 50” long, if there is no wastage to avoid knots. 4 pieces 4” x 3%” x 7614”. These can be sawn from a %” board 3°%4” wide and 76%” long, if there is no wastage to avoid knots. 4 pieces 4” x 1144” x 7614”. These can be sawn from a %4” board 514” wide and 761%” long, if there is no wastage to avoid knots. 1 piece 1144” x 14%” x 82”. This can be sawn from 13%” x 3%” stock. Miscellaneous.— Clear cellulose acetate plastic sheet, 0.05 inch thick. One piece 9” x 15” and 1 piece 544” x 544”. Probably other kinds of clear plastic would also be satis- factory. Acetone (ethyl ketone), 3 oz. If another kind of plastic, not soluble in acetone, is used, substitute a solvent for the plastic employed. Rust proofing paint primer, 2 oz. Serew-cap jar, pint size, 2°46” mouth diameter, either empty if alcohol is to be used in running the trap or made into a cyanide jar if cyanide is to be used. Metal screw cap for the above jar with a 2-3/16” hole in the top of the cap (such jar caps are now standard for home canning). Note: Cost of all materials at present prices is about $28.00. 258 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 64, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1962 Toots List Sewing machine, medium-sized sewing needle, scissors, package of straight pins, soft crayon, yard stick (or ruler), protractor, hack saw, drill with twist bits 14”, 3/16” and *%%” for metal and 4” for wood, screw-tapping set for making 3/16” stove bolt thread (female), center punch, hammer, metal vise, bench saw if wood pieces are to be sawn from boards, tin snips, seroll saw, pocket knife, 3 small e-clamps, screwdriver, small paint brush, brace and 1%” wood bit, and sheet of medium fine sandpaper. G. 98 Re Parts List (1 piece each, unless noted otherwise) . Aluminum strip 4%” x 144” x 2514”. Drill 3/16” holes as in figure 1. Counter- sink 9 of the holes (with 4” bit) as shown in figure 1 to receive heads of rivets. Then bend into a complete cirele as shown in figure 17. Aluminum strip 4%” x 1%” x 27”. Drill 3/16” holes as in figure 2. The slots 3/16” x 33” may be made by drilling adjacent holes and then cutting out the metal between. Turn 14” ends 90° and bend the remainder into a circle as in figure 11. 2 pieces. Aluminum strip 4%” x 1%” x 21%” long. Drill 3/16” holes as in figure 3 and bend as in figure 7. Aluminum strip 4%” x %” x 185%” long. Drill 3/16” holes as in figure 4 and bend as in figure 10. . Aluminum strip 4%” x %4” x 11%”. Drill 3/16 holes as in figure 5 and bend as in figure 8. . Iron bar, *&” diameter, 1114” long. Drill hole 4%” deep in one end with 14” bit, then tap it with a female 3/16” stove bolt thread. See figure 6. Angle iron, 1 inch on each side, 4%” thick, 1044” long. Cut, bend and drill as in figure 9. The central hole is 34”, to receive the 34” iron bar (part F). The other holes are 3/16”. . Galvanized screening. Cut to shape shown in figure 20. Make the pattern first with paper, lay the pattern on the screening, and eut with tin snips. Cellulose acetate sheet, 0.05 inch thick. Cut to shape shown in figure 12. This can best be done by first drawing the pattern on paper, and laying the plastic over the paper for copying. Mark the plastic with seratches, using a sharp nail against a ruler for straight lines and the point of dividers for the ares. Make the seratech near each outside edge as shown in the drawing, mark the outside edges 34” from these scratches, and mark the centers of the 3/16” holes. Cut the straight lines of the outline, and the outside curve with tin snips. Cut the inside curves close to their seratches with a scroll saw and trim up to the scratches with a pocket knife. Drill the 3/16” holes with a metal drill. Save the plastic trimmings and soak some of them in acetone to make a glue for assembling the plastic parts. : After cutting is completed, soak the plastic in almost boiling water to soften it and work it into as nearly perfect a cone as possible (see figure 16), with the two submarginal seratches exactly overlapping. Cellulose acetate sheet, 0.05” thick. 1 piece 544” x 514”, . Top of jar lid. See materials list. Pint jar. See materials list. Top panel for trap. White netting (preferably saran). Cut to shape as in PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL, 64, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1962 259 figure 13. The length of the material should be parallel to the 6 foot edge. 4 pieces. N. Top baffles for trap. White netting (preferably saran), Cut to shape as in figure 14. The length of the material should be parallel to the 81% ft. edge. 2 pieces. O. Bottom baffles for trap. Black netting (preferably saran). Cut pieces 8% ft. x 42”. 2 pieces. P. Side baffles for trap. Black netting (preferably saran). Cut pieces 20” x 42”. 4 pieces. Bottom skirt for trap. Black muslin. Cut pieces 8% ft. x 10”. 2 pieces. Zipper, about 30” long. Softwood 4” x %4” x 50”. Uprights for supporting frame. Bore %4” holes at 34” from first end and at both 1144” and 744” from second end. Then turn stick 90° and bore 4” holes at 2” from first end and at both %4” and 6” from second end. 4 pieces. U. Softwood 4” x %” x 50”. Braces for supporting frames. Bore 4” hole at *%4” from each end. 4 pieces. V. Softwood 4” x 4” x 76%”. Top rails for supporting frame. Bore 4” holes at °4” from each end. 4 pieces. W. Softwood %” x 144” x 76%”. Bottom rails for supporting frame. Bore 14” holes at *%4” and at 25” from each end. 4 pieces. X. Softwood 14%” x 14%” x 82”. Center pole. Bore %” hole in the center of one Add end, to a depth of 7”. nm wi Assembly First, give all iron parts (part F, G, K, and stove bolts) a coat of rust proof- ing paint primer and put aside to dry. On the nuts and bolts the coat should be thin, so as not to gum the threads too much. Supporting frame: Using 3/16” x 214” stove bolts, bolt together parts T, U, V, and W in the pattern shown in figure 15. This makes a cubical wooden frame within which the trap netting can be tied for support and stretching. Collecting assembly. The collecting assembly is a metal, screen, and plastic eage and funnel at the top of the trap as in figure 21. Figure 16 shows the assembly in detail and figure 17 shows the metal framework from underneath view. Besides its collecting function, this assembly holds up the center peak of the trap and is in turn supported by the center pole. For construction, rivet together parts A, C, D, and G as in figures 16 and 17, using 3/16” aluminum rivets, 34” long. Next place part H on this framework, bending it into the shape of a bent-over cone as shown in figure 16. Fasten the overlapping edges with heavy wire staples from a stapling machine by inserting the prongs manually through the meshes of the screen and manually clinching the ends. Then fasten the sereen cone to the metal frame by lapping its lower edge 4%” over the circular band (part A) and bolting a cireular strap (part B) over this, as in figure 16. Next bolt on part E as in figure 16. The plastic cone is made from parts I, J, and K. Overlap the edges of part I so that the holes in each edge and the submarginal scratches exactly overlap, smear between the overlapped edges with glue made by dissolving plastic scraps in acetone, and clamp the edges into place between wood strips 12” wide, held 260 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL, 64, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1962 with e-clamps. When the glue has hardened, take off the clamps, lay a sheet of medium fine sandpaper on a flat surface, and rub the wider mouth of the plastic cone over the sandpaper till the edges are even and beveled to a single plane. Then smear these edges with the plastic glue and invert and center the cone over the plastic square (part J). Place with the square piece down on a flat surface, balance a weight on the top of the cone, and leave till the glue is hard. Trim the overlapping edges of the plastic square (part J) with tin snips, pocket knife, and sandpaper. Place the metal screw cap (part K) over the small end of the cone as in figure 16. Then place thick glue made of the plastic dissolved in acetone over the joint between the jar lid and the plastic cone, both top and bottom sides. Serew the pint jar (part L) into the jar lid to press away excess glue, remove the jar, and let the glue harden. Now bolt the cone to piece E on the assembly. The opening of the screen cone should be adjusted to fit as closely as possible to the edges of the hole in the side of the plastic cone. If there are any gaps through which insects could escape, plug them by stuffing in a pledget of cotton. Lastly, pass the iron bar (part F) through the center hole in part G and bolt it at the top as in figure 16. Netting. Sew the zipper (part S) into the center line of one of the top panels (part M), as shown in figure 22, and slit the panel along the zipper so it will open. Sew together edges of all four of top panels (parts M) as shown in figure 22. Use binding tape on top and bottom of each seam as diagrammed in figure 18, one tape on top and two on the bottom. If the netting is stretchable, it will be necessary to pin or baste it to the tapes before sewing. The two bottom tapes are left with one edge free for later insertion of part N. When the top panels are sewn together a four-sided pyramid with a hole at the center results. Put the center hole over a cushion or a wad of cloth to fill it out, center the ring made by part B over the hole, and with a soft crayon mark an 814” cirele on the netting, inside the ring. With scissors cut from the center opening out to this erayon-marked ring all around the circle at intervals of about 1”. With a piece of cord 14” to 3/16” in diameter and 28” long make a circle of 814” diameter by cireling the outside of piece B in the collecting assembly with the string, and sewing the overlapped ends together with needle and thread. Place this circle of cord on the crayon mark on the center of the four top panels, turn the tabs just cut back over the cord, pin them in place with straight pins, and stitch them down with the sewing machine. After removal of the pins this makes a circular opening with a corded edge for attachment of the trap to the bottom of the col- lecting assembly. Next, cut twelve 6” lengths of binding tape and fasten them as loops to the four corners of the assembled parts and at ten inehes from each corner, as in figure 22. Pass the hole in the top of the trap top over the lower part of the circular strap (part A) of the collecting assembly. Rotate the collecting assembly till its plastic cone is directly over the zipper that has been sewn into one of the panels, and then with a circular strap (part B) bolt and clamp the netting to the collecting assembly. The edge of the corded ecirele should lie in the 44.” crack between the upper and lower clamps (parts B). Take the trap as thus far assembled to the assembled supporting frame (fig- ure 15). Using strong cord tie the trap by its corner loops of binding tape to the four top corners of the supporting frame, the collecting assembly topside. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 64, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1962 261 From beneath, slip the hole in the end of the center pole (part X) over the central iron bar in the collecting assembly and raise the pole to a vertical posi- tion. This stretches the netting into a pyramidal roof. Adjust the netting within the frame till all sides are smooth and tight. Take both of the top baffle pieces (parts N) and sew them together on their midlines. Pin the top baffles into the stretehed roof, placing the long oblique edge of the pieces between the free edges of the binding tapes sewed to the under- side of the junctures of the top panels. Adjust the pinning until the baffles are smoothly stretched to each outer corner. Then take the netting out of the sup- porting frame, take the collecting apparatus off of the netting, and sew the baffles into place where they have been pinned. The bafflles need to be pinned into place in the above routine before sewing, if a smooth job is to result. Sew the two bottom baffle pieces (parts O) together along their midlengths. Match these baffles with the top baffles at their sewn midlines and pin and then stitch the top and bottom baffles together along their respective lower and upper edges. Crease the four side baffle pieces (parts P), lengthwise along their middles, and place and pin each with its middle creases over the outer edges of the bottom baffles (parts O), one at each of the trap corners. Sew along the pinned creases to attach the side to the bottom baffles, as in figure 23. Next sew the upper edges of the side baffles to the adjacent edges of pieces M. Cut 12 pieces of binding tape each 6” long and sew them as loops to the lower corners of the side baffle pieces as in figure 21. These are for stretching and tying down the lower corners of the trap. Sew the bottom skirt pieces (parts R) to the lower edges of the bottom baffle. These pieces hang loose from the bottom of the trap. They are not shown in the figures. Lastly, reattach the netting to the collecting assembly, as was done for pinning in the baffles, placing the iron pin (part F) in the same baffle corner as previously. The design is for a trap with two baffles crossed in the middle. Another good baffle design, better for some situations, is two side baffles and one across the middle, as in figure 19. Directions for this are not given, but how to make it should be obvious. OPERATION The trap is designed for portability. Setting it up or taking it down requires about 30 minutes (after practice). The supporting frame collapses into two bundles of sticks and the rest of the trap can be folded into a box approximately 12” x 12” x 24”. The pint jar on the collecting assemby is the final resting place of the insects caught. It can be filled about 10% to 50% full of aleohol (70% to 95%) for killing and preserving the insects or can be fixed as a cyanide jar. Aleohol has the advantage that the specimens will be safe for several days if the trap cannot be emptied daily, and because leakage of rain into the jar does not cause trouble. (Rain could be entirely kept out, however, with a small plastic shield around the collecting cone.) Aleohol is preferred for most insects and is usable for all, including Lepidoptera. Malaise used ethyl acetate for a killing agent in his original design. The fumigant was in a small bottle in the bottom of the collector and was dispersed by a wick. Ethy! acetate shonld work very 262 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 64, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1962 well in the present trap design, except that it will dissolve cellulose acetate plastic. If this killing agent is used, a plastic insoluble in ethyl acetate should be substituted. It is not always necessary to use the supporting frame, as the trap can be stretched between bushes or stakes, but the frame is a great convenience and makes a tidy set-up. When in place the trap should be securely tied down with a strong cord at each corner, or heavy rocks placed on the lower rails of the frame. Otherwise a gust of wind will tip it over. The zipper in the roof of the trap is for easier access to the collecting jar. Without opening the zipper, the jar is a long reach for a short person. Placing the trap is all-important. Among trees and bushes in a rich moist area is best for a good catch, but sometimes the collector will want to set it in less likely places to see what occurs in the more rigorous habitats. Malaise (1957, Ent. Tidskr. 58: 148-160) gives some pertinent pointers on placing traps. The side of the trap with the zipper and jar should be towards the side with the most light, or in open country probably toward the southwest. The trap is best emptied daily if alcohol is used, every few hours if cyanide is used. Early in the season, while insects are flying low because the warmest air is near the ground, or when set in short vegetation, the above trap model is too high for efficient collecting. For such conditions a lower trap can be made or this same trap can be set lower, only half way up in its supporting frame, and the center pole either sawed off or its lower end put in a hole. For Ichneumonidae, four traps can equal the efforts of one good collector, but the average collector is bested by a single trap and no collector works all day every day, as a trap does. In southern Michigan, 6,000 ichneumonids is the ex- pected season’s catch for a trap at a moderately good site. Ichneumonids make up about 5% of the total catch. More than half are Diptera. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 64, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1962 263 SOCIETY MEETINGS 708th Regular Meeting, May 3, 1962.—The 708th regular meeting of the Society was called to order by the President, H. H. Shepard, on May 3, 1962 at 8 p.m. in Room 43 of the U. S. National Museum. Thirty-two members and 14 guests were present. Minutes of the previous meeting were approved. Three candidates to membership were announced: Leonard W. Trager, Jr., Jay Linam, and C. Jacot Gullarmod. Two eandidates were accepted to membership: Andrew T, Hessel and David Shriver. W. E. Bickley reported that the date of the annual pienie has been changed to June 16, 1962, at the Log Lodge from 2 to 6 p.m. A letter from Howard B. Owens, Director of the Prince Georges County Science Fair Committee, was read by H. H. Shepard, suggesting that the Society publish a brochure pointing out the advantages of using insects for projects in the Sci- ence Fairs. The suggestion was referred to the executive committee for action. H. H. Shepard passed around a circular picked up at the OPEDA Science Fair. J. H. Fales reported on the capture of three species of skippers by certain non- web spinning spiders. On August 25, 1960, Misumena vatia (Clerk) (all spider de- terminations by R. E. Crabill), a crabspider of the family Thomisidae, was col- lected by J. H. Fales at Breezy Point, Calvert County, Maryland; it was feeding on a specimen of Poanes viator. On August 30, 1961, another crabspider, Misu- menoides formosipes (Walekenaer), was taken on Joe Pye Weed at Hallowing Point, also in Calvert County, Maryland; it was feeding on a specimen of Epar- gyreus clarus. A jumping spider (Family Salticidae) of the genus Paraphidippus was collected by W. D. Field on August 30, 1961 also at Hallowing Point; it was feeding on a specimen of Ancylaxipha numitor. Dr. Thomas Eisner of Cornell University gave a lecture on ‘Defense mecha- nism of Arthropods.” He surveyed the various arthropods possessing defensive secretions telling of their chemical nature and effectiveness against predators. The talk was illustrated by slides and a live exhibit of a whip scorpion in action. Three area science fair contestants discussed their projects: Linda Nathanson— “The behavior of Blatella germanica in a maze”; Ronald Knipling—‘Oxygen eon- sumption of the cockroach”; and Marilyn Richmond—‘Heredity of fruit-flies.”’ After the introduction of visitors the meeting was adjourned at 10 p.m.—OLIVER S. Fuint, Jr., Recording Secretary. 709th Meeting, June 16, 1962.—The annual pienie was held jointly with the In- secticide Seciety of Washington at the Log Lodge, Agricultural Research Center, Beltsville, Maryland, on June 16, 1962.—O.Iver S. FLINT, JR., Recording Secre- tary. PUBLICATION DATE The date of publication of Vol. 64, No. 3, of the Proceedings was 17 October 1962. The date of publication of Vol. 64, No. 4 will be found in Vol. 65, No. 1. 264 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL, 64, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1962 INDEX, VOLUME 64 Acanthoseelides obtectus, 48 Aegyptobia ceibae, 203; macswainei, 204 Ahasversus advena, 45 Allygidius atomarius, 202 Alphitobius diaperinus, 46; Iaevigatus, 46 Alphitophagus bifasciatus, 44 Anadasmus gerda, 110 Ancistromma, 21 Aneyloxipha numitor, 263 Antaeotricha demas, 111; lampyridella, 111; sagax, 111; venatum, 111; vivax, Taha Anthrenus flavipes, 48; museorum, 47; serophulariae, 48; verbasci, 47 Araecerus fasciculatus, 48 Astymachus japonicus, 224 Attagenus, 47; pellio, 47; piceus, 47 Blaps mucronatus, 45 Blatella germaniea, 217 Blattidae, 217 Bruchidius chinensis, 48 Bruehus pisorum, 49; rufimanus, 49 Callosobruchus maculatus, 48 Carpophilus dimidiatus, 48; hemipterus, 48 Cathartus quadricollis, 44 Catorama bibliothecarum 46; herbarium, 46 Caulophilus latenasus, 43 Cereonota aphanes, 111; dimorpha, 39; nitens, 112; sciaphilina, 112 Chelonus muesebecki, 19 Chlamydastis tryphon, 112 Choloepsis hoffmani, 229 Chrysis (Pyria) lyneea, 78 Cordulegaster obliqus, 239 Cotiheresiarches meyeri, 116; niger, 116 Crematogaster, 252 Cryptolestes, 48; ferrugineus, 48; pusil- lus, 48 turcicus, 48 Cryptophagus, 46 Culex tarsalis, 234 Culiseta melanura, 119, 167 Curranops, 117; apicalis, 117; scutel- laris, 118 Cynaeus angustus, 46 Dermestes, 46; ater, 47; caninus, 47; ‘arnivorus, 47; frischi, 47; lardarius, 47; maculatus, 46; marmoratus, 47 Diodontus atratus parenosas, 11 Dissomphalus, 65; altivolans, 76; aper- tus, 75 arizonicus, 70; barberi, 72; bifoveatus, 76; chiapanus, 70; eol- laris, 73; faleatus, 72; fovealatus, 75; kansanus, 68; nigrescens, 75; rufi- palpis, 74; singularis, 77; xanthopus, a 71 Dolichomutilla minor minor, 78 Dorecopsis veterum, 240 Dreibachia, 38 Drosophila gilva, Dyspetes, 233 246; melina, 246 Emesa mantis, 187 Emesopis nubilis, 187 Empicoris armatus, 187; Epargyreus clarus, 263 Ennomos subsignarius, 106 188; rubromaculatus, 187 errabundus, Epauloecus unicolor, 49 Eratyrus cuspidatus, 229 Eurylabus dirus, 116 Eutreta baccharis, 166 Galleria mellonella, 56 Ghilianella signoreti, 190; spinata, 190; spinicaudatt, 189 Gibbium psylloides, 49 Gnathocerus, 44; cornutus, 45; maxil- losus, 45 Gonioterma dimetropis, 112 Haematopinus longus, 107 Halictophagus zanzibarae, 91 Heterodoxus forcipatus, 240; longitar- sus, 240: maai, 240 Hoplopleura dendromuris, 155 2,18 ashlocki, 133; pal- Horstia virginica, 2, Hyalonysius, 130; lidomaculatus, 132; rubromaculatus, 132 Teterica, 166; cirecinata, 166; seriata, 166 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL, Ixodes affinis, 105; malayensis, 103 Lackerbaueria, 5; americana, 10, 12, 18; krombeini, 5, 12, 16 Laelaspis bakeri, 247; pauli, 250 Laetheticus oryzae, 44 Larropsis (Ancistromma), 21; auran- tia, 25; bradleyi, 25; capax, 29; cor- rugata, 31; distineta, 32; granulosa, 33; hurdi, 34; platynota, 85; porti- ana, 35; sericifrons, 36; shappirioi, ont Lasioderma serricorne, 46 Laufeia, 38; mira, 38; navajo, 38 Lemurphthirus stigmosus, 53 Libellula needhami, 239 Limnocorinae, 195 Limnoecoris, 195; menkei, 195 Lophocateres pusillus, 45 Lysiphlebus testaceipes, 90 Lytta, 86; margarita, 89 Macromia georgina, 239 Meeynotarsus balsasensis, 84; elegans, 81; intermixtus, 82; jamaicanus, 84; nevermanni, 86; salvadorensis, 85; sexnotatus, 85 Metachroma acutulum, 178; farri, 180; macrum, 176; moaense, 176; nassau- ense, 175; nigromaculatum, 175; paulum, 178; rugosum, 179 Metapterus fraternus, 188 Mezium affine, 49; americanum, 149 Misumena vatia, 263 Misumenoides formosipes, 263 Monobia quadridens, 11 Monoceronychus aechmedes, 98; boreus, 97; ecalifornicus, 98; enoplus, 98; linki, 98; machetes, 98; megregori, 98; scolus, 98 Mycetophagus quadriguttatus, 46 Myrmiea fracticornis, 250 Nahublatella ecuadorana, 114 Neerobia, 44; ruficollis, 48; rufipes, 48; violacea, 48 Nesotriatoma, 190; obscura, 190 Niptus hololeucus, 49 Ophelosia crawfordi, 228 Oreogeton sp., poss. basalis, 127; ballista, 126 cym- 64, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1962 265 Orsillinae, 129 Oryzaephilus surinamensis, 44 Osprynchotus gigas Palorus 45 Paracheyletia congensis, 197; malayen- sis, 201; reticulata, 200; volgini, 197; woolfordi, 200 ratzeburgi, 45; subdepressus, Paraphidippus, 263 Parasimulium fureatum, 174 Passaloecus annulatus, 11, 12; mandi- bularis, 11, 12; relativus, 11, 12 Perimede battis, 153; erransella, 147; faleata, 148; latris, 152; ricina, 150 Pharaxonotha kirsehi, 45 Pimpla pictifrons, 38 Piona, 234 Platydema ruficorna, 46 Ploiaria rufoannulata, 188; umbrarum, 188 Ploiariinae, 187 Poanes viator, 263 Polylepiscus, 135; actaeon, 137; burgeri, 137; campanulae, 137; furcifer, 137; h. heterosculptus, 137; h. pococki, 137; stolli, 137; trimaculatus, 136 Polyplax dolichura, 162; meridionalis, 51, 164; paradoxa, 162; solivaga, 160 Polysphincta slossonae, 38; stigmata, 38 Pseudamphinus, 136 Pseudeurostus alienus, 49 Ptilonyssus cerchneis, 100; donatoi, 100; souzai, 100 Ptinus clavipes, 50; raptor, 50; villiger, 50 Rhizopertha dominica, 44 Sarcophaga aldrichi, 106 Sceliphron spirifex, 78 Scelioencyrtus mymaricoides, 224 231 Seutigerella immaculata, 227 Scolomus magellanicus, Sitophilus granarius, 43; oryza, 43 Solenopotes muntiacus, 108 Solierella mirifict, 185 Somatochlora calverti, 238; filosa, margarita, 235; — ozarkensis, provoeans, 238 7 Spilomena alboclypeata, 13; 13; pusilla, 13 238; 238; barberi, 266 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. Stegobium paniceum, 46 Stenoma aesiocopia, 112; 112; lthoxesta, 113 Stigmus americanus, 11 completella, Synagris spp., 78 Tabanus eadsi, 171 Tenebrio molitor, 45; obseurus, 45 Tenebroides mauritanicus, 46 Tenuipalpis uvae, 205 Timoeratica amseli, 113; liniella, 113; subovalis, 113 Tortonia, 2; quadridens, 2, 12, 15 Toxoptera aurantii, 90 Tramea onusta, 239 Trigonogenius globulum, 49 Triatoma dispar, 229; rubrofasciata, 194 rubida, 194; 64, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1962 Triatominae, 194 Tribolium castaneum, 45; confusum, 145; destructor, 145; madens, 46 Trogoderma granarium, 47; inclusum, 47 Trypoxylon backi, 13; carinatum, 13; frigidum, 13 Typhaea stercorea, 46 Vespula arenaria, 182; maculifrons, 181 Xenotarsonemus buteheri, 95; cadeae, 95; denmarki, 95; viridis, 94, 95 Xestoblatta bananae, 244; tingomarien- sis, 243 Xylocopa virginica, 11, 184; v. krom- bein, 11 Xysma ecaenothae, 13 Zimmeria, 116 PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 64, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1962 en ee et ‘SEEN ~ meee. ‘—— YIELD RESULTS FROM > m= VELSICOL PESTICIDES A yield that increases a farmer’s income. A lawn that makes a man smile with pride. A home protected from termite damage. A community safe from insect- borne pestilence. These are the end results of Velsicol research in pesticide chemicals. Velsicol’s insecticides and herbicides make soil more productive, living more pleasant, and life more comfortable throughout the world. CHLORDANE ... 4 versatile, long re- sidual insecticide for household, lawn and garden use, termite control, and municipal public health programs. HEPTACHLOR.... 2 highly effective soil insecticide for use on agricultural crops. Also widely used for termite and mosquito control. ENDRIN... 2 powerful chlorinated hy- drocarbon insecticide that is especially effective against resistant and hard-to-kill insect pests of crops. NEW PRODUCTS OF VELSICOL RESEARCH—BANDANE ...a new pre-emergence crabgrass control. BANVEL .. .a promising new herbicide for weeds in small grains and turf. EMMI... a mercurial seed treater for small grains and gladiolus corms; also has shown promising preliminary results in control of turfgrass diseases. TECHNICAL INFORMATION IS AVAILABLE ON REQUEST VELSICOL CHEMICAL CORPORATION 330 East Grand Avenue « Chicago 11, Illinois International representative: Velsicol International Corporation, C.A. P. O. Box 1687—Nassau, Bahamas, B.W.T. Velsicol Internacional de Mexico, S.A. de C.V. » Morelos No, 110—Desp. 209 » Mexico 6, D.F. 268 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 64, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1962 THIS MAGNIFICENT NEW AGRICULTURAL RESEARCH CENTER WAS CREATED ON OUR FAITH IN YOUR FUTURE Working in new laboratories and greenhouses equipped with sci- entific apparatus unknown just a few years ago, 200 American Cyanamid Company scientists develop new chemicals to help agri- culture produce more, better, at lower cost. Cyanamid’s new Agricultural Center in Princeton, New Jer- sey, 1s a 640-acre experimental farm dedicated to finding new products and new ideas that will solve the problems facing every- one in the business of farming: insects, diseases and the hungers of plants and animals. Here, new or improved chemicals for agri- culture will go the long road from idea, through test tube, pilot plant, on-farm test, to proven performance. Your future is part of this new Center. For it could not have been built without your demand for better, lower-cost chemical tools for farming. We proudly dedicate these facilities to all the men and women who shape the future of agriculture. American Cyanamid Company, Agricultural Division, Prince- ton, N. J., developers and producers of malathion, Thimet® and parathion insecticides; Cyprex® fungicide; HCN and Cyanogas® fumigants; Amino Triazole and Aero® Cyanate weed killers. OV ANANTID GULF) QUALITY INSECTICIDES Preferred by Home Owners, Food Processors and Dairymen QUICK ACTION GULFSPRAY (Liquid) A “space spray” for quick knockdown and kill of many kinds of flying and crawling insects. Contains 0.10% Pyrethrins, 0.12% Piperonyl Butoxide, and 0.75% Methoxychlor. *GULFSPRAY AEROSOL (Bomb) Gulf's carefully researched formula provides quick knockdown action and high kill. Contains 0.25% Pyrethrins, 1% Piperonyl Butoxide, and 2% Methoxychlor. *GULF MOTH PROOFER (Bomb) An easy-to-use pressurized spray for protecting woolens against moth and carpet beetle damage. Contains 3% DDT and 3% Perthane, GULF LIQUID ROACH-ANT KILLER An effective, economical liquid spray with built-in sprayer that kills a wide range of household pests, including resistant cockroaches, Contains 0.08% Pyrethrins, 1.00% Chlordane and 0.33% Diazinon. *GULF ANT-ROACH BOMB A convenient pressurized spray containing contact and residual insecticides for killing ants and cockroaches. Contains 0.08% Pyrethrins and 2% Chlordane. SPECIAL GULFSPRAY (Liquid) A superlative-quality insecticide specially formulated for use where food- stuffs are processed, stored, served, and sold. Contains 0.25% Pyrethrins and 0.20% Piperonyl Butoxide. GULF LIVESTOCK SPRAY New formula with faster knockdown, and increased killing power of resistant flies. Contains 0.05% Pyrethrins, 0.259% Piperonyl Butoxide and 0.6% Or- ganic Thiocyanates (Lethane 384). *Gulf's New Valve—permits bomb to be used in any position, even upside down. Mokes if easy to spray hard-to-reach places. GULF OIL CORPORATION CONTENTS (Continued from front cover) WALKLEY, L. M.—A Second Species of Ichneumonidae Belonging to Scolomus Townes (Hymenoptera) WHEELER, M. R.—Drosophila melina, nom. nov. (Diptera: Drosophilidae) SNODGRASS MEMORIAL FUND 0 SOCIETY MEETINGS ue ate fu! GE ve) a eee ia HISE TORT AN oe) le iirc NN me Nb a) iets Cid) BOOK, REVIEWS C000 Vim TU) Pent YS ae oe AN alae ANNOUNCEMENT BUBLIGA TION DATE (210 i250 | ly) | aa es uh PHISH, VOR 64; 1062) ee fb Ss a Ss hy oe | j 7 7 . nore: r ae Je Ai eee Wa J “ yi wie year VOT FP) fae hip. bey 4 ti Pe OF fi: Petro OTe, wiviebs. a ae ae wi Oe / ul " ay mesh nin}! wal : | j , i Yap, Sey ae Pima * hig! risa i rh rot ria , fast When het h 1% ; hse ee ¢ eed a ti, yt i- eas i pe Hit Perea File cae t) ye Ue 7 Bs be ie 1ie-teet ot) aaa Li <= O | Ih eye oS ; ‘ Ai a ! _ | > S ! wh i il } Sa Ae i = ii: wp aia ont A sr | “ Py